Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008

Commission file number 1-10447

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware    04-3072771
(State or other jurisdiction of    (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)    Identification Number)

1200 Enclave Parkway, Houston, Texas 77077

(Address of principal executive offices including ZIP code)

(281) 589-4600

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

  

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $.10 per share

   New York Stock Exchange

Rights to Purchase Preferred Stock

   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes x     No ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes ¨     No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes x     No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K x .

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer     x

   Accelerated filer     ¨

Non-accelerated filer     ¨

   Smaller reporting company     ¨

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).     Yes ¨     No x

The aggregate market value of Common Stock, par value $.10 per share (“Common Stock”), held by non-affiliates as of the last business day of registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter (based upon the closing sales price on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2008) was approximately $7.0 billion.

As of February 19, 2009, there were 103,447,221 shares of Common Stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held April 28, 2009 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I         Page
ITEM 1    Business    2
ITEM 1A    Risk Factors    19
ITEM 1B    Unresolved Staff Comments    25
ITEM 2    Properties    25
ITEM 3    Legal Proceedings    26
ITEM 4    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    26
   Executive Officers of the Registrant    26
PART II      
ITEM 5    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    27
ITEM 6    Selected Financial Data    29
ITEM 7    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    29
ITEM 7A    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk    52
ITEM 8    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    56
ITEM 9    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    109
ITEM 9A    Controls and Procedures    109
ITEM 9B    Other Information    110
PART III      
ITEM 10    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance    110
ITEM 11    Executive Compensation    110
ITEM 12    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters    110
ITEM 13    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence    110
ITEM 14    Principal Accountant Fees and Services    111
PART IV      
ITEM 15    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules    111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The statements regarding future financial and operating performance and results, strategic pursuits and goals, market prices, future hedging activities, and other statements that are not historical facts contained in this report are forward-looking statements. The words “expect,” “project,” “estimate,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “budget,” “plan,” “forecast,” “predict,” “may,” “should,” “could,” “will” and similar expressions are also intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements involve risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, market factors, market prices (including regional basis differentials) of natural gas and oil, results of future drilling and marketing activity, future production and costs, and other factors detailed in this document and in our other Securities and Exchange Commission filings. See “Risk Factors” in Item 1A for additional information about these risks and uncertainties. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or if underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual outcomes may vary materially from those included in this document. See “Forward-Looking Information” for further details.

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

The following is a list of commonly used terms and their definitions included within this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

 

Abbreviated Term

   Definition
Mcf    Thousand cubic feet

Mmcf

   Million cubic feet

Bcf

   Billion cubic feet

Bbl

   Barrel

Mbbls

   Thousand barrels

Mcfe

   Thousand cubic feet of natural gas equivalents

Mmcfe

   Million cubic feet of natural gas equivalents

Bcfe

   Billion cubic feet of natural gas equivalents

Mmbtu

   Million British thermal units

NGL

   Natural gas liquids

 

1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation is an independent oil and gas company engaged in the development, exploitation and exploration of oil and gas properties located in North America. Our four principal areas of operation are the Appalachian Basin, onshore Gulf Coast, including south and east Texas and north Louisiana, the Rocky Mountains and the Anadarko Basin. We also operate in the deep gas basin of Western Canada. Operationally, we have four regional offices located in Houston, Texas; Charleston, West Virginia; Denver, Colorado; and Calgary, Alberta.

In 2008, energy commodity prices increased to all-time high levels for the first half of the year and then quickly declined to 2007 levels during the second half of 2008. Our 2008 average realized natural gas price was $8.39 per Mcf, 16% higher than the 2007 average realized price of $7.23 per Mcf. Our 2008 average realized crude oil price was $89.11 per Bbl, 33% higher than the 2007 average realized price of $67.16 per Bbl. These realized prices include realized gains and losses resulting from commodity derivatives (zero-cost collars or swaps). For information about the impact of these derivatives on realized prices, refer to the “Results of Operations” section in Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In 2008, we pursued and completed the largest investment program in our history, totaling $1,481.0 million. This included our largest producing property acquisition ($625.0 million), lease acquisition ($152.7 million) and drilling and facilities ($624.3 million) programs. The producing property and lease acquisition activity were funded by issuances of new long-term debt and common stock during the year. The capital spending (excluding the acquisition activity) was funded largely through cash flow from operations and, to a lesser extent, borrowings on our revolving credit facility.

We intend to manage our balance sheet in an effort to ensure that we have sufficient liquidity, and we intend to maintain spending discipline. We believe these strategies continue to be appropriate for our portfolio of projects and the current industry environment, and we believe our balance sheet and availability under our credit facility provide sufficient liquidity to pursue our 2009 program.

In August 2008, we completed the acquisition of producing properties, leasehold acreage and a natural gas gathering infrastructure in east Texas (the “east Texas acquisition”). We paid total net cash consideration of approximately $604.0 million (see Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details). In order to finance the east Texas acquisition, we completed a public offering of 5,002,500 shares of our common stock in June 2008, receiving net proceeds of $313.5 million (see Note 9 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details), and we closed a private placement in July 2008 of $425 million principal amount of senior unsecured fixed rate notes (see Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details).

On an equivalent basis, our production level in 2008 increased by 11% from 2007. We produced 95.2 Bcfe, or 260.1 Mmcfe per day, in 2008, as compared to 85.5 Bcfe, or 234.1 Mmcfe per day, in 2007. Natural gas production increased to 90.4 Bcf in 2008 from 80.5 Bcf in 2007 primarily due to (1)  increased natural gas production in the Gulf Coast region due to increased production in the Minden field, largely due to the properties we acquired in the east Texas acquisition in August 2008, and increased drilling in the County Line field, (2)  increased production in the West region associated with an increase in the drilling program, (3)  increased production in the East region due to increased drilling activity in West Virginia and northeastern Pennsylvania and (4)  increased production in Canada due to increased drilling activity in the Hinton field. Oil production decreased by 41 Mbbls from 823 Mbbls in 2007 to 782 Mbbls in 2008 due primarily to natural declines in the Gulf Coast and West regions.

 

2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

For the year ended December 31, 2008, we drilled 432 gross wells (355 net) with a success rate of 97% compared to 461 gross wells (391 net) with a success rate of 96% for the prior year. In 2009, we plan to drill approximately 148 gross wells (122.3 net). The number of wells we plan to drill in 2009 is down from 2008 primarily due to lower commodity prices resulting from the global decline in economic activity as well as our ongoing strategy of managing our capital investment program within anticipated cash flow. We plan to concentrate our capital program for 2009 in east Texas and northeast Pennsylvania where opportunities for growth are currently concentrated.

Our 2008 capital and exploration spending was $1.5 billion compared to $636.2 million of total capital and exploration spending in 2007. In both 2008 and 2007, we allocated our planned program for capital and exploration expenditures among our various operating regions based on return expectations, availability of services and human resources. We plan to continue such method of allocation in 2009. Funding of the program is expected to be provided by operating cash flow, existing cash and increased borrowings under our credit facility, if required. We may also reduce our budgeted capital and exploration spending to maintain sufficient liquidity. We remain focused on our strategies of pursuing lower risk drilling opportunities that provide more predictable results on our accumulated acreage position. For 2009, the Gulf Coast and East regions are expected to receive approximately 90% of the anticipated capital program, with the majority of the remainder dedicated to the West region. We believe these strategies are appropriate in the current industry environment and will continue to add shareholder value over the long-term. In 2009, we plan to spend approximately $475 million on capital and exploration activities.

Our proved reserves totaled approximately 1,942 Bcfe at December 31, 2008, of which 97% were natural gas. This reserve level was up by 20% from 1,616 Bcfe at December 31, 2007 on the strength of results from our drilling program, the increase in our capital spending and the east Texas acquisition.

The following table presents certain reserve, production and well information as of December 31, 2008.

 

                West              
    East     Gulf
Coast
    Rocky
Mountains
    Mid-
Continent
    Total     Canada     Total  

Proved Reserves at Year End (Bcfe)

             

Developed

  613.4     317.3     201.9     178.4     380.3     37.5     1,348.5  

Undeveloped

  258.4     237.3     69.5     25.5     95.0     2.8     593.5  
                                         

Total

  871.8     554.6     271.4     203.9     475.3     40.3     1,942.0  

Average Daily Production (Mmcfe per day)

  69.1     104.1     41.3     33.9     75.2     11.7     260.1  

Reserve Life Index (In years) (1)

  34.4     14.6     18.0     16.4     17.3     9.5     20.4  

Gross Wells

  3,382     844     716     844     1,560     43     5,829  

Net Wells (2)

  3,162.6     592.2     329.4     594.5     923.9     16.2     4,694.9  

Percent Wells Operated (Gross)

  96.6 %   75.0 %   52.0 %   78.1 %   66.1 %   58.1 %   85.0 %

 

(1)

Reserve Life Index is equal to year-end reserves divided by annual production.

(2)

The term “net” as used in “net acreage” or “net production” throughout this document refers to amounts that include only acreage or production that is owned by us and produced to our interest, less royalties and production due others. “Net wells” represents our working interest share of each well.

Our interest in both developed and undeveloped properties is primarily in the form of leasehold interests held under customary mineral leases. These leases provide us the right, in general, to develop oil and/or natural gas on the properties. Their primary terms range in length from approximately three to ten years. These properties are held for longer periods if production is established. We own leasehold rights on approximately 3.0 million gross acres. In addition, we own fee interest in approximately 0.2 million gross acres, primarily in West Virginia. Our ten largest fields, which are fields with 2.5% or greater of total company proved reserves, make up approximately 53% of total company proved reserves.

 

3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table presents certain information with respect to our principal properties as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

    Production Volumes                
    Natural
Gas
(Mcf/
Day)
  Oil and
NGLs
(Bbls/
Day)
  Total
(Mcfe/Day)
  Proved Reserves
at Year-End
(Mmcfe)
  Gross
Producing
Wells
  Gross
Wells
Drilled
  Nature of
Interest
(Working/Royalty)

West Virginia

             

Sissonville.

  9,263   4   9,285   138,484   445   61   W/R

Pineville

  11,456   —     11,456   105,466   299   11   W/R

Logan-Holden-Dingess

  7,359   —     7,359   84,507   217   17   W

Big Creek

  4,587   —     4,587   70,956   210   16   W

Hernshaw-Bull Creek

  3,977   —     3,977   54,624   261   14   W/R

Huff Creek

  3,639   —     3,639   51,810   124   25   W

Pensylvania

             

Dimock (Susquehanna area)

  1,653   —     1,653   66,734   22   20   W

Oklahoma

             

Mocane-Laverne

  9,989   —     9,991   64,535   242   2   W/R

East Texas

             

Brachfield Southeast (Minden area)

  23,905   412   26,373   323,886   179   29   W

Angie (County Line area)

  27,900   40   28,138   65,213   48   36   W

EAST REGION

Our East region activities are concentrated primarily in West Virginia and Pennsylvania. This region is managed from our office in Charleston, West Virginia. In this region, our assets include a large acreage position, a high concentration of wells, natural gas gathering and pipeline systems, and storage capacity.

Capital and exploration expenditures for 2008 were $369.6 million, or 24% of our total 2008 capital and exploration expenditures, compared to $178.6 million for 2007, or 28% of our total 2007 capital and exploration expenditures. This increase was substantially driven by a $103.1 million increase in lease acquisition costs year-over-year. For 2009, we have budgeted approximately $200 million for capital and exploration expenditures in the region.

At December 31, 2008, we had 3,382 wells (3,162.6 net), of which 3,268 wells are operated by us. There are multiple producing intervals that include the Big Lime, Weir, Berea and Devonian (including Marcellus) Shale formations at depths primarily ranging from 1,100 to 9,500 feet, with an average depth of approximately 4,100 feet. Average net daily production in 2008 was 69.1 Mmcfe. Natural gas and crude oil/condensate/NGL production for 2008 was 25.2 Bcf and 23 Mbbls, respectively.

While natural gas production volumes from East reservoirs are relatively low on a per-well basis compared to other areas of the United States, the productive life of East region reserves is relatively long. At December 31, 2008, we had 871.8 Bcfe of proved reserves (substantially all natural gas) in the East region, constituting 45% of our total proved reserves. Developed and undeveloped reserves made up 613.4 Bcfe and 258.4 Bcfe of the total proved reserves for the East region, respectively. While no properties are individually significant to our company as a whole, the Sissonville, Pineville, Logan-Holden-Dingess, Big Creek, Hernshaw-Bullcreek, and Huff Creek fields in West Virginia and the Dimock field in the Susquehanna area of Pennsylvania are included in our ten largest fields and together contain approximately 30% of our total company proved equivalent reserves.

 

4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In 2008, we drilled 212 wells (205.4 net) in the East region, of which 208 wells (201.4 net) were development and extension wells. In 2009, we plan to drill approximately 63 wells (62.8 net), primarily in the Dimock field.

In 2008, we produced and marketed approximately 62 barrels of crude oil/condensate/NGL per day in the East region at market responsive prices.

Ancillary to our exploration, development and production operations, we operated a number of gas gathering and transmission pipeline systems, made up of approximately 3,200 miles of pipeline with interconnects to three interstate transmission systems, seven local distribution companies and numerous end users as of the end of 2008. The majority of our pipeline infrastructure in West Virginia is regulated by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) for interstate transportation service and the West Virginia Public Service Commission (WVPSC) for intrastate transportation service. As such, the transportation rates and terms of service of our pipeline subsidiary, Cranberry Pipeline Corporation, are subject to the rules and regulations of the FERC and the WVPSC. Our natural gas gathering and transmission pipeline systems enable us to connect new wells quickly and to transport natural gas from the wellhead directly to interstate pipelines, local distribution companies and industrial end users. Control of our gathering and transmission pipeline systems also enables us to purchase, transport and sell natural gas produced by third parties. In addition, we can engage in development drilling without relying upon third parties to transport our natural gas and incur only the incremental costs of pipeline and compressor additions to our system.

We have two natural gas storage fields located in West Virginia with a combined working capacity of approximately 4 Bcf. We use these storage fields to take advantage of the seasonal variations in the demand for natural gas and the higher prices typically associated with winter natural gas sales, while maintaining production at a nearly constant rate throughout the year. The storage fields also enable us to increase for shorter intervals of time the volume of natural gas that we can deliver by more than 40% above the volume that we could deliver solely from our production in the East region. The pipeline systems and storage fields are fully integrated with our operations.

The principal markets for our East region natural gas are in the northeast United States. We sell natural gas to industrial customers, local distribution companies and gas marketers both on and off our pipeline and gathering system.

Approximately 70% of our natural gas sales volume in the East region is sold at index-based prices under contracts with a term of one year or greater. In addition, spot market sales are made at index-based prices under month-to-month contracts, while industrial and utility sales generally are made under year-to-year contracts. Approximately one percent of East production is sold on fixed price contracts that typically renew annually.

GULF COAST REGION

Our development, exploitation, exploration and production activities in the Gulf Coast region are primarily concentrated in east and south Texas and north Louisiana. A regional office in Houston manages the operations. Principal producing intervals are in the Cotton Valley, Haynesville and James Lime formations in north Louisiana and east Texas and the Frio, Vicksburg and Wilcox formations in south Texas at depths ranging from 2,200 to 17,400 feet, with an average depth of approximately 10,900 feet.

Capital and exploration expenditures were $962.0 million for 2008, or 64% of our total 2008 capital and exploration expenditures, compared to $291.5 million for 2007, or 46% of our total 2007 capital and exploration expenditures. This increase in capital spending includes the $604.0 million paid for the east Texas acquisition. Of the total company year-over-year increase in capital and exploration expenditures, approximately 79% was attributable to an increase in the Gulf Coast region spending. For 2009, we have budgeted approximately $230

 

5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

million for capital and exploration expenditures in the region. Our 2009 Gulf Coast drilling program will emphasize activity primarily in east Texas.

We had 844 wells (592.2 net) in the Gulf Coast region as of December 31, 2008, of which 633 wells are operated by us. Average daily production in 2008 was 104.1 Mmcfe. Natural gas and crude oil/condensate/NGL production for 2008 was 34.6 Bcf and 585 Mbbls, respectively.

At December 31, 2008, we had 554.6 Bcfe of proved reserves (93% natural gas) in the Gulf Coast region, which represented 29% of our total proved reserves. Developed and undeveloped reserves made up 317.3 Bcfe and 237.3 Bcfe of the total proved reserves for the Gulf Coast region, respectively. While no properties are individually significant to our company as a whole, the Brachfield Southeast field in the Minden area and the Angie field in the County Line area, both in east Texas, are included in our ten largest fields based on percentage of our total company proved equivalent reserves and together contain approximately 20% of our total company proved equivalent reserves.

In 2008, we drilled 94 wells (63.9 net) in the Gulf Coast region, of which 83 wells (57.1 net) were development and extension wells. In 2009, we plan to drill 65 wells (47.4 net), primarily in east Texas, including the Minden and County Line fields.

Our principal markets for Gulf Coast region natural gas are in the industrialized Gulf Coast area and the northeast United States. We sell natural gas to intrastate pipelines, natural gas processors and marketing companies. Currently, approximately 70% of our natural gas sales volumes in the Gulf Coast region are sold at index-based prices under contracts with terms of one year or greater. The remaining 30% of our sales volumes are sold at index-based prices under short-term agreements. The Gulf Coast properties are connected to various processing plants in Texas and Louisiana with multiple interstate and intrastate deliveries, affording us access to multiple markets.

In 2008, we produced and marketed approximately 1,598 barrels of crude oil/condensate/NGL per day in the Gulf Coast region at market responsive prices.

WEST REGION

Our activities in the West region, which is comprised of the Rocky Mountains and Mid-Continent areas, are managed by a regional office in Denver, Colorado. At December 31, 2008, we had 475.3 Bcfe of proved reserves (97% natural gas) in the West region, constituting 24% of our total proved reserves. Developed and undeveloped reserves made up 380.3 Bcfe and 95.0 Bcfe of the total proved reserves for the West region, respectively. While no properties are individually significant to our company as a whole, the Mocane-Laverne field in Oklahoma in the Mid-Continent area is included within our ten largest fields and contains approximately three percent of our total company proved equivalent reserves.

Our principal markets for West region natural gas are in the northwest and midwest United States. We sell natural gas to power generators, natural gas processors, local distribution companies, industrial customers and marketing companies. Currently, approximately 90% of our natural gas production in the West region is sold primarily under contracts with a term of one to three years at index-based prices. Another nine percent of the natural gas production is sold under short-term arrangements at index-based prices, and the remaining one percent is sold under certain fixed-price contracts. The West region properties are connected to the majority of the midwest and northwest interstate and intrastate pipelines, affording us access to multiple markets.

In 2008, we produced and marketed approximately 451 barrels of crude oil/condensate/NGL per day in the West region at market responsive prices.

 

6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Rocky Mountains

Activities in the Rocky Mountains are concentrated in the Green River and Washakie Basins in Wyoming and Paradox Basin in Colorado. At December 31, 2008, we had 271.4 Bcfe of proved reserves (96% natural gas) in the Rocky Mountains area, or 14% of our total proved reserves.

Capital and exploration expenditures in the Rocky Mountains were $88.7 million for 2008, or six percent of our total 2008 capital and exploration expenditures, compared to $54.7 million for 2007, or nine percent of our total 2007 capital and exploration expenditures. For 2009, we have budgeted approximately $29 million for capital and exploration expenditures in the area.

We had 716 wells (329.4 net) in the Rocky Mountains area as of December 31, 2008, of which 372 wells are operated by us. Principal producing intervals in the Rocky Mountains area are in the Almond, Frontier, Dakota and Honaker Trail formations at depths ranging from 4,200 to 14,375 feet, with an average depth of approximately 10,900 feet. Average net daily production in the Rocky Mountains during 2008 was 41.3 Mmcfe. Natural gas and crude oil/condensate/NGL production for 2008 was 14.5 Bcf and 95 Mbbls, respectively.

In 2008, we drilled 49 wells (31.3 net) in the Rocky Mountains, of which 47 wells (30.8 net) were development wells. In 2009, we plan to drill 8 wells (5.9 net), primarily in Wyoming, including the Cow Hollow and Lincoln Road fields.

Mid-Continent

Our Mid-Continent activities are concentrated in the Anadarko Basin in southwest Kansas, Oklahoma and the panhandle of Texas. At December 31, 2008, we had 203.9 Bcfe of proved reserves (98% natural gas) in the Mid-Continent area, or 10% of our total proved reserves.

Capital and exploration expenditures were $60.3 million for 2008, or four percent of our total 2008 capital and exploration expenditures, compared to $54.5 million for 2007, or eight percent of our total 2007 capital and exploration expenditures. For 2009, we have budgeted approximately $10 million for capital and exploration expenditures in the area.

As of December 31, 2008, we had 844 wells (594.5 net) in the Mid-Continent area, of which 659 wells are operated by us. Principal producing intervals in the Mid-Continent are in the Chase, Morrow and Chester formations at depths ranging from 2,200 to 17,450 feet, with an average depth of approximately 7,050 feet. Average net daily production in 2008 was 33.9 Mmcfe. Natural gas and crude oil/condensate/NGL production for 2008 was 12.0 Bcf and 70 Mbbls, respectively.

In 2008, we drilled 71 wells (50.6 net) in the Mid-Continent, all of which were development and extension wells. In 2009, we plan to drill 12 wells (6.1 net), primarily in Oklahoma, including the Gage and Cederdale Northeast fields.

CANADA REGION

Our activities in the Canada region are managed by a regional office in Calgary, Alberta. Our Canadian exploration, development and producing activities are concentrated in the Province of Alberta. At December 31, 2008, we had 40.3 Bcfe of proved reserves (97% natural gas) in the Canada region, constituting two percent of our total proved reserves. Developed and undeveloped reserves made up 37.5 Bcfe and 2.8 Bcfe of the total proved reserves for the Canada region, respectively. No properties in the Canada region are individually significant to our company as a whole. The largest field in this region is the Hinton field in Alberta, which is not included in our ten largest fields.

Capital and exploration expenditures in Canada were $25.4 million for 2008, or two percent of our total 2008 capital and exploration expenditures, compared to $55.1 million for 2007, or nine percent of our total 2007

 

7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

capital and exploration expenditures. For 2009, we have budgeted approximately $1 million for capital and exploration expenditures in the area.

We had 43 wells (16.2 net) in the Canada region as of December 31, 2008, of which 25 wells are operated by us. Principal producing intervals in the Canada region are in the Falher, Bluesky, Cadomin, Dunvegan and the Mountain Park formations at depths ranging from 8,500 to 14,500 feet, with an average depth of approximately 11,050 feet. Average net daily production in Canada during 2008 was 11.7 Mmcfe. Natural gas and crude oil/condensate/NGL production for 2008 was 4.1 Bcf and 21 Mbbls, respectively.

In 2008, we drilled six wells (3.4 net) in Canada, of which four wells (2.6 net) were development and extension wells. In 2009, we do not plan to drill any wells in Canada.

Our principal markets for Canada natural gas are in western Alberta. We sell natural gas to gas marketers. Currently, all of our natural gas production in Canada is sold primarily under contracts with a term of one year at index-based prices. The Canadian properties are connected to the major interstate pipelines.

In 2008, we produced and marketed approximately 59 barrels of crude oil/condensate per day in the Canada region at market responsive prices.

RISK MANAGEMENT

From time to time, when we believe that market conditions are favorable, we use certain derivative financial instruments to manage price risks associated with our production in all of our regions. While there are many different types of derivatives available, in 2008 we employed natural gas and crude oil price collar and swap agreements for portions of our 2008 through 2010 production to attempt to manage price risk more effectively. In 2007 and 2006, we primarily employed price collars to hedge our price exposure on our production. The collar arrangements are put and call options used to establish floor and ceiling commodity prices for a fixed volume of production during a certain time period. They provide for payments to counterparties if the index price exceeds the ceiling and payments from the counterparties if the index price falls below the floor. The price swaps call for payments to, or receipts from, counterparties based on whether the market price of natural gas for the period is greater or less than the fixed price established for that period when the swap is put in place.

For 2008, collars covered 60% of natural gas production and had a weighted-average floor of $8.53 per Mcf and a weighted-average ceiling of $10.70 per Mcf. At December 31, 2008, natural gas price collars for the year ending December 31, 2009 will cover 47,253 Mmcf of production at a weighted-average floor of $9.40 per Mcf and a weighted-average ceiling of $12.39 per Mcf. For 2008, collars covered 47% of crude oil production and had a floor of $60.00 per Bbl and a ceiling of $80.00 per Bbl.

For 2008, swaps covered 11% of natural gas production and had a weighted-average price of $10.27 per Mcf. At December 31, 2008, natural gas price swaps for the years ending December 31, 2009 and 2010 will cover 16,079 Mmcf and 19,295 Mmcf of production, respectively, at a weighted-average price of $12.18 per Mcf and $11.43 per Mcf, respectively. For 2008, a swap covered 12% of crude oil production and had a fixed price of $127.15 per Bbl. Crude oil price swaps for the years ending December 31, 2009 and 2010 will cover 365 Mbbls each at a fixed price of $125.25 per Bbl and $125.00 per Bbl, respectively. Our decision to hedge 2009 and 2010 production fits with our risk management strategy and allows us to lock in the benefit of high commodity prices on a portion of our anticipated production. During January 2009, we entered into basis swaps in the Gulf Coast region that will cover 16,079 Mmcf of anticipated 2012 natural gas production at fixed basis differentials per Mcf of $(0.26) to $(0.27).

We will continue to evaluate the benefit of employing derivatives in the future. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” for further discussion concerning our use of derivatives.

 

8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

RESERVES

Current Reserves

The following table presents our estimated proved reserves at December 31, 2008.

 

    Natural Gas (Mmcf)   Liquids (1) (Mbbl)   Total (2) (Mmcfe)
    Developed   Undeveloped   Total   Developed   Undeveloped   Total   Developed   Undeveloped   Total

East

  611,284   258,379   869,663   355   —     355   613,412   258,379   871,791

Gulf Coast

  292,626   223,446   516,072   4,114   2,306   6,420   317,311   237,280   554,591

Rocky Mountains

  194,117   67,817   261,934   1,296   279   1,575   201,893   69,491   271,384

Mid-Continent

  173,726   25,426   199,152   784   5   789   178,426   25,458   203,884

Canada

  36,402   2,770   39,172   179   23   202   37,479   2,908   40,387
                                   

Total

  1,308,155   577,838   1,885,993   6,728   2,613   9,341   1,348,521   593,516   1,942,037
                                   

 

(1)

Liquids include crude oil, condensate and natural gas liquids.

(2)

Natural gas equivalents are determined using the ratio of 6 Mcf of natural gas to 1 Bbl of crude oil, condensate or natural gas liquids.

The proved reserve estimates presented here were prepared by our petroleum engineering staff and reviewed by Miller and Lents, Ltd., independent petroleum engineers. Miller and Lents concluded the following: In their judgment we have an effective system for gathering data and documenting information required to estimate our proved reserves and project our future revenues; we used appropriate engineering, geologic and evaluation principles and techniques in accordance with practices generally accepted in the petroleum industry in making our estimates and projections and our total proved reserves are reasonable. For additional information regarding estimates of proved reserves, the review of such estimates by Miller and Lents, Ltd., and other information about our oil and gas reserves, see the Supplemental Oil and Gas Information to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8. A copy of the review letter by Miller and Lents, Ltd. has been filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K. Our estimates of proved reserves in the table above are consistent with those filed by us with other federal agencies. During 2008, we filed estimates of our oil and gas reserves for the year 2007 with the Department of Energy. These estimates differ by five percent or less from the reserve data presented. Our reserves are sensitive to natural gas and crude oil sales prices and their effect on economic producing rates. Our reserves are based on oil and gas index prices in effect on the last day of December 2008.

For additional information about the risks inherent in our estimates of proved reserves, see “Risk Factors—Our proved reserves are estimates. Any material inaccuracies in our reserve estimates or underlying assumptions could cause the quantities and net present value of our reserves to be overstated or understated” in Item 1A.

 

9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Historical Reserves

The following table presents our estimated proved reserves for the periods indicated.

 

     Natural Gas
(Mmcf)
    Oil & Liquids
(Mbbl)
    Total
(Mmcfe) (1)
 

December 31, 2005

   1,262,096     11,463     1,330,874  
                  

Revision of Prior Estimates (2)

   (17,675 )   673     (13,640 )

Extensions, Discoveries and Other Additions

   246,197     1,066     252,594  

Production

   (79,722 )   (1,415 )   (88,212 )

Purchases of Reserves in Place

   1,946     38     2,176  

Sales of Reserves in Place

   (44,549 )   (3,852 )   (67,663 )
                  

December 31, 2006

   1,368,293     7,973     1,416,129  
                  

Revision of Prior Estimates

   2,604     771     7,228  

Extensions, Discoveries and Other Additions

   265,830     1,381     274,114  

Production

   (80,475 )   (830 )   (85,451 )

Purchases of Reserves in Place

   3,701     33     3,899  

Sales of Reserves in Place

   —       —       —    
                  

December 31, 2007

   1,559,953     9,328     1,615,919  
                  

Revision of Prior Estimates (2)

   (47,745 )   (1,593 )   (57,302 )

Extensions, Discoveries and Other Additions

   297,089     1,134     303,895  

Production

   (90,425 )   (794 )   (95,191 )

Purchases of Reserves in Place

   167,262     1,268     174,872  

Sales of Reserves in Place

   (141 )   (2 )   (156 )
                  

December 31, 2008

   1,885,993     9,341     1,942,037  
                  

Proved Developed Reserves

      

December 31, 2005

   944,897     9,127     999,661  

December 31, 2006

   996,850     5,895     1,032,222  

December 31, 2007

   1,133,937     7,026     1,176,091  

December 31, 2008

   1,308,155     6,728     1,348,521  

 

(1)

Includes natural gas and natural gas equivalents determined by using the ratio of 6 Mcf of natural gas to 1 Bbl of crude oil, condensate or natural gas liquids.

(2)

The majority of the revisions were the result of the decrease in the natural gas price.

 

10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Volumes and Prices: Production Costs

The following table presents regional historical information about our net wellhead sales volume for natural gas and crude oil (including condensate and natural gas liquids), produced natural gas and crude oil realized sales prices, and production costs per equivalent.

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2008    2007    2006

Net Wellhead Sales Volume

        

Natural Gas (Bcf)

        

East

     25.2      24.4      23.5

Gulf Coast

     34.6      26.8      30.0

West

     26.5      25.4      23.6

Canada

     4.1      3.9      2.6

Crude/Condensate/Ngl (Mbbl)

        

East

     23      26      24

Gulf Coast

     585      606      1,164

West

     165      180      214

Canada

     21      18      13

Produced Natural Gas Sales Price ($/Mcf) (1)

        

East

   $ 8.54    $ 7.78    $ 7.99

Gulf Coast

     9.23      8.03      7.37

West

     7.28      6.13      6.05

Canada

     7.62      5.47      6.18

Weighted-Average

     8.39      7.23      7.13

Produced Crude/Condensate Sales Price ($/Bbl) (1)

        

East

   $ 92.07    $ 66.97    $ 62.03

Gulf Coast

     87.39      67.17      65.44

West

     95.48      67.86      63.36

Canada

     85.08      59.96      60.55

Weighted-Average

     89.11      67.16      65.03

Production Costs ($/Mcfe) (2)

        

East

   $ 1.61    $ 1.37    $ 1.12

Gulf Coast

     1.32      1.44      1.37

West

     1.62      1.27      1.34

Canada

     0.90      0.84      0.84

Weighted-Average

     1.48      1.36      1.31

 

(1)

Represents the average realized sales price for all production volumes and royalty volumes sold during the periods shown, net of related costs (principally purchased gas royalty, transportation and storage). Includes realized impact of derivative instruments.

(2)

Production costs include direct lifting costs (labor, repairs and maintenance, materials and supplies), the costs of administration of production offices, insurance and property and severance taxes, but is exclusive of depreciation and depletion applicable to capitalized lease acquisition, exploration and development expenditures.

 

11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Acreage

The following tables summarize our gross and net developed and undeveloped leasehold and mineral acreage at December 31, 2008. Acreage in which our interest is limited to royalty and overriding royalty interests is excluded.

 

     Developed    Undeveloped    Total
     Gross    Net    Gross    Net    Gross    Net

Leasehold Acreage by State

                 

Alabama

   —      —      5,391    3,965    5,391    3,965

Arkansas

   1,981    425    —      —      1,981    425

Colorado

   16,267    14,053    175,627    119,839    191,894    133,892

Kansas

   29,387    28,065    —      —      29,387    28,065

Louisiana

   7,907    5,750    9,516    9,119    17,423    14,869

Maryland

   —      —      1,662    1,662    1,662    1,662

Mississippi

   —      —      421,639    278,270    421,639    278,270

Montana

   397    210    143,473    107,910    143,870    108,120

New York

   2,378    961    5,321    4,955    7,699    5,916

North Dakota

   —      —      26,533    9,783    26,533    9,783

Ohio

   6,246    2,384    2,403    1,214    8,649    3,598

Oklahoma

   195,598    138,995    45,636    29,912    241,234    168,907

Pennsylvania

   115,019    66,973    157,944    157,496    272,963    224,469

Texas

   139,064    104,871    106,390    77,043    245,454    181,914

Utah

   2,820    1,609    153,322    79,746    156,142    81,355

Virginia

   7,167    5,040    2,508    1,454    9,675    6,494

West Virginia

   602,313    570,282    259,708    228,127    862,021    798,409

Wyoming

   140,143    72,443    151,327    85,102    291,470    157,545
                             

Total

   1,266,687    1,012,061    1,668,400    1,195,597    2,935,087    2,207,658
                             

Mineral Fee Acreage by State

                 

Colorado

   —      —      2,899    271    2,899    271

Kansas

   160    128    —      —      160    128

Montana

   —      —      589    75    589    75

New York

   —      —      6,545    1,353    6,545    1,353

Oklahoma

   16,580    13,979    730    179    17,310    14,158

Pennsylvania

   524    524    1,573    502    2,097    1,026

Texas

   207    135    1,012    511    1,219    646

Virginia

   17,817    17,817    100    34    17,917    17,851

West Virginia

   98,162    79,490    50,896    49,669    149,058    129,159
                             

Total

   133,450    112,073    64,344    52,594    197,794    164,667
                             

Aggregate Total

   1,400,137    1,124,134    1,732,744    1,248,191    3,132,881    2,372,325
                             
     Developed    Undeveloped    Total
     Gross    Net    Gross    Net    Gross    Net

Canada Leasehold Acreage by Province

                 

Alberta

   16,160    7,669    70,240    24,860    86,400    32,529

British Columbia

   700    280    11,283    2,606    11,983    2,886

Saskatchewan

   —      —      4,549    —      4,549    —  
                             

Total

   16,860    7,949    86,072    27,466    102,932    35,415
                             

 

12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Total Net Leasehold Acreage by Region of Operation

 

     Developed    Undeveloped    Total

East

   645,640    394,908    1,040,548

Gulf Coast

   83,769    368,269    452,038

West

   282,652    432,420    715,072

Canada

   7,949    27,466    35,415
              

Total

   1,020,010    1,223,063    2,243,073
              

Total Net Undeveloped Acreage Expiration by Region of Operation

The following table presents our net undeveloped acreage expiring over the next three years by operating region as of December 31, 2008. The figures below assume no future successful development or renewal of undeveloped acreage.

 

     2009    2010    2011

East

   44,302    37,148    85,838

Gulf Coast

   69,260    187,803    61,761

West

   63,089    113,296    67,884

Canada

   6,982    898    320
              

Total

   183,633    339,145    215,803
              

Well Summary

The following table presents our ownership at December 31, 2008, in productive natural gas and oil wells in the East region (consisting primarily of various fields located in West Virginia and Pennsylvania), in the Gulf Coast region (consisting primarily of various fields located in Louisiana and Texas), in the West region (consisting of various fields located in Oklahoma, Kansas, Colorado, Utah and Wyoming) and in the Canada region (consisting of various fields located in the Province of Alberta). This summary includes natural gas and oil wells in which we have a working interest.

 

     Natural Gas    Oil    Total (1)
     Gross    Net    Gross    Net    Gross    Net

East

   3,355    3,149.2    27    13.4    3,382    3,162.6

Gulf Coast

   721    481.2    123    111.0    844    592.2

West

   1,505    890.5    55    33.4    1,560    923.9

Canada

   42    15.6    1    0.6    43    16.2
                             

Total

   5,623    4,536.5    206    158.4    5,829    4,694.9
                             

 

(1)

Total does not include service wells of 54 (52.2 net).

 

13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Drilling Activity

We drilled wells, participated in the drilling of wells, or acquired wells as indicated in the region tables below.

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2008
     East    Gulf Coast    West    Canada    Total
     Gross    Net    Gross    Net    Gross    Net    Gross    Net    Gross    Net

Development Wells

                             

Successful

   203    196.4    78    52.3    114    78.2    3    2.0    398    328.9

Dry

   1    1.0    4    3.8    3    2.5    1    0.6    9    7.9

Extension Wells

                             

Successful

   3    3.0    1    1.0    1    0.7    —      —      5    4.7

Dry

   1    1.0    —      —      —      —      —      —      1    1.0

Exploratory Wells

                             

Successful

   3    3.0    11    6.8    —      —      2    0.8    16    10.6

Dry

   1    1.0    —      —      2    0.5    —      —      3    1.5
                                                 

Total

   212    205.4    94    63.9    120    81.9    6    3.4    432    354.6
                                                 

Wells Acquired

   —      —      70    68.3    —      —      —      —      70    68.3

Wells in Progress at End of Year

   5    4.8    6    4.1    4    2.4    —      —      15    11.3

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2007
     East    Gulf Coast    West    Canada    Total
     Gross    Net    Gross    Net    Gross    Net    Gross    Net    Gross    Net

Development Wells

                             

Successful

   248    238.8    80    61.0    96    63.1    5    2.8    429    365.7

Dry

   1    1.0    3    2.5    7    5.8    —      —      11    9.3

Extension Wells

                             

Successful

   1    1.0    4    3.0    —      —      3    1.2    8    5.2

Dry

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Exploratory Wells

                             

Successful

   3    2.8    1    0.5    —      —      2    1.2    6    4.5

Dry

   1    1.0    4    4.0    2    1.2    —      —      7    6.2
                                                 

Total

   254    244.6    92    71.0    105    70.1    10    5.2    461    390.9
                                                 

Wells Acquired

   —      —      1    0.9    1    1.0    —      —      2    1.9

Wells in Progress at End of Year

   2    2.0    9    5.2    2    1.1    1    0.2    14    8.5

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2006
     East    Gulf Coast    West    Canada    Total
     Gross    Net    Gross    Net    Gross    Net    Gross    Net    Gross    Net

Development Wells

                             

Successful

   195    186.0    40    29.8    107    56.0    5    2.7    347    274.5

Dry

   2    2.0    2    1.9    3    2.3    1    0.2    8    6.4

Extension Wells

                             

Successful

   —      —      10    9.7    1    0.1    —      —      11    9.8

Dry

   —      —      —      —      —      —      1    0.7    1    0.7

Exploratory Wells

                             

Successful

   2    2.0    8    6.2    —      —      2    0.8    12    9.0

Dry

   1    0.7    4    3.2    2    1.7    1    1.0    8    6.6
                                                 

Total

   200    190.7    64    50.8    113    60.1    10    5.4    387    307.0
                                                 

Wells Acquired

   5    5.0    —      —      —      —      1    0.4    6    5.4

Wells in Progress at End of Year

   —      —      4    3.9    1    0.5    2    1.3    7    5.7

 

14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Competition

Competition in our primary producing areas is intense. Price, contract terms and quality of service, including pipeline connection times and distribution efficiencies, affect competition. We believe that in the East region our extensive acreage position, existing natural gas gathering and pipeline systems, services and equipment that we have secured for the upcoming year and storage fields enhance our competitive position over other producers who do not have similar systems or facilities in place. We also actively compete against other companies with substantially larger financial and other resources.

OTHER BUSINESS MATTERS

Major Customer

In 2008, one customer accounted for approximately 16% of our total sales. In 2007 and 2006, no customer accounted for more than 10% of our total sales.

Seasonality

Demand for natural gas has historically been seasonal, with peak demand and typically higher prices occurring during the colder winter months.

Regulation of Oil and Natural Gas Exploration and Production

Exploration and production operations are subject to various types of regulation at the federal, state and local levels. This regulation includes requiring permits to drill wells, maintaining bonding requirements to drill or operate wells, and regulating the location of wells, the method of drilling and casing wells, the surface use and restoration of properties on which wells are drilled, and the plugging and abandoning of wells. Our operations are also subject to various conservation laws and regulations. These include the regulation of the size of drilling and spacing units or proration units, the density of wells that may be drilled in a given field, and the unitization or pooling of oil and natural gas properties. Some states allow the forced pooling or integration of tracts to facilitate exploration while other states rely on voluntary pooling of lands and leases. In addition, state conservation laws establish maximum rates of production from oil and natural gas wells, generally prohibiting the venting or flaring of natural gas and imposing certain requirements regarding the ratability of production. The effect of these regulations is to limit the amounts of oil and natural gas we can produce from our wells, and to limit the number of wells or the locations where we can drill. Because these statutes, rules and regulations undergo constant review and often are amended, expanded and reinterpreted, we are unable to predict the future cost or impact of regulatory compliance. The regulatory burden on the oil and gas industry increases its cost of doing business and, consequently, affects its profitability. We do not believe, however, we are affected differently by these regulations than others in the industry.

Natural Gas Marketing, Gathering and Transportation

Federal legislation and regulatory controls have historically affected the price of the natural gas we produce and the manner in which our production is transported and marketed. Under the Natural Gas Act of 1938 (NGA), the FERC regulates the interstate sale for resale of natural gas and the transportation of natural gas in interstate commerce, although facilities used in the production or gathering of natural gas in interstate commerce are generally exempted from FERC jurisdiction. Effective January 1, 1993, the Natural Gas Wellhead Decontrol Act deregulated natural gas prices for all “first sales” of natural gas, which definition covers all sales of our own production. In addition, as part of the broad industry restructuring initiatives described below, the FERC has granted to all producers such as us a “blanket certificate of public convenience and necessity” authorizing the sale of gas for resale without further FERC approvals. As a result, all of our produced natural gas may now be sold at market prices, subject to the terms of any private contracts that may be in effect. In addition, under the provisions of the Energy Policy Act of 2005, the NGA has been amended to prohibit any forms of market

 

15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

manipulation in connection with the purchase or sale of natural gas. Pursuant to the 2005 Act, the FERC established new regulations that are intended to increase natural gas pricing transparency through, among other things, requiring market participants to report their gas sales transactions annually to the FERC, and new regulations that require certain non-interstate pipelines to post daily scheduled volume information and design capacity for certain points on their systems. The 2005 Act also significantly increased the penalties for violations of the NGA and the FERC’s regulations.

Our natural gas sales prices nevertheless continue to be affected by intrastate and interstate gas transportation regulation, because the prices we receive for our production are affected by the cost of transporting the gas to the consuming market. Through a series of comprehensive rulemakings, beginning with Order No. 436 in 1985 and continuing through Order No. 636 in 1992 and Order No. 637 in 2000, the FERC has adopted regulatory changes that have significantly altered the transportation and marketing of natural gas. These changes were intended by the FERC to foster competition by, among other things, transforming the role of interstate pipeline companies from wholesale marketers of gas to the primary role of gas transporters, and by increasing the transparency of pricing for pipeline services. The FERC has also established regulations governing the relationship of pipelines with their marketing affiliates, which essentially require that designated employees function independently of each other, and that certain information not be shared. The FERC has also implemented standards relating to the use of electronic data exchange by the pipelines to make transportation information available on a timely basis and to enable transactions to occur on a purely electronic basis.

In light of these statutory and regulatory changes, most pipelines have divested their gas sales functions to marketing affiliates, which operate separately from the transporter and in direct competition with all other merchants, and most pipelines have also implemented the large-scale divestiture of their gas gathering facilities to affiliated or non-affiliated companies. Interstate pipelines thus now generally provide unbundled, open and nondiscriminatory transportation and transportation-related services to producers, gas marketing companies, local distribution companies, industrial end users and other customers seeking such services. Sellers and buyers of gas have gained direct access to the particular pipeline services they need, and are better able to conduct business with a larger number of counterparties. We believe these changes generally have improved our access to markets while, at the same time, substantially increasing competition in the natural gas marketplace.

Certain of our pipeline systems and storage fields in West Virginia are regulated for safety compliance by the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) and the West Virginia Public Service Commission. In 2002, Congress enacted the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act of 2002 (2002 Act), which contains a number of provisions intended to increase pipeline operating safety. The DOT’s final regulations implementing the act became effective February 2004. Among other provisions, the regulations require that pipeline operators implement a pipeline integrity management program that must at a minimum include an inspection of gas transmission and non-rural gathering pipeline facilities within the next ten years, and at least every seven years thereafter. On March 15, 2006, the DOT revised these regulations to define more clearly the categories of gathering facilities subject to DOT regulation, establish new safety rules for certain gathering lines in rural areas, revise the current regulations applicable to safety and inspection of gathering lines in non-rural areas, and adopt new compliance deadlines. We have completed 100% of the required initial inspection (baseline assessment) of our pipeline systems in West Virginia. In December 2006, Congress enacted the Pipeline Inspection, Protection, Enforcement and Safety Act of 2006, which reauthorized the programs adopted under the 2002 Act, proposed enhancements for state programs to reduce excavation damage to pipelines, established increased federal enforcement of one-call excavation programs, and established a new program for review of pipeline security plans and critical facility inspections. In September 2008, as mandated by this statute, DOT issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking to establish new rules that would require pipeline operators to amend their existing written operations and maintenance procedures, operator qualification programs, and emergency plans, to assure pipeline safety and integrity. We are not able to predict with certainty the final outcome of these rules on our facilities or our business.

We cannot predict what new or different regulations the FERC and other regulatory agencies may adopt, or what effect subsequent regulations may have on our activities. Similarly, it is impossible to predict what

 

16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

proposals, if any, that affect the oil and natural gas industry might actually be enacted by Congress or the various state legislatures and what effect, if any, such proposals might have on us. Similarly, and despite the recent trend toward federal deregulation of the natural gas industry, whether or to what extent that trend will continue, or what the ultimate effect will be on our sales of gas, cannot be predicted.

Federal Regulation of Petroleum

Our sales of oil and natural gas liquids are not regulated and are at market prices. The price received from the sale of these products is affected by the cost of transporting the products to market. Much of that transportation is through interstate common carrier pipelines. Effective January 1, 1995, the FERC implemented regulations generally grandfathering all previously approved interstate transportation rates and establishing an indexing system for those rates by which adjustments are made annually based on the rate of inflation, subject to certain conditions and limitations. These regulations may tend to increase the cost of transporting oil and natural gas liquids by interstate pipeline, although the annual adjustments may result in decreased rates in a given year. Every five years, the FERC must examine the relationship between the annual change in the applicable index and the actual cost changes experienced in the oil pipeline industry. In March 2006, to implement this required five-year re-determination, the FERC established an upward adjustment in the index to track oil pipeline cost changes and determined that the Producer Price Index for Finished Goods plus 1.3 percent should be the oil pricing index for the five-year period beginning July 1, 2006. Another FERC matter that may impact our transportation costs relates to a recent policy that allows a pipeline structured as a master limited partnership or similar non-corporate entity to include in its rates a tax allowance with respect to income for which there is an “actual or potential income tax liability,” to be determined on a case by case basis. Generally speaking, where the holder of a partnership unit interest is required to file a tax return that includes partnership income or loss, such unit-holder is presumed to have an actual or potential income tax liability sufficient to support a tax allowance on that partnership income.

We are not able to predict with certainty the effect upon us of these periodic reviews by the FERC of the pipeline index, or of the application of the FERC’s policy on income tax allowances.

Environmental Regulations

General . Our operations are subject to extensive federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the generation, storage, handling, emission, transportation and discharge of materials into the environment. Permits are required for the operation of our various facilities. These permits can be revoked, modified or renewed by issuing authorities. Governmental authorities enforce compliance with their regulations through fines, injunctions or both. Government regulations can increase the cost of planning, designing, installing and operating, and can affect the timing of installing and operating, oil and gas facilities. Although we believe that compliance with environmental regulations will not have a material adverse effect on us, risks of substantial costs and liabilities related to environmental compliance issues are part of oil and gas production operations. No assurance can be given that significant costs and liabilities will not be incurred. Also, it is possible that other developments, such as stricter environmental laws and regulations, and claims for damages to property or persons resulting from oil and gas production could result in substantial costs and liabilities to us.

The transition zone and shallow-water areas of the U.S. Gulf Coast are ecologically sensitive. Environmental issues have led to higher drilling costs and a more difficult and lengthy well permitting process. U.S. laws and regulations applicable to our operations include those controlling the discharge of materials into the environment, requiring removal and cleanup of materials that may harm the environment, requiring consistency with applicable coastal zone management plans, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment.

Solid and Hazardous Waste. We currently own or lease, and have in the past owned or leased, numerous properties that were used for the production of oil and gas for many years. Although operating and disposal practices that were standard in the industry at the time may have been utilized, it is possible that hydrocarbons or

 

17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

other wastes may have been disposed of or released on or under the properties currently owned or leased by us. State and federal laws applicable to oil and gas wastes and properties have become more strict over time. Under these increasingly stringent requirements, we could be required to remove or remediate previously disposed wastes (including wastes disposed or released by prior owners and operators) or clean up property contamination (including groundwater contamination by prior owners or operators) or to perform plugging operations to prevent future contamination.

We generate some hazardous wastes that are already subject to the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) and comparable state statutes. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has limited the disposal options for certain hazardous wastes. It is possible that certain wastes currently exempt from treatment as hazardous wastes may in the future be designated as hazardous wastes under RCRA or other applicable statutes. We could, therefore, be subject to more rigorous and costly disposal requirements in the future than we encounter today.

Superfund. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA), also known as the “Superfund” law, imposes liability, without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct, on certain persons with respect to the release of hazardous substances into the environment. These persons include the owner and operator of a site and any party that treated or disposed of or arranged for the treatment or disposal of hazardous substances found at a site. CERCLA also authorizes the EPA, and in some cases, private parties, to undertake actions to clean up such hazardous substances, or to recover the costs of such actions from the responsible parties. In the course of business, we have used materials and generated wastes and will continue to use materials and generate wastes that may fall within CERCLA’s definition of hazardous substances. We may also be an owner or operator of sites on which hazardous substances have been released. As a result, we may be responsible under CERCLA for all or part of the costs to clean up sites where such substances have been released.

Oil Pollution Act. The Federal Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (OPA) and resulting regulations impose a variety of obligations on responsible parties related to the prevention of oil spills and liability for damages resulting from such spills in waters of the United States. The term “waters of the United States” has been broadly defined to include inland water bodies, including wetlands and intermittent streams. The OPA assigns liability to each responsible party for oil removal costs and a variety of public and private damages. We believe that we substantially comply with the Oil Pollution Act and related federal regulations.

Clean Water Act. The Federal Water Pollution Control Act (Clean Water Act) and resulting regulations, which are primarily implemented through a system of permits, also govern the discharge of certain contaminants into waters of the United States. Sanctions for failure to comply strictly with the Clean Water Act are generally resolved by payment of fines and correction of any identified deficiencies. However, regulatory agencies could require us to cease construction or operation of certain facilities or to cease hauling wastewaters to facilities owned by others that are the source of water discharges. We believe that we substantially comply with the Clean Water Act and related federal and state regulations.

Clean Air Act. Our operations are subject to local, state and federal laws and regulations to control emissions from sources of air pollution. Payment of fines and correction of any identified deficiencies generally resolve penalties for failure to comply strictly with air regulations or permits. Regulatory agencies could also require us to cease construction or operation of certain facilities or to install additional controls on certain facilities that are air emission sources. We believe that we substantially comply with the emission standards under local, state, and federal laws and regulations.

Employees

As of December 31, 2008, we had 560 active employees. We recognize that our success is significantly influenced by the relationship we maintain with our employees. Overall, we believe that our relations with our

 

18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

employees are satisfactory. The Company and its employees are not represented by a collective bargaining agreement.

Website Access to Company Reports

We make available free of charge through our website, www.cabotog.com , our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Information on our website is not a part of this report. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed by the Company. The public may read and copy materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Information regarding the operation of the Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

Corporate Governance Matters

The Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, Corporate Bylaws, Code of Business Conduct, Corporate Governance and Nominations Committee Charter, Compensation Committee Charter and Audit Committee Charter are available on the Company’s website at www.cabotog.com , under the “Corporate Governance” section of “Investor Relations” and a copy will be provided, without charge, to any shareholder upon request. Requests can also be made in writing to Investor Relations at our corporate headquarters at 1200 Enclave Parkway, Houston, Texas, 77077. We have filed the required certifications of our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to this Form 10-K. In 2008, we submitted to the New York Stock Exchange the chief executive officer certification required by Section 303A.12(a) of the NYSE’s Listed Company Manual.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Natural gas and oil prices fluctuate widely, and low prices for an extended period of time are likely to have a material adverse impact on our business.

Our revenues, operating results, financial condition and ability to borrow funds or obtain additional capital depend substantially on prevailing prices for natural gas and, to a lesser extent, oil. Lower commodity prices may reduce the amount of natural gas and oil that we can produce economically. Historically, natural gas and oil prices and markets have been volatile, with prices fluctuating widely, and they are likely to continue to be volatile. Natural gas price have declined from approximately $13 per Mmbtu in July 2008 to approximately $4.50 per Mmbtu as of February 1, 2009. Oil prices have declined from record levels in July 2008 of approximately $145 per barrel to approximately $40 per barrel as of February 1, 2009. Depressed prices in the future would have a negative impact on our future financial results. Because our reserves are predominantly natural gas, changes in natural gas prices have a particularly large impact on our financial results.

Prices for natural gas and oil are subject to wide fluctuations in response to relatively minor changes in the supply of and demand for natural gas and oil, market uncertainty and a variety of additional factors that are beyond our control. These factors include:

 

   

the level of consumer product demand;

 

   

weather conditions;

 

   

political conditions in natural gas and oil producing regions, including the Middle East;

 

   

the ability of the members of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries to agree to and maintain oil price and production controls;

 

19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

the price of foreign imports;

 

   

actions of governmental authorities;

 

   

pipeline availability and capacity constraints;

 

   

inventory storage levels;

 

   

domestic and foreign governmental regulations;

 

   

the price, availability and acceptance of alternative fuels; and

 

   

overall economic conditions.

These factors and the volatile nature of the energy markets make it impossible to predict with any certainty the future prices of natural gas and oil. If natural gas prices decline significantly for a sustained period of time, the lower prices may adversely affect our ability to make planned expenditures, raise additional capital or meet our financial obligations.

Drilling natural gas and oil wells is a high-risk activity.

Our growth is materially dependent upon the success of our drilling program. Drilling for natural gas and oil involves numerous risks, including the risk that no commercially productive natural gas or oil reservoirs will be encountered. The cost of drilling, completing and operating wells is substantial and uncertain, and drilling operations may be curtailed, delayed or cancelled as a result of a variety of factors beyond our control, including:

 

   

unexpected drilling conditions, pressure or irregularities in formations;

 

   

equipment failures or accidents;

 

   

adverse weather conditions;

 

   

compliance with governmental requirements; and

 

   

shortages or delays in the availability of drilling rigs or crews and the delivery of equipment.

Our future drilling activities may not be successful and, if unsuccessful, such failure will have an adverse effect on our future results of operations and financial condition. Our overall drilling success rate or our drilling success rate for activity within a particular geographic area may decline. We may ultimately not be able to lease or drill identified or budgeted prospects within our expected time frame, or at all. We may not be able to lease or drill a particular prospect because, in some cases, we identify a prospect or drilling location before seeking an option or lease rights in the prospect or location. Similarly, our drilling schedule may vary from our capital budget. The final determination with respect to the drilling of any scheduled or budgeted wells will be dependent on a number of factors, including:

 

   

the results of exploration efforts and the acquisition, review and analysis of the seismic data;

 

   

the availability of sufficient capital resources to us and the other participants for the drilling of the prospects;

 

   

the approval of the prospects by other participants after additional data has been compiled;

 

   

economic and industry conditions at the time of drilling, including prevailing and anticipated prices for natural gas and oil and the availability of drilling rigs and crews;

 

   

our financial resources and results; and

 

   

the availability of leases and permits on reasonable terms for the prospects.

These projects may not be successfully developed and the wells, if drilled, may not encounter reservoirs of commercially productive natural gas or oil.

 

20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our proved reserves are estimates. Any material inaccuracies in our reserve estimates or underlying assumptions could cause the quantities and net present value of our reserves to be overstated or understated.

Reserve engineering is a subjective process of estimating underground accumulations of natural gas and crude oil that cannot be measured in an exact manner. The process of estimating quantities of proved reserves is complex and inherently imprecise, and the reserve data included in this document are only estimates. The process relies on interpretations of available geologic, geophysical, engineering and production data. The extent, quality and reliability of this technical data can vary. The process also requires certain economic assumptions, some of which are mandated by the SEC, such as natural gas and oil prices. Additional assumptions include drilling and operating expenses, capital expenditures, taxes and availability of funds.

Results of drilling, testing and production subsequent to the date of an estimate may justify revising the original estimate. Accordingly, initial reserve estimates often vary from the quantities of natural gas and crude oil that are ultimately recovered, and such variances may be material. Any significant variance could reduce the estimated quantities and present value of our reserves.

You should not assume that the present value of future net cash flows from our proved reserves is the current market value of our estimated natural gas and oil reserves. In accordance with SEC requirements, we base the estimated discounted future net cash flows from our proved reserves on prices and costs in effect on the date of the estimate, holding the prices and costs constant throughout the life of the properties. Actual future prices and costs may differ materially from those used in the net present value estimate, and future net present value estimates using then current prices and costs may be significantly less than the current estimate. In addition, the 10% discount factor we use when calculating discounted future net cash flows for reporting requirements in compliance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 69 may not be the most appropriate discount factor based on interest rates in effect from time to time and risks associated with us or the natural gas and oil industry in general.

Our future performance depends on our ability to find or acquire additional natural gas and oil reserves that are economically recoverable.

In general, the production rate of natural gas and oil properties declines as reserves are depleted, with the rate of decline depending on reservoir characteristics. Unless we successfully replace the reserves that we produce, our reserves will decline, eventually resulting in a decrease in natural gas and oil production and lower revenues and cash flow from operations. Our future natural gas and oil production is, therefore, highly dependent on our level of success in finding or acquiring additional reserves. We may not be able to replace reserves through our exploration, development and exploitation activities or by acquiring properties at acceptable costs. Low natural gas and oil prices may further limit the kinds of reserves that we can develop economically. Lower prices also decrease our cash flow and may cause us to decrease capital expenditures.

Our reserve report estimates that production from our proved developed producing reserves as of December 31, 2008 will decline at estimated rates of 21%, 17%, 12% and 11% during 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Future development of proved undeveloped and other reserves currently not classified as proved developed producing will impact these rates of decline. Because of higher initial decline rates from newly developed reserves, we consider this pattern fairly typical.

Exploration, development and exploitation activities involve numerous risks that may result in dry holes, the failure to produce natural gas and oil in commercial quantities and the inability to fully produce discovered reserves.

Acquired properties may not be worth what we pay due to uncertainties in evaluating recoverable reserves and other expected benefits, as well as potential liabilities.

Successful property acquisitions require an assessment of a number of factors beyond our control. These factors include exploration potential, future natural gas and oil prices, operating costs, and potential

 

21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

environmental and other liabilities. These assessments are complex and inherently imprecise. Our review of the properties we acquire may not reveal all existing or potential problems. In addition, our review may not allow us to fully assess the potential deficiencies of the properties. We do not inspect every well, and even when we inspect a well we may not discover structural, subsurface, or environmental problems that may exist or arise. We may not be entitled to contractual indemnification for pre-closing liabilities, including environmental liabilities, and our contractual indemnification may not be effective. Often, we acquire interests in properties on an “as is” basis with limited remedies for breaches of representations and warranties.

The integration of the properties we acquire could be difficult, and may divert management’s attention away from our existing operations.

The integration of the properties we acquire could be difficult, and may divert management’s attention and financial resources away from our existing operations. These difficulties include:

 

   

the challenge of integrating the acquired properties while carrying on the ongoing operations of our business; and

 

   

the possibility of faulty assumptions underlying our expectations.

The process of integrating our operations could cause an interruption of, or loss of momentum in, the activities of our business. Members of our management may be required to devote considerable amounts of time to this integration process, which will decrease the time they will have to manage our existing business. If management is not able to effectively manage the integration process, or if any significant business activities are interrupted as a result of the integration process, our business could suffer.

We face a variety of hazards and risks that could cause substantial financial losses.

Our business involves a variety of operating risks, including:

 

   

well site blowouts, cratering and explosions;

 

   

equipment failures;

 

   

uncontrolled flows of natural gas, oil or well fluids;

 

   

fires;

 

   

formations with abnormal pressures;

 

   

pollution and other environmental risks; and

 

   

natural disasters.

In addition, we conduct operations in shallow offshore areas (largely coastal waters), which are subject to additional hazards of marine operations, such as capsizing, collision and damage from severe weather. Any of these events could result in injury or loss of human life, loss of hydrocarbons, significant damage to or destruction of property, environmental pollution, regulatory investigations and penalties, impairment of our operations and substantial losses to us.

Our operation of natural gas gathering and pipeline systems also involves various risks, including the risk of explosions and environmental hazards caused by pipeline leaks and ruptures. The location of pipelines near populated areas, including residential areas, commercial business centers and industrial sites, could increase these risks. As of December 31, 2008, we owned or operated approximately 3,500 miles of natural gas gathering and pipeline systems. As part of our normal maintenance program, we have identified certain segments of our pipelines that we believe periodically require repair, replacement or additional maintenance.

 

22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We may not be insured against all of the operating risks to which we are exposed.

We maintain insurance against some, but not all, of these risks and losses. We do not carry business interruption insurance. In addition, pollution and environmental risks generally are not fully insurable. The occurrence of an event not fully covered by insurance could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

We have limited control over the activities on properties we do not operate.

Other companies operate some of the properties in which we have an interest. Non-operated wells represented approximately 15% of our total owned gross wells, or approximately 4.8% of our owned net wells, as of December 31, 2008. We have limited ability to influence or control the operation or future development of these non-operated properties or the amount of capital expenditures that we are required to fund with respect to them. The failure of an operator of our wells to adequately perform operations, an operator’s breach of the applicable agreements or an operator’s failure to act in ways that are in our best interest could reduce our production and revenues. Our dependence on the operator and other working interest owners for these projects and our limited ability to influence or control the operation and future development of these properties could materially adversely affect the realization of our targeted returns on capital in drilling or acquisition activities and lead to unexpected future costs.

Terrorist activities and the potential for military and other actions could adversely affect our business.

The threat of terrorism and the impact of military and other action have caused instability in world financial markets and could lead to increased volatility in prices for natural gas and oil, all of which could adversely affect the markets for our operations. Future acts of terrorism could be directed against companies operating in the United States. The U.S. government has issued public warnings that indicate that energy assets might be specific targets of terrorist organizations. These developments have subjected our operations to increased risk and, depending on their ultimate magnitude, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our ability to sell our natural gas and oil production could be materially harmed if we fail to obtain adequate services such as transportation and processing.

The sale of our natural gas and oil production depends on a number of factors beyond our control, including the availability and capacity of transportation and processing facilities. Our failure to obtain these services on acceptable terms could materially harm our business.

Competition in our industry is intense, and many of our competitors have substantially greater financial and technological resources than we do, which could adversely affect our competitive position.

Competition in the natural gas and oil industry is intense. Major and independent natural gas and oil companies actively bid for desirable natural gas and oil properties, as well as for the equipment and labor required to operate and develop these properties. Our competitive position is affected by price, contract terms and quality of service, including pipeline connection times, distribution efficiencies and reliable delivery record. Many of our competitors have financial and technological resources and exploration and development budgets that are substantially greater than ours. These companies may be able to pay more for exploratory projects and productive natural gas and oil properties and may be able to define, evaluate, bid for and purchase a greater number of properties and prospects than our financial or human resources permit. In addition, these companies may be able to expend greater resources on the existing and changing technologies that we believe are and will be increasingly important to attaining success in the industry.

 

23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We may have hedging arrangements that expose us to risk of financial loss and limit the benefit to us of increases in prices for natural gas and oil.

From time to time, when we believe that market conditions are favorable, we use certain derivative financial instruments to manage price risks associated with our production in all of our regions. While there are many different types of derivatives available, in 2008 we employed natural gas and crude oil price collar and swap agreements covering portions of our 2008 production and anticipated 2009 and 2010 production to attempt to manage price risk more effectively. The collar arrangements are put and call options used to establish floor and ceiling commodity prices for a fixed volume of production during a certain time period. They provide for payments to counterparties if the index price exceeds the ceiling and payments from the counterparties if the index price falls below the floor. The price swaps call for payments to, or receipts from, counterparties based on whether the market price of natural gas or crude oil for the period is greater or less than the fixed price established for that period when the swap is put in place. These hedging arrangements limit the benefit to us of increases in prices. In addition, these arrangements expose us to risks of financial loss in a variety of circumstances, including when:

 

   

a counterparty is unable to satisfy its obligations;

 

   

production is less than expected; or

 

   

there is an adverse change in the expected differential between the underlying price in the derivative instrument and actual prices received for our production.

We will continue to evaluate the benefit of employing derivatives in the future. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” in Item 7A for further discussion concerning our use of derivatives.

The loss of key personnel could adversely affect our ability to operate.

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of key management and technical personnel, and one or more of these individuals could leave our employment. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of these individuals could have a detrimental effect on us. In addition, our drilling success and the success of other activities integral to our operations will depend, in part, on our ability to attract and retain experienced geologists, engineers and other professionals. Competition for experienced geologists, engineers and some other professionals is extremely intense. If we cannot retain our technical personnel or attract additional experienced technical personnel, our ability to compete could be harmed.

We are subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental regulations, which can adversely affect the cost, manner or feasibility of doing business.

Our operations are subject to extensive federal, state and local laws and regulations, including tax laws and regulations and those relating to the generation, storage, handling, emission, transportation and discharge of materials into the environment. These laws and regulations can adversely affect the cost, manner or feasibility of doing business. Many laws and regulations require permits for the operation of various facilities, and these permits are subject to revocation, modification and renewal. Governmental authorities have the power to enforce compliance with their regulations, and violations could subject us to fines, injunctions or both. These laws and regulations have increased the costs of planning, designing, drilling, installing and operating natural gas and oil facilities. In addition, we may be liable for environmental damages caused by previous owners of property we purchase or lease. Risks of substantial costs and liabilities related to environmental compliance issues are inherent in natural gas and oil operations. It is possible that other developments, such as stricter environmental laws and regulations, and claims for damages to property or persons resulting from natural gas and oil production, would result in substantial costs and liabilities.

 

24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Provisions of Delaware law and our bylaws and charter could discourage change in control transactions and prevent stockholders from receiving a premium on their investment.

Our bylaws provide for a classified Board of Directors with staggered terms, and our charter authorizes our Board of Directors to set the terms of preferred stock. In addition, Delaware law contains provisions that impose restrictions on business combinations with interested parties. Our bylaws prohibit stockholder action by written consent and limit stockholder proposals at meetings of stockholders. We also have adopted a stockholder rights plan. Because of our stockholder rights plan and these provisions of our charter, bylaws and Delaware law, persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals may be more likely to negotiate with our Board of Directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. As a result, these provisions may make it more difficult for our stockholders to benefit from transactions that are opposed by an incumbent Board of Directors.

The personal liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty of care is limited by the Delaware General Corporation Law and by our certificate of incorporation.

The Delaware General Corporation Law allows corporations to limit available relief for the breach of directors’ duty of care to equitable remedies such as injunction or rescission. Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Specifically, our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of their fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:

 

   

for any breach of their duty of loyalty to the company or our stockholders;

 

   

for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

under provisions relating to unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

 

   

for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

This limitation may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors, and may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their duty of care, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise have benefited our stockholders.

The global financial crisis may have impacts on our business and financial condition that we currently cannot predict.

The continued credit crisis and related turmoil in the global financial system may have an impact on our business and our financial condition, and we may face challenges if conditions in the financial markets do not improve. Our ability to access the capital markets may be restricted at a time when we would like, or need, to raise financing, which could have an impact on our flexibility to react to changing economic and business conditions. The economic situation could have an impact on our lenders or customers, causing them to fail to meet their obligations to us. Additionally, market conditions could have an impact on our commodity hedging arrangements if our counterparties are unable to perform their obligations or seek bankruptcy protection. Additionally, the current economic situation could lead to further reduced demand for oil and natural gas, or lower prices for oil and natural gas, or both, which could have a negative impact on our revenues.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

See Item 1. “Business.”

 

25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are a defendant in various legal proceedings arising in the normal course of our business. All known liabilities are accrued based on management’s best estimate of the potential loss. While the outcome and impact of such legal proceedings on us cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that the resolution of these proceedings through settlement or adverse judgment will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or cash flow. Operating results, however, could be significantly impacted in the reporting periods in which such matters are resolved.

Commitment and Contingency Reserves

When deemed necessary, we establish reserves for certain legal proceedings. The establishment of a reserve involves an estimation process that includes the advice of legal counsel and subjective judgment of management. While management believes these reserves to be adequate, it is reasonably possible that we could incur approximately $2.1 million of additional loss with respect to those matters in which reserves have been established. Future changes in the facts and circumstances could result in the actual liability exceeding the estimated ranges of loss and amounts accrued.

While the outcome and impact on us cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that the resolution of these proceedings through settlement or adverse judgment will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or cash flow. Operating results, however, could be significantly impacted in the reporting periods in which such matters are resolved.

 

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2008.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The following table shows certain information as of February 15, 2009 about our executive officers, as such term is defined in Rule 3b-7 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and certain of our other officers.

 

Name

   Age   

Position

   Officer
Since

Dan O. Dinges

   55    Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer    2001

Michael B. Walen

   60    Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer    1998

Scott C. Schroeder

   46    Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    1997

J. Scott Arnold

   55    Vice President, Land and General Counsel    1998

Robert G. Drake

   61   

Vice President, Information Services and Operational Accounting

   1998

Abraham D. Garza

   62    Vice President, Human Resources    1998

Jeffrey W. Hutton

   53    Vice President, Marketing    1995

Thomas S. Liberatore

   52    Vice President, Regional Manager, East Region    2003

Lisa A. Machesney

   53   

Vice President, Managing Counsel and Corporate Secretary

   1995

Henry C. Smyth

   62    Vice President, Controller and Treasurer    1998

All officers are elected annually by our Board of Directors. All of the executive officers have been employed by Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation for at least the last five years.

 

26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is listed and principally traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “COG.” The following table presents the high and low closing sales prices per share of our common stock during certain periods, as reported in the consolidated transaction reporting system. Cash dividends paid per share of the common stock are also shown. A regular dividend has been declared each quarter since we became a public company in 1990.

On February 23, 2007, our Board of Directors declared a 2-for-1 split of our common stock in the form of a stock distribution. The stock dividend was distributed on March 30, 2007 to stockholders of record on March 16, 2007. All common stock accounts and per share data, including cash dividends per share, have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the 2-for-1 split of our common stock. After the stock split, the dividend was increased to $0.03 per share per quarter, or a 50% increase from pre-split levels.

 

     High    Low    Dividends

2008

        

First Quarter

   $ 53.41    $ 37.67    $ 0.03

Second Quarter

   $ 71.11    $ 51.48    $ 0.03

Third Quarter

   $ 68.58    $ 33.58    $ 0.03

Fourth Quarter

   $ 33.83    $ 21.31    $ 0.03

2007

        

First Quarter

   $ 35.29    $ 28.06    $ 0.02

Second Quarter

   $ 41.88    $ 34.55    $ 0.03

Third Quarter

   $ 38.39    $ 31.55    $ 0.03

Fourth Quarter

   $ 40.90    $ 33.59    $ 0.03

As of January 31, 2009, there were 544 registered holders of the common stock. Shareholders include individuals, brokers, nominees, custodians, trustees, and institutions such as banks, insurance companies and pension funds. Many of these hold large blocks of stock on behalf of other individuals or firms.

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our Board of Directors has authorized a share repurchase program under which we may purchase shares of common stock in the open market or in negotiated transactions. There is no expiration date associated with the authorization. During 2008, we did not repurchase any shares of common stock. All purchases executed to date have been through open market transactions. The maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the plan as of December 31, 2008 was 4,795,300.

 

27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The following graph compares our common stock performance (“COG”) with the performance of the Standard & Poors’ 500 Stock Index and the Dow Jones US Exploration & Production Index for the period December 2003 through December 2008. The graph assumes that the value of the investment in our common stock and in each index was $100 on December 31, 2003 and that all dividends were reinvested.

LOGO

 

Calculated Values

   2003    2004    2005    2006    2007    2008

S&P 500

   100.0    110.9    116.3    134.7    142.1    89.5

COG

   100.0    151.4    232.4    313.5    418.7    270.5

Dow Jones US Exploration & Production

   100.0    141.9    234.5    247.1    355.1    212.6

The performance graph above is furnished and not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will not be incorporated by reference into any registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933 unless specifically identified therein as being incorporated therein by reference. The performance graph is not soliciting material subject to Regulation 14A.

 

28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes our selected consolidated financial data for the periods indicated. This information should be read in conjunction with Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7, and the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes in Item 8.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2008    2007    2006    2005    2004  
     (In thousands, except per share amounts)  

Statement of Operations Data

              

Operating Revenues

   $ 945,791    $ 732,170    $ 761,988    $ 682,797    $ 530,408  

Impairment of Oil & Gas Properties and Other Assets (1)

     35,700      4,614      3,886      —        3,458  

Gain / (Loss) on Sale of Assets (2)

     1,143      13,448      232,017      74      (124 )

Gain on Settlement of Dispute (3)

     51,906      —        —        —        —    

Income from Operations

     372,012      274,693      528,946      258,731      160,653  

Net Income

     211,290      167,423      321,175      148,445      88,378  

Basic Earnings per Share (4)

   $ 2.10    $ 1.73    $ 3.32    $ 1.52    $ 0.91  

Diluted Earnings per Share (4)

   $ 2.08    $ 1.71    $ 3.26    $ 1.49    $ 0.90  

Dividends per Common Share (4)

   $ 0.120    $ 0.110    $ 0.080    $ 0.074    $ 0.054  

Balance Sheet Data

              

Properties and Equipment, Net

   $ 3,135,828    $ 1,908,117    $ 1,480,201    $ 1,238,055    $ 994,081  

Total Assets

     3,701,664      2,208,594      1,834,491      1,495,370      1,210,956  

Current Portion of Long-Term Debt

     35,857      20,000      20,000      20,000      20,000  

Long-Term Debt

     831,143      330,000      220,000      320,000      250,000  

Stockholders’ Equity

     1,790,562      1,070,257      945,198      600,211      455,662  

 

(1)

For discussion of impairment of oil and gas properties and other assets, refer to Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2)

Gain on Sale of Assets for 2007 and 2006 reflects $12.3 million and $231.2 million, respectively, related to disposition of our offshore portfolio and certain south Louisiana properties (the “2006 south Louisiana and offshore properties sale”), which was substantially completed in the third quarter of 2006.

(3)

Gain on Settlement of Dispute is associated with the Company’s settlement of a dispute in the fourth quarter of 2008. The dispute settlement includes the value of cash and properties received. See Note 7 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(4)

All Earnings per Share and Dividends per Common Share figures have been retroactively adjusted for the 2-for-1 split of our common stock effective March 31, 2007 as well as the 3-for-2 split of our common stock effective March 31, 2005.

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion is intended to assist you in understanding our results of operations and our present financial condition. Our Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K contain additional information that should be referred to when reviewing this material.

Statements in this discussion may be forward-looking. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, including those discussed below, which could cause actual results to differ from those expressed. Please read “Forward-Looking Information” for further details.

We operate in one segment, natural gas and oil development, exploitation and exploration, exclusively within the United States and Canada.

 

29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OVERVIEW

Cabot Oil & Gas and its subsidiaries are a leading independent oil and gas company engaged in the development, exploitation, exploration, production and marketing of natural gas, and to a lesser extent, crude oil and natural gas liquids from its properties in North America. We also transport, store, gather and produce natural gas for resale. Our exploitation and exploration activities are concentrated in areas with known hydrocarbon resources, which are conducive to multi-well, repeatable drilling programs. Our program is designed to be disciplined and balanced, with a focus on achieving strong financial returns.

At Cabot, there are three types of investment alternatives that compete for available capital: drilling opportunities, financial opportunities such as debt repayment or repurchase of common stock and acquisition opportunities. Depending on circumstances, we allocate capital among the alternatives based on a rate-of-return approach. Our goal is to invest capital in the highest return opportunities available at any given time. At any one time, one or more of these may not be economically feasible.

Our financial results depend upon many factors, particularly the price of natural gas and crude oil and our ability to market our production on economically attractive terms. Price volatility in the commodity markets has remained prevalent in the last few years. Throughout 2007 and most of 2008, the futures market reported strong natural gas and crude oil contract prices. During the fourth quarter of 2008, commodity prices experienced a sharp decline. Our realized natural gas and crude oil price was $8.39 per Mcf and $89.11 per Bbl, respectively, in 2008. These realized prices include the realized impact of derivative instruments. In an effort to manage commodity price risk, we entered into a series of crude oil and natural gas price swaps and collars. These financial instruments are an important element of our risk management strategy and assisted in the increase in our realized natural gas price from 2007 to 2008.

Commodity prices are impacted by many factors that are outside of our control. Historically, commodity prices have been volatile and we expect them to remain volatile. Commodity prices are affected by changes in market supply and demand, which are impacted by overall economic activity, weather, pipeline capacity constraints, inventory storage levels, basis differentials and other factors. As a result, we cannot accurately predict future natural gas, NGL and crude oil prices and, therefore, we cannot determine with any degree of certainty what effect increases or decreases will have on our capital program, production volumes and future revenues. In addition to production volumes and commodity prices, finding and developing sufficient amounts of crude oil and natural gas reserves at economical costs are critical to our long-term success. See “Risk Factors—Natural gas and oil prices fluctuate widely, and low prices for an extended period of time are likely to have a material adverse impact on our business” and “Risk Factors—Our future performance depends on our ability to find or acquire additional natural gas and oil reserves that are economically recoverable” in Item 1A.

The tables below illustrate how natural gas prices have fluctuated by month over 2007 and 2008. “Index” represents the first of the month Henry Hub index price per Mmbtu. The “2007” and “2008” price is the natural gas price per Mcf realized by us and includes the realized impact of our natural gas price collar and swap arrangements, as applicable:

 

     Natural Gas Prices by Month - 2008
     Jan    Feb    Mar    Apr    May    Jun    Jul    Aug    Sep    Oct    Nov    Dec

Index

   $ 7.13    $ 8.01    $ 8.96    $ 9.59    $ 11.29    $ 11.93    $ 13.11    $ 9.23    $ 8.40    $ 7.48    $ 6.47    $ 6.90

2008

   $ 7.46    $ 7.82    $ 8.45    $ 9.03    $ 9.38    $ 9.50    $ 9.36    $ 8.61    $ 8.05    $ 7.89    $ 7.70    $ 7.54
     Natural Gas Prices by Month - 2007
     Jan    Feb    Mar    Apr    May    Jun    Jul    Aug    Sep    Oct    Nov    Dec

Index

   $ 5.84    $ 6.93    $ 7.55    $ 7.56    $ 7.51    $ 7.59    $ 6.93    $ 6.11    $ 5.43    $ 6.43    $ 7.27    $ 7.21

2007

   $ 7.05    $ 7.61    $ 7.63    $ 7.04    $ 7.30    $ 7.38    $ 7.05    $ 6.94    $ 6.41    $ 7.06    $ 7.44    $ 7.87

 

30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Prices for crude oil maintained strength in 2007 and rose to record high levels in 2008, but experienced significant declines in the fourth quarter of 2008. The tables below contain the NYMEX monthly average crude oil price (Index) and our realized per barrel (Bbl) crude oil prices by month for 2007 and 2008. The “2007” and “2008” price is the crude oil price per Bbl realized by us and includes the realized impact of our crude oil derivative arrangements:

 

    Crude Oil Prices by Month - 2008
    Jan   Feb   Mar   Apr   May   Jun   Jul   Aug   Sep   Oct   Nov   Dec

Index

  $ 92.93   $ 95.35   $ 105.42   $ 112.46   $ 125.46   $ 134.02   $ 133.48   $ 116.69   $ 103.76   $ 76.72   $ 57.44   $ 42.04

2008

  $ 83.71   $ 85.02   $ 90.85   $ 92.56   $ 99.79   $ 103.83   $ 102.76   $ 101.16   $ 93.51   $ 87.10   $ 69.16   $ 62.45
    Crude Oil Prices by Month - 2007
    Jan   Feb   Mar   Apr   May   Jun   Jul   Aug   Sep   Oct   Nov   Dec

Index

  $ 54.67   $ 59.39   $ 60.74   $ 64.04   $ 63.53   $ 67.53   $ 74.15   $ 72.36   $ 79.63   $ 85.66   $ 94.63   $ 91.74

2007

  $ 51.59   $ 53.17   $ 55.54   $ 61.31   $ 63.35   $ 61.42   $ 70.68   $ 70.03   $ 71.90   $ 83.97   $ 84.38   $ 82.65

We reported earnings of $2.10 per share, or $211.3 million, for 2008, an increase from the $1.73 per share, or $167.4 million, reported in 2007. Natural gas revenues increased from 2007 to 2008 as a result of favorable natural gas hedge settlements, increased commodity market prices and increased natural gas production. Crude oil revenues increased from 2007 to 2008 primarily due to increased realized prices, partially offset by a reduction in crude oil production. Prices, including the realized impact of derivative instruments, increased by 16% for natural gas and 33% for oil.

We drilled 432 gross wells with a success rate of 97% in 2008 compared to 461 gross wells with a success rate of 96% in 2007. Total capital and exploration expenditures increased by $844.8 million to $1,481.0 million (including the east Texas acquisition) in 2008 compared to $636.2 million in 2007. We believe our cash on hand and operating cash flow in 2009 will be sufficient to fund our budgeted capital and exploration spending of approximately $475 million. Any additional needs will be funded by borrowings from our credit facility. We have reduced, and may continue to reduce, our budgeted capital and exploration spending to maintain sufficient liquidity.

Our 2009 strategy will remain consistent with 2008. We will remain focused on our strategies of pursuing lower risk drilling opportunities that provide more predictable results on our accumulated acreage position. Additionally, we intend to manage our balance sheet in an effort to ensure that we have sufficient liquidity, and we intend to maintain spending discipline. In the current year we have allocated our planned program for capital and exploration expenditures primarily to the East and Gulf Coast regions. We believe these strategies are appropriate for our portfolio of projects and the current industry environment and that this activity will continue to add shareholder value over the long-term.

The preceding paragraphs, discussing our strategic pursuits and goals, contain forward-looking information. Please read “Forward-Looking Information” for further details.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Capital Resources and Liquidity

Our primary sources of cash in 2008 were from funds generated from the sale of natural gas and crude oil production, the private placements of debt completed in July and December 2008, the sale of common stock and, to a lesser extent, borrowings under our revolving credit facility and asset sales. Cash flows provided by operating activities, borrowings, the sale of common stock and proceeds from asset sales were primarily used to fund our development (including acquisitions) and, to a lesser extent, exploratory expenditures, in addition to paying dividends and debt issuance costs. See below for additional discussion and analysis of cash flow.

 

31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We generate cash from the sale of natural gas and crude oil. Operating cash flow fluctuations are substantially driven by commodity prices and changes in our production volumes. Prices for crude oil and natural gas have historically been volatile, including seasonal influences characterized by peak demand and higher prices in the winter heating season; however, the impact of other risks and uncertainties have also influenced prices throughout the recent years. Commodity prices have recently experienced increased volatility due to adverse market conditions in our economy. In addition, fluctuations in cash flow may result in an increase or decrease in our capital and exploration expenditures. See “Results of Operations” for a review of the impact of prices and volumes on sales.

Our working capital is also substantially influenced by variables discussed above. From time to time, our working capital will reflect a surplus, while at other times it will reflect a deficit. This fluctuation is not unusual. The recent financial and credit crisis has reduced credit availability and liquidity for some companies; however, we believe we have adequate liquidity available to meet our working capital requirements.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2008     2007     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Cash Flows Provided by Operating Activities

   $ 634,447     $ 462,137     $ 357,104  

Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities

     (1,452,289 )     (589,922 )     (187,353 )

Cash Flows Provided by / (Used in) Financing Activities

     827,445       104,429       (138,523 )
                        

Net Increase / (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

   $ 9,603     $ (23,356 )   $ 31,228  
                        

Operating Activities. Key components impacting net operating cash flows are commodity prices, production volumes and operating costs. Net cash provided by operating activities in 2008 increased by $172.3 million over 2007. This increase was mainly due to an increase in net income, the receipt of cash of $20.2 million in 2008 in connection with the settlement of a dispute and an increase of $13.7 million in cash received for income tax refunds. In addition, cash flows from operating activities increased as a result of other working capital changes. Average realized natural gas prices increased by 16% in 2008 over 2007 and average realized crude oil prices increased by 33% over the same period. Equivalent production volumes increased by 11% in 2008 compared to 2007 as a result of higher natural gas production. We are unable to predict future commodity prices and, as a result, cannot provide any assurance about future levels of net cash provided by operating activities. Realized prices may be lower in 2009.

Net cash provided by operating activities in 2007 increased by $105.0 million over 2006. This increase was mainly due to a decrease in cash paid for current income taxes from 2006 to 2007 primarily due to the 2006 payment of approximately $102 million related to the 2006 south Louisiana and offshore properties sale, as well as our 2007 tax net operating loss position and the receipt in 2007 of $29.6 million in federal tax refunds relating to our 2006 tax return. Average realized natural gas prices increased by one percent in 2007 over 2006 and average realized crude oil prices increased by three percent over the same period. Equivalent production decreased by three percent in 2007 compared to 2006 as a result of a decrease in crude oil production, offset in part by an increase in natural gas production.

See “Results of Operations” for a discussion on commodity prices and a review of the impact of prices and volumes on sales revenue.

Investing Activities. The primary uses of cash in investing activities were capital spending (including the east Texas acquisition and new leases in both Pennsylvania and east Texas) and exploration expenses. We established the budget for these amounts based on our current estimate of future commodity prices. Due to the volatility of commodity prices and new opportunities which may arise, our capital expenditures may be periodically adjusted during any given year. Cash flows used in investing activities increased by $862.4 million from 2007 to 2008 and increased by $402.6 million from 2006 to 2007. The increase from 2007 to 2008 was due

 

32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

to an increase of $866.0 million in capital expenditures, including an increase of approximately $601.8 million primarily due to the $604.0 million east Texas acquisition and an increase of $130.5 million related to unproved leasehold acquisitions primarily in northeast Pennsylvania. In addition, there were $5.0 million of lower proceeds from the sale of assets in 2008 compared to 2007. Partially offsetting these increases to cash used in investing activities were decreased exploration expenditures of $8.6 million in 2008 compared to 2007.

The increase in cash flows used in investing activities from 2006 to 2007 was due to a decrease of $322.4 million in 2007 in proceeds from the sale of assets and an increase of $89.8 million in 2007 in capital expenditures, partially offset by reduced exploration expenses of $9.6 million.

Financing Activities. Cash flows provided by financing activities increased by $723.0 million from 2007 to 2008. This was primarily due to an increase in debt consisting of our July 2008 and December 2008 private placements of debt ($492 million) and an increase of $45 million in borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Additionally, net proceeds from the sale of common stock increased by $311.1 million primarily due to the June 2008 issuance of common stock. The tax benefit for stock-based compensation increased by $10.7 million from 2007 to 2008, but was partially offset by an increase in dividends and capitalized debt issuance costs paid.

Cash flows provided by financing activities increased by $243.0 million from 2006 to 2007 primarily due to a $210.0 million increase in debt, principally related to higher borrowings under our revolving credit facility. In addition, $46.5 million of treasury stock was purchased in 2006 compared with none in 2007. Partially offsetting these increases in cash provided by financing activities were a $9.5 million reduction in the tax benefit for stock-based compensation, lower proceeds from the exercise of stock options and higher dividend payments.

At December 31, 2008, we had $185 million of borrowings outstanding under our unsecured credit facility at a weighted-average interest rate of 3.7%. In December 2008, the revolving credit facility was amended to extend the commitment period for lenders holding approximately 90% of the aggregate commitments from December 2009 to October 2010. The December amendment added an accordion feature to allow us, if the existing banks or new banks agree, to increase the available credit line from $350 million to $450 million. The available credit line is subject to adjustment on the basis of the present value of estimated future net cash flows from proved oil and gas reserves (as determined by the banks’ petroleum engineer) and other assets. We strive to manage our debt at a level below the available credit line in order to maintain excess borrowing capacity. Our revolving credit facility includes a covenant limiting our total debt. Management believes that we have the capacity to finance our spending plans and maintain our liquidity. At the same time, we will closely monitor the capital markets. As a result of market conditions and our increased level of borrowings, we may experience increased costs associated with future debt.

In July 2008, we completed a private placement of $425 million aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured fixed-rate notes with a weighted-average interest rate of 6.51%, consisting of amounts due in July 2018, 2020 and 2023. In December 2008, we completed a private placement of $67 million aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured 9.78% fixed-rate notes due in December 2018. Please refer to Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

In June 2008, we entered into an underwriting agreement pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 5,002,500 shares of common stock at a price to us of $62.66 per share. This aggregate share amount included 652,500 shares of common stock that were issued as a result of the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. We received $313.5 million in net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. These net proceeds were used temporarily to reduce outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility prior to funding a portion of the purchase price of our east Texas acquisition, which closed in the third quarter of 2008. Immediately prior to (and in connection with) this issuance, we retired 5,002,500 shares of treasury stock, which had a weighted-average purchase price of $16.46.

 

33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Capitalization

Information about our capitalization is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
       2008     2007  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Debt (1)

   $ 867.0     $ 350.0  

Stockholders’ Equity

     1,790.6       1,070.3  
                

Total Capitalization

   $ 2,657.6     $ 1,420.3  
                

Debt to Capitalization

     33 %     25 %

Cash and Cash Equivalents

   $ 28.1     $ 18.5  

 

(1)

Includes $35.9 million and $20.0 million of current portion of long-term debt at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Includes $185 million and $140 million of borrowings outstanding under our revolving credit facility at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, we paid dividends of $12.1 million on our common stock. A regular dividend has been declared for each quarter since we became a public company in 1990. After the March 2007 2-for-1 stock split, the dividend was increased to $0.03 per share per quarter, or a 50% increase from pre-split levels.

Capital and Exploration Expenditures

On an annual basis, we generally fund most of our capital and exploration activities, excluding any significant oil and gas property acquisitions, with cash generated from operations and, when necessary, our revolving credit facility. We budget these capital expenditures based on our projected cash flows for the year.

The following table presents major components of our capital and exploration expenditures for the three years ended December 31, 2008.

 

       2008    2007    2006
     (In millions)

Capital Expenditures

        

Drilling and Facilities (1)

   $ 624.3    $ 539.7    $ 405.5

Leasehold Acquisitions

     152.7      22.2      42.6

Acquisitions

     625.0      4.0      6.7

Pipeline and Gathering

     36.9      28.2      24.2

Other

     10.9      2.3      9.1
                    
     1,449.8      596.4      488.1

Exploration Expense

     31.2      39.8      49.4
                    

Total

   $ 1,481.0    $ 636.2    $ 537.5
                    

 

(1)

Includes Canadian currency translation effects of $(27.7) million, $15.0 million and $(1.4) million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

We plan to drill approximately 148 gross wells (122.3 net) in 2009 compared with 432 gross wells (355 net) drilled in 2008. The number of wells we plan to drill in 2009 is down from 2008 in each of our operating regions due to the underlying economic fundamentals, which have significantly reduced commodity prices. This 2009 drilling program includes approximately $475 million in total capital and exploration expenditures, down from $1,481 million in 2008. We will continue to assess the natural gas and crude oil price environment and our liquidity position and may increase or decrease the capital and exploration expenditures accordingly.

 

34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

There are many factors that impact our depreciation, depletion and amortization (DD&A) rate. These include reserve additions and revisions, development costs, impairments and changes in anticipated production in future periods. In 2009, management expects an increase in our DD&A rate due to higher capital costs, partially as a result of inflationary cost pressures in the industry over the last four years. This change is currently estimated to be approximately 13% greater than 2008 levels. This increase will not have an impact on our cash flows.

Contractual Obligations

Our known material contractual obligations include long-term debt, interest on long-term debt, firm gas transportation agreements, drilling rig commitments and operating leases. We have no off-balance sheet debt or other similar unrecorded obligations.

A summary of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2008 are set forth in the following table:

 

     Total    Payments Due by Year
        2009    2010 to
2011
   2012 to
2013
   2014 &
Beyond
     (In thousands)

Long-Term Debt (1)

   $ 867,000    $ 35,857    $ 244,143    $ 75,000    $ 512,000

Interest on Long-Term Debt (2)

     460,624      63,124      99,602      82,469      215,429

Firm Gas Transportation Agreements (3)

     94,670      13,218      23,935      13,374      44,143

Drilling Rig Commitments (3)

     44,271      42,021      2,250      —        —  

Operating Leases (3)

     28,686      6,335      9,028      7,397      5,926
                                  

Total Contractual Cash Obligations

   $ 1,495,251    $ 160,555    $ 378,958    $ 178,240    $ 777,498
                                  

 

(1)

Including current portion. At December 31, 2008, we had $185 million of debt outstanding under our revolving credit facility. See Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for details of long-term debt.

(2)

Interest payments have been calculated utilizing the fixed rates of our $682 million long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2008. Interest payments on our revolving credit facility were calculated by assuming that the December 31, 2008 long-term outstanding balance of $169.1 million will be outstanding through the October 2010 maturity date and that the short-term outstanding balance of $15.9 million will be outstanding through December 2009. A constant interest rate of 4.8% was assumed, which was the 2008 weighted-average interest rate. Actual results will likely differ from these estimates and assumptions.

(3)

For further information on our obligations under firm gas transportation agreements, drilling rig commitments and operating leases, see Note 7 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Amounts related to our asset retirement obligations are not included in the above table given the uncertainty regarding the actual timing of such expenditures. The total amount of asset retirement obligations at December 31, 2008 was $28.0 million, up from $24.7 million at December 31, 2007, primarily due to $1.2 million of accretion expense during 2008 as well as $2.2 million of drilling additions.

Potential Impact of Our Critical Accounting Policies

Readers of this document and users of the information contained in it should be aware of how certain events may impact our financial results based on the accounting policies in place. The most significant policies are discussed below.

Oil and Gas Reserves

The process of estimating quantities of proved reserves is inherently imprecise, and the reserve data included in this document are only estimates. The process relies on interpretations of available geologic,

 

35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

geophysical, engineering and production data. The extent, quality and reliability of this technical data can vary. The process also requires certain economic assumptions, some of which are mandated by the SEC, such as oil and gas prices. Additional assumptions include drilling and operating expenses, capital expenditures, taxes and availability of funds.

Since 1990, 100% of our reserves have been reviewed by Miller & Lents, Ltd., an independent oil and gas reservoir engineering consulting firm, who in their opinion determined the estimates presented to be reasonable in the aggregate. We have not been required to record a significant reserve revision in the past three years. For more information regarding reserve estimation, including historical reserve revisions, refer to the “Supplemental Oil and Gas Information.”

Our rate of recording DD&A expense is dependent upon our estimate of proved reserves, which is utilized in our unit-of-production method calculation. If the estimates of proved reserves were to be reduced, the rate at which we record DD&A expense would increase, reducing net income. Such a reduction in reserves may result from lower market prices, which may make it non-economic to drill for and produce higher cost fields. A five percent positive or negative revision to proved reserves throughout the Company would decrease or increase the DD&A rate by approximately $0.09 to $0.10 per Mcfe. Revisions in significant fields may individually affect our DD&A rate. It is estimated that a positive or negative reserve revision of 10% in one of our most productive fields would have a $0.05 to $0.06 impact on our total DD&A rate. These estimated impacts are based on current data, and actual events could require different adjustments to our DD&A rate.

In addition, a decline in proved reserve estimates may impact the outcome of our impairment test under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 144, “ Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. ” Due to the inherent imprecision of the reserve estimation process, risks associated with the operations of proved producing properties and market sensitive commodity prices utilized in our impairment analysis, management cannot determine if an impairment is reasonably likely to occur in the future.

Carrying Value of Oil and Gas Properties

We evaluate the impairment of our oil and gas properties on a lease-by-lease basis whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an asset’s carrying amount may not be recoverable. We compare expected undiscounted future cash flows to the net book value of the asset. If the future undiscounted expected cash flows, based on our estimate of future crude oil and natural gas prices, operating costs and anticipated production from proved reserves are lower than the net book value of the asset, the capitalized cost is reduced to fair value. Commodity pricing is estimated by using a combination of historical and current prices adjusted for geographical location and quality differentials, as well as other factors that management believes will impact realizable prices. Fair value is calculated by discounting the future cash flows. The discount factor used (13% at December 31, 2008) is based on management’s belief that this rate is commensurate with the risks inherent in the development and production of the underlying natural gas and oil. In 2008, 2007 and 2006, there were no unusual or unexpected occurrences that caused significant revisions in estimated cash flows which were utilized in our impairment test. In the event that commodity prices remain low or continue to decline, there could be a significant revision in the future.

Costs attributable to our unproved properties are not subject to the impairment analysis described above; however, a portion of the costs associated with such properties is subject to amortization based on past experience and average property lives. Average property lives are determined on a regional basis and based on the estimated life of unproved property leasehold rights. Historically, the average property life in each of the regions has not significantly changed. During the last six months of 2008, commodity prices declined at a significant rate as the global economy struggled with a worldwide recession. This price environment has resulted in reduced capital available for exploration projects as well as development drilling. We have considered these impacts discussed above when assessing the impairment of our undeveloped acreage, especially in exploratory areas. If the average unproved property life decreases or increases by one year, the amortization would increase by approximately $13.3 million or decrease by approximately $10.7 million, respectively per year.

 

36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In the past, the average leasehold life in the Gulf Coast region has been shorter than the average life in the East and West regions. Average property lives in the East, Gulf Coast and West regions have been five, four and seven years, respectively. Average property lives in Canada are estimated to be five years. As these properties are developed and reserves are proven, the remaining capitalized costs are subject to depreciation and depletion. If the development of these properties is deemed unsuccessful, the capitalized costs related to the unsuccessful activity is expensed in the year the determination is made. The rate at which the unproved properties are written off depends on the timing and success of our future exploration program.

Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

We follow the accounting prescribed in SFAS No. 133. Under SFAS No. 133, the fair value of each derivative instrument is recorded as either an asset or liability on the balance sheet. At the end of each quarterly period, these instruments are marked-to-market. The gain or loss on the change in fair value is recorded as Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, a component of equity, to the extent that the derivative instrument is designated as a hedge and is effective. Under SFAS No. 133, effectiveness is a measurement of how closely correlated the hedge instrument is with the underlying physical sale. For example, a natural gas price swap that converts Henry Hub index to a fixed price would be perfectly correlated, and 100% effective, if the underlying gas were sold at the Henry Hub index. The ineffective portion, if any, of the change in the fair value of derivatives designated as hedges, and the change in fair value of all other derivatives, is recorded currently in earnings as a component of Natural Gas Production and Crude Oil and Condensate Revenue, as appropriate in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Fair Value Measurements

Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted those provisions of SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” that were required to be adopted. This adoption did not have a material impact on any of our financial statements. As defined in SFAS No. 157, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The transaction is based on a hypothetical transaction in the principal or most advantageous market considered from the perspective of the market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability.

We utilize market data or assumptions that market participants who are independent, knowledgeable and willing and able to transact would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable, market corroborated or generally unobservable. We attempt to utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. We are able to classify fair value balances based on the observability of those inputs. SFAS No. 157 establishes a formal fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to level 1 measurements and the lowest priority to level 3 measurements, and accordingly, level 1 measurements should be used whenever possible.

As of December 31, 2008, we had $355.2 million of assets, or 10% of our total assets, classified as Level 3. This was entirely comprised of our derivative receivable balance from our oil and gas cash flow hedges. During 2008, realized gains of $347.9 million were recognized in other comprehensive income. Derivative settlements during the year totaled $13.0 million. The fair values of our natural gas and crude oil price collars and swaps are valued based upon quotes obtained from counterparties to the agreements and are designated as Level 3. Such quotes have been derived using a Black-Scholes model for the active oil and gas commodities market that considers various inputs including current market and contractual prices for the underlying instruments, quoted forward prices for natural gas and crude oil, volatility factors and interest rates, such as a LIBOR curve for a similar length of time as the derivative contract term. Although we utilize multiple quotes to assess the reasonableness of our values, we have not attempted to obtain sufficient corroborating market evidence to support classifying these derivative contracts as Level 2. We adjust the fair value quotes received by our counterparties to take into account either the counterparties’ nonperformance risk or our own nonperformance

 

37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

risk. We measured the nonperformance risk of our counterparties by reviewing credit default swap spreads for the various financial institutions in which we have derivative transactions and made a reduction to our derivative receivable. In times where we have net derivative contract liabilities, our nonperformance risk is evaluated using a market credit spread provided by our bank. Additional disclosures are required for transactions measured at fair value and we have included these disclosures in Note 7 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Long-Term Employee Benefit Costs

Our costs of long-term employee benefits, particularly pension and postretirement benefits, are incurred over long periods of time, and involve many uncertainties over those periods. The net periodic benefit cost attributable to current periods is based on several assumptions about such future uncertainties, and is sensitive to changes in those assumptions. It is management’s responsibility, often with the assistance of independent experts, to select assumptions that in its judgment represent best estimates of those uncertainties. It also is management’s responsibility to review those assumptions periodically to reflect changes in economic or other factors that affect those assumptions.

The current benefit service costs, as well as the existing liabilities, for pensions and other postretirement benefits are measured on a discounted present value basis. The discount rate is a current rate, related to the rate at which the liabilities could be settled. Our assumed discount rate is based on average rates of return published for a theoretical portfolio of high-quality fixed income securities. In order to select the discount rate, we use benchmarks such as the Moody’s Aa Corporate Rate, which was 5.54% as of December 31, 2008, and the Citigroup Pension Liability Index, which was 5.87% as of December 31, 2008. We look to these benchmarks as well as considering durations of expected benefit payments. We have determined based on these assumptions that a discount rate of 5.75% at December 31, 2008 is reasonable.

In order to value our pension liabilities, we use the RP-2000 Combined Mortality Table based on the demographics of our benefit plans. We have also assumed that salaries will increase four percent based on our expectation of future salary increases.

The benefit obligation and the periodic cost of postretirement medical benefits also are measured based on assumed rates of future increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits. As of December 31, 2008, the assumed rate of increase was 9.0%. The net periodic cost of pension benefits included in expense also is affected by the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets assumption. The expected return on plan assets rate is normally changed less frequently than the assumed discount rate, and reflects long-term expectations, rather than current fluctuations in market conditions. The actual rate of return on plan assets may differ from the expected rate due to the volatility normally experienced in capital markets. Management’s goal is to manage the investments over the long-term to achieve optimal returns with an acceptable level of risk and volatility.

We have established objectives regarding plan assets in the pension plan. We attempt to maximize return over the long-term, subject to appropriate levels of risk. One of our plan objectives is that the performance of the equity portion of the pension plan exceed the Standard and Poors’ 500 Index over the long-term. We also seek to achieve a minimum five percent annual real rate of return (above the rate of inflation) on the total portfolio over the long-term. We establish the long-term expected rate of return by developing a forward-looking long-term expected rate of return assumption for each asset class, taking into account factors such as the expected real return for the specific asset class and inflation. In our pension calculations, we have used eight percent as the expected long-term return on plan assets for 2008, 2007 and 2006. A Monte Carlo simulation was run using 5,000 simulations based upon our actual asset allocation and liability duration, which has been determined to be approximately 15 years. This model uses historical data for the period of 1926-2007 for stocks, bonds and cash to determine the best estimate range of future returns. The median rate of return, or return that we expect to achieve over 50 percent of the time, is approximately nine percent. We expect to achieve at a minimum approximately 7% annual real rate of return on the total portfolio over the long-term at least 75 percent of the time. We believe that the eight percent chosen is a reasonable estimate based on our actual results.

 

38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We generally target a portfolio of assets utilizing equity securities, fixed income securities and cash equivalents that are within a range of approximately 50% to 80% for equity securities and approximately 20% to 40% for fixed income securities. Large capitalization equities may make up a maximum of 65% of the portfolio. Small capitalization equities and international equities may make up a maximum of 30% and 15%, respectively, of the portfolio. Fixed income bonds may make up a maximum of 40% of our portfolio. The account will typically be fully invested; however, as a temporary investment or an asset protection measure, part of the account may be invested in money market investments up to 20%. One percent of the portfolio is invested in short-term funds at the designated bank to meet the cash flow needs of the plan. No prohibited investments, including direct or indirect investments in commodities, commodity futures, derivatives, short sales, real estate investment trusts, letter stock, restricted stock or other private placements, are allowed without prior committee approval.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation under a fair value based method of accounting for stock options and similar equity instruments. Under the fair value method, compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of an award and is recognized over the service period, which is usually the vesting period. To calculate the fair value, either a binomial or Black-Scholes valuation model may be used. Stock-based compensation cost for all types of awards is included in General and Administrative Expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Stock options and stock appreciation rights (SARs) are granted with an exercise price equal to the average of the high and low trading price of our stock on the grant date. The grant date fair value is calculated by using a Black-Scholes model that incorporations assumptions for stock price volatility, risk free rate of return, expected dividend and expected term. The expected term was derived by reviewing minimum and maximum expected term outputs from the Black-Scholes model based on award type and employee type. This term represents the period of time that awards granted are expected to be outstanding. The stock price volatility was calculated using our historical closing stock price data for the period associated with the expected term through the grant date of each award. The risk free rate of return percentages are based on the continuously compounded equivalent of the US Treasury (Nominal 10) within the expected term as measured on the grant date. The expected dividend percentage assumes that we will continue to pay a consistent level of dividend each quarter. Expense is recorded based on a graded-vesting schedule over a three year service period, with one-third of the award becoming exercisable each year on the anniversary date of the grant. The forfeiture rate is determined based on the forfeiture history by type of award and by the group of individuals receiving the award.

The fair value of restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and certain performance share awards (which contain vesting restrictions based either on operating income or internal performance metrics) are measured based on the average of the high and low trading price of our stock on the grant date. Restricted stock awards primarily vest either at the end of a three year service period, or on a graded-vesting basis of one-third at each anniversary date over a three year service period. The annual forfeiture rate for restricted stock awards ranges from 0% to 7.2% based on approximately ten years of our history for this type of award to various employee groups. Performance shares that vest based on operating income vest on a graded-vesting basis of one-third at each anniversary date over a three year service period and no forfeiture rate is assumed. Performance shares that vest based on internal metrics vest at the end of a three year performance period and an annual forfeiture rate of 4.5% is assumed. Expense for restricted stock units is recorded immediately as these awards vest immediately. Restricted stock units are granted only to our directors and no forfeiture rate is assumed.

We grant another type of performance share award to executive employees that vest at the end of a three year performance period based on the comparative performance of our stock measured against sixteen other companies in our peer group. Depending on our performance, up to 100% of the fair market value of a share of our stock may be payable in stock plus an additional 100% of the fair market value of a share of our stock may be payable in cash. These awards are accounted for by bifurcating the equity and liability components. A Monte

 

39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Carlo model is used to value the liability component as well as the equity portion of the certain awards on the date of grant. The four primary inputs for the Monte Carlo model are the risk-free rate, volatility of returns, correlation in movement of total shareholder return and the expected dividend. The risk-free rate was generated from the Federal Reserve website for constant maturity treasuries for one and two year bonds and is set equal to the yield, for the period over the remaining duration of the performance period, on treasury securities as of the reporting date. Volatility was set equal to the annualized daily volatility measured over a historic one and two year period ending on the reporting date. Correlation in movement of total shareholder return was determined based on a correlation matrix that was created which identifies total shareholder return correlations for each pair of companies in the peer group, including us. The paired returns in the correlation matrix ranged from approximately 71% to approximately 89% for us and our peer group. The expected dividend is calculated using our dividends paid ($0.12 for 2008) divided by the December 31, 2008 closing price of our stock ($26.00). Based on these inputs discussed above, a ranking was projected identifying our rank relative to the peer group. No forfeiture rate is assumed for this type of award. Expense related to these awards can be volatile based on our comparative ranking at the end of each quarter.

We used the shortcut approach to derive our initial windfall tax benefit pool. We chose to use a one-pool approach which combines all awards granted to employees, including non-employee directors.

On January 16, 2008, our Board of Directors adopted a Supplemental Employee Incentive Plan. The plan was intended to provide a compensation tool tied to stock market value creation to serve as an incentive and retention vehicle for full-time non-officer employees by providing for cash payments in the event our common stock reached specified trading prices. The bonus payout of a minimum of 50% of an employee’s base salary was triggered if, for any 20 trading days (which need not be consecutive) that fell within a period of 60 consecutive trading days occurring on or before November 1, 2011, the closing price per share of our common stock equaled or exceeded the final price goal of $60 per share. The plan also provided that an interim distribution of 10% of an employee’s base salary would be paid to eligible employees upon achieving the interim price goal of $50 per share prior to December 31, 2009.

On the January 16, 2008 adoption date of the plan, our closing stock price was $40.71. On April 8, 2008 and subsequently on June 2, 2008, we achieved the interim and final target goals and total distributions of $15.7 million were paid in 2009. No further distributions will be made under this plan.

On July 24, 2008, our Board of Directors adopted a second Supplemental Employee Incentive Plan (“Plan II”). Plan II is similar to the January 2008 Supplemental Incentive Plan; however, the final target is that the closing price per share of our common stock must equal or exceed the price goal of $105 per share on or before June 20, 2012. Under Plan II, each eligible employee may receive (upon approval by the Compensation Committee) a distribution of 50% of his or her base salary (or 30% of base salary if we paid interim distributions upon the achievement of the interim price goal discussed below). Plan II provides that a distribution of 20% of an eligible employee’s base salary upon achieving the interim price goal of $85 per share on or before June 30, 2010. The Compensation Committee can increase the 50% or 20% payment as it applies to any employee. Payments under this plan will partially be paid within 15 business days after achieving the target and the remaining portion will be paid based on a separate payment date as described in Plan II.

These awards under both plans discussed above have been accounted for as liability awards under SFAS No. 123(R), and the total expense for 2008 was $15.9 million. For further information regarding the supplemental employee incentive plans and our other stock-based compensation awards, please refer to Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

OTHER ISSUES AND CONTINGENCIES

Regulations . Our operations are subject to various types of regulation by federal, state and local authorities. See “Regulation of Oil and Natural Gas Exploration and Production,” “Natural Gas Marketing, Gathering and

 

40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Transportation,” “Federal Regulation of Petroleum” and “Environmental Regulations” in the “Other Business Matters” section of Item 1 for a discussion of these regulations.

Restrictive Covenants. Our ability to incur debt and to make certain types of investments is subject to certain restrictive covenants in our various debt instruments. Among other requirements, our revolving credit agreement and our senior notes specify a minimum annual coverage ratio of operating cash flow to interest expense for the trailing four quarters of 2.8 to 1.0. Our senior notes require us to maintain a ratio of cash and proved reserves to indebtedness and other liabilities of 1.5 to 1.0. At December 31, 2008, we were in compliance in all material respects with all restrictive covenants on both the revolving credit agreement and notes. In the unforeseen event that we fail to comply with these covenants, we may apply for a temporary waiver with the lender, which, if granted, would allow us a period of time to remedy the situation. See further discussion in “Capital Resources and Liquidity.”

Operating Risks and Insurance Coverage. Our business involves a variety of operating risks. See “Risk Factors—We face a variety of hazards and risks that could cause substantial financial losses” in Item 1A. In accordance with customary industry practice, we maintain insurance against some, but not all, of these risks and losses. The occurrence of any of these events not fully covered by insurance could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations. The costs of these insurance policies are somewhat dependent on our historical claims experience and also the areas in which we choose to operate. During the past few years, we have invested a significant portion of our drilling dollars in the Gulf Coast, where insurance rates are significantly higher than in other regions such as the East.

Commodity Pricing and Risk Management Activities. Our revenues, operating results, financial condition and ability to borrow funds or obtain additional capital depend substantially on prevailing prices for natural gas and, to a lesser extent, oil. Declines in oil and gas prices may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity, ability to obtain financing and operating results. Lower oil and gas prices also may reduce the amount of oil and gas that we can produce economically. Historically, oil and gas prices and markets have been volatile, with prices fluctuating widely, and they are likely to continue to be volatile. Depressed prices in the future would have a negative impact on our future financial results. In particular, substantially lower prices would significantly reduce revenue and could potentially trigger an impairment under SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” Because our reserves are predominantly natural gas, changes in natural gas prices may have a particularly large impact on our financial results.

The majority of our production is sold at market responsive prices. Generally, if the commodity indexes fall, the price that we receive for our production will also decline. Therefore, the amount of revenue that we realize is partially determined by factors beyond our control. However, management may mitigate this price risk with the use of derivative financial instruments. Most recently, we have used financial instruments such as price collars and swap arrangements to reduce the impact of declining prices on our revenue. Under both arrangements, there is also a risk that the movement of index prices may result in our inability to realize the full benefit of an improvement in market conditions.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2008, the SEC issued Release No. 33-8995, “Modernization of Oil and Gas Reporting,” which amends the oil and gas disclosures for oil and gas producers contained in Regulations S-K and S-X, as well as adding a section to Regulation S-K (Subpart 1200) to codify the revised disclosure requirements in Securities Act Industry Guide 2, which is being phased out. The goal of Release No. 33-8995 is to provide investors with a more meaningful and comprehensive understanding of oil and gas reserves. Energy companies affected by Release No. 33-8995 will be required to price proved oil and gas reserves using the unweighted arithmetic average of the price on the first day of each month within the 12-month period prior to the end of the reporting period, unless prices are defined by contractual arrangements, excluding escalations based on future conditions. SEC Release No. 33-8995 is effective beginning January 1, 2010. We are currently evaluating what impact Release No. 33-8995 may have on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In June 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities.” Under this FSP, unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents, whether they are paid or unpaid, are considered participating securities and should be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. FSP No. EITF 03-6-1 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years. In addition, all prior period earnings per share data presented should be adjusted retrospectively and early application is not permitted. We do not believe that FSP No. EITF 03-6-1 will have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles,” which identifies a consistent framework for selecting accounting principles to be used in preparing financial statements for nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The current GAAP hierarchy was criticized due to its complexity, ranking position of FASB Statements of Financial Accounting Concepts and the fact that it is directed at auditors rather than entities. SFAS No. 162 will be effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, “The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.” The FASB does not expect that SFAS No. 162 will have a change in current practice, and we do not believe that SFAS No. 162 will have an impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” which amends SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” Enhanced disclosures to improve financial reporting transparency are required and include disclosure about the location and amounts of derivative instruments in the financial statements, how derivative instruments are accounted for and how derivatives affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. A tabular format including the fair value of derivative instruments and their gains and losses, disclosure about credit risk-related derivative features and cross-referencing within the footnotes are also new requirements. SFAS No. 161 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application and comparative disclosures encouraged, but not required. We have not yet adopted SFAS No. 161. We do not believe that there will be an impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations.” SFAS No. 141(R) was issued in an effort to continue the movement toward the greater use of fair values in financial reporting and increased transparency through expanded disclosures. It changes how business acquisitions are accounted for and will impact financial statements at the acquisition date and in subsequent periods. Certain of these changes will introduce more volatility into earnings. The acquirer must now record all assets and liabilities of the acquired business at fair value, and related transaction and restructuring costs will be expensed rather than the previous method of being capitalized as part of the acquisition. SFAS No. 141(R) also impacts the annual goodwill impairment test associated with acquisitions, including those that close before the effective date of SFAS No. 141(R). The definitions of a “business” and a “business combination” have been expanded, resulting in more transactions qualifying as business combinations. SFAS No. 141(R) is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 31, 2008 and earlier adoption is prohibited. We cannot predict the impact that the adoption of SFAS No. 141(R) will have on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows with respect to any acquisitions completed after December 31, 2008.

Forward-Looking Information

The statements regarding future financial and operating performance and results, market prices, future hedging activities, and other statements that are not historical facts contained in this report are forward-looking statements. The words “expect,” “project,” “estimate,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “budget,” “plan,”

 

42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

“forecast,” “predict,” “may,” “should,” “could,” “will” and similar expressions are also intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such statements involve risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, market factors, market prices (including regional basis differentials) of natural gas and oil, results for future drilling and marketing activity, future production and costs and other factors detailed herein and in our other Securities and Exchange Commission filings. See “Risk Factors” in Item 1A for additional information about these risks and uncertainties. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual outcomes may vary materially from those indicated.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2008 and 2007 Compared

We reported net income for the year ended December 31, 2008 of $211.3 million, or $2.10 per share. During 2007, we reported net income of $167.4 million, or $1.73 per share. This increase of $43.9 million in net income was primarily due to an increase in operating revenues and gains on asset sales and settlements, partially offset by increased operating, interest and income tax expenses. Operating revenues increased by $213.6 million, largely due to increases in both natural gas production revenues and brokered natural gas revenues and crude oil and condensate revenues. Operating expenses increased by $155.9 million between periods due to increases in all categories of operating expenses other than exploration expense. In addition, net income was impacted by an increase in gain on sale of assets and gain on settlement of dispute of $39.6 million as well as an increase in expenses of $53.4 million resulting from a combination of increased income tax expense and interest and other expenses. Income tax expense was higher in 2008 as a result of higher income before income taxes in 2008 compared to 2007, in addition to an increase in the effective tax rate.

Natural Gas Production Revenues

Our average total company realized natural gas production sales price, including the realized impact of derivative instruments, was $8.39 per Mcf for 2008 compared to $7.23 per Mcf for 2007. These prices include the realized impact of derivative instrument settlements, which increased the price by $0.20 per Mcf in 2008 and by $0.99 per Mcf in 2007. There was no revenue impact from the unrealized change in natural gas derivative fair value for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
   Variance  
     2008    2007    Amount    Percent  

Natural Gas Production (Mmcf)

           

East

     25,171      24,344      827    3 %

Gulf Coast

     34,577      26,797      7,780    29 %

West

     26,535      25,409      1,126    4 %

Canada

     4,142      3,925      217    6 %
                       

Total Company

     90,425      80,475      9,950    12 %
                       

Natural Gas Production Sales Price ($/Mcf)

           

East

   $ 8.54    $ 7.78    $ 0.76    10 %

Gulf Coast

   $ 9.23    $ 8.03    $ 1.20    15 %

West

   $ 7.28    $ 6.13    $ 1.15    19 %

Canada

   $ 7.62    $ 5.47    $ 2.15    39 %

Total Company

   $ 8.39    $ 7.23    $ 1.16    16 %

Natural Gas Production Revenue (In thousands)

           

East

   $ 214,852    $ 189,392    $ 25,460    13 %

Gulf Coast

     319,246      215,106      104,140    48 %

West

     193,100      155,676      37,424    24 %

Canada

     31,557      21,466      10,091    47 %
                       

Total Company

   $ 758,755    $ 581,640    $ 177,115    30 %
                       

 

43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     Year Ended
December 31,
   Variance
     2008    2007    Amount    Percent

Price Variance Impact on Natural Gas Production Revenue

           

(In thousands)

           

East

   $ 19,029         

Gulf Coast

     41,347         

West

     30,524         

Canada

     8,906         
               

Total Company

   $ 99,806         
               

Volume Variance Impact on Natural Gas Production Revenue

           

(In thousands)

           

East

   $ 6,431         

Gulf Coast

     62,793         

West

     6,900         

Canada

     1,185         
               

Total Company

   $ 77,309         
               

The increase in Natural Gas Production Revenue of $177.1 million is due to the increase in realized natural gas sales prices in addition to an increase in natural gas production. Natural gas production in the Gulf Coast region increased due to increased production in the Minden field, largely due to the properties we acquired in east Texas in August 2008, as well as increased drilling in the County Line field. In addition, natural gas production increased in the West region associated with an increase in the drilling program, increased in the East region as a result of increased drilling activity in West Virginia and northeastern Pennsylvania. Canada increased due to drilling in the Hinton field.

Brokered Natural Gas Revenue and Cost

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
   Variance  
     2008     2007    Amount     Percent  

Sales Price ($/Mcf)

   $ 10.39     $ 8.40    $ 1.99     24 %

Volume Brokered (Mmcf)

   x 10,996     x 11,101      (105 )   (1 %)
                   

Brokered Natural Gas Revenues (In thousands)

   $ 114,220     $ 93,215     
                   

Purchase Price ($/Mcf)

   $ 9.14     $ 7.37    $ 1.77     24 %

Volume Brokered (Mmcf)

   x 10,996     x 11,101      (105 )   (1 %)
                   

Brokered Natural Gas Cost (In thousands)

   $ 100,449     $ 81,819     
                   

Brokered Natural Gas Margin (In thousands)

   $ 13,771     $ 11,396    $ 2,375     21 %
                         

(In thousands)

         

Sales Price Variance Impact on Revenue

   $ 21,882         

Volume Variance Impact on Revenue

     (882 )       
               
   $ 21,000         
               

(In thousands)

         

Purchase Price Variance Impact on Purchases

   $ (19,399 )       

Volume Variance Impact on Purchases

     774         
               
   $ (18,625 )       
               

The increased brokered natural gas margin of $2.4 million is a result of an increase in sales price that outpaced the increase in purchase price, partially offset by a decrease in the volumes brokered in 2008 over 2007.

 

44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Crude Oil and Condensate Revenues

Our average total company realized crude oil sales price was $89.11 per Bbl for 2008 compared to $67.16 per Bbl for 2007. These prices include the realized impact of derivative instrument settlements, which decreased the price by $6.33 per Bbl in 2008 and by $0.97 per Bbl in 2007. There was no revenue impact from the unrealized change in crude oil and condensate derivative fair value in 2008 or 2007.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
   Variance  
     2008     2007    Amount     Percent  

Crude Oil Production (Mbbl)

         

East

     23       26      (3 )   (12 %)

Gulf Coast

     578       605      (27 )   (4 %)

West

     160       174      (14 )   (8 %)

Canada

     21       18      3     17 %
                         

Total Company

     782       823      (41 )   (5 %)
                         

Crude Oil Sales Price ($/Bbl)

         

East

   $ 92.07     $ 66.97    $ 25.10     37 %

Gulf Coast

   $ 87.39     $ 67.17    $ 20.22     30 %

West

   $ 95.48     $ 67.86    $ 27.62     41 %

Canada

   $ 85.08     $ 59.96    $ 25.12     42 %

Total Company

   $ 89.11     $ 67.16    $ 21.95     33 %

Crude Oil Revenue (In thousands)

         

East

   $ 2,101     $ 1,734    $ 367     21 %

Gulf Coast

     50,540       40,673      9,867     24 %

West

     15,243       11,784      3,459     29 %

Canada

     1,827       1,052      775     74 %
                         

Total Company

   $ 69,711     $ 55,243    $ 14,468     26 %
                         

Price Variance Impact on Crude Oil Revenue

         

(In thousands)

         

East

   $ 573         

Gulf Coast

     11,691         

West

     4,409         

Canada

     600         
               

Total Company

   $ 17,273         
               

Volume Variance Impact on Crude Oil Revenue

         

(In thousands)

         

East

   $ (206 )       

Gulf Coast

     (1,824 )       

West

     (950 )       

Canada

     175         
               

Total Company

   $ (2,805 )       
               

The increase in realized crude oil prices, partially offset by a decrease in production, resulted in a net revenue increase of $14.4 million. The decrease in oil production is mainly the result of a natural decline in crude oil production in the Gulf Coast and West regions.

 

45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Impact of Derivative Instruments on Operating Revenues

The following table reflects the realized impact of cash settlements and the net unrealized change in fair value of derivative instruments:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2008    2007
       Realized     Unrealized    Realized     Unrealized
     (In thousands)

Operating Revenues - Increase/(Decrease) to Revenue

         

Cash Flow Hedges

         

Natural Gas Production

   $ 17,972     $ —      $ 79,838     $ —  

Crude Oil

     (4,951 )     —        (796 )     —  
                             

Total Cash Flow Hedges

   $ 13,021     $ —      $ 79,042     $ —  
                             

We are exposed to market risk on derivative instruments to the extent of changes in market prices of natural gas and oil. However, the market risk exposure on these derivative contracts is generally offset by the gain or loss recognized upon the ultimate sale of the commodity. Although notional contract amounts are used to express the volume of natural gas price agreements, the amounts that can be subject to credit risk in the event of non-performance by third parties are substantially smaller. We do not anticipate any material impact on our financial results due to non-performance by third parties. Our primary derivative contract counterparties are JPMorgan Chase, Morgan Stanley, BNP Paribas, Goldman Sachs, and Bank of Montreal.

Operating Expenses

Total costs and expenses from operations increased by $155.9 million in 2008 from 2007. The primary reasons for this fluctuation are as follows:

 

   

Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization increased by $41.5 million from 2007 to 2008. This is primarily due to the impact on the DD&A rate of higher capital costs and higher natural gas production volumes, including the east Texas acquisition.

 

   

Impairment of Oil & Gas Properties and Other Assets increased by $31.1 million from 2007 to 2008 primarily related to impairments of approximately $28.3 million in the Trawick field in Rusk County, Texas in the Gulf Coast region resulting from a decline in natural gas prices and higher well costs as well as $3.0 million in the Corral Creek field in Washakie County, Wyoming in the West region resulting from lower than expected performance from the two well field.

 

   

General and Administrative expenses increased by $23.4 million from 2007 to 2008. This is primarily due to increased stock compensation expense related to the payouts of our supplemental employee incentive plan bonuses ($15.7 million) as well as increased expense related to our performance share awards ($5.1 million).

 

   

Impairment of Unproved Properties increased by $22.5 million from 2007 to 2008, primarily due to increased lease acquisition costs in several exploratory and developmental areas, as well as a $17.0 million charge for the impairment of three exploratory oil and gas prospects located in Mississippi, Montana and North Dakota. These prospects were impaired as a result of the significant decline in commodity prices in the fourth quarter of 2008 and abandonment of our exploration plans.

 

   

Brokered Natural Gas Cost increased by $18.6 million from 2007 to 2008. See the preceding table titled “Brokered Natural Gas Revenue and Cost” for further analysis.

 

   

Direct Operations expenses increased by $14.6 million from 2007 to 2008 primarily due to higher personnel and labor expenses, maintenance expenses, treating, compressor, pipeline and workover costs and vehicle and fuel expenses, partially offset by lower insurance costs.

 

46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Taxes Other Than Income increased by $12.8 million from 2007 to 2008 due to higher production taxes as a result of higher operating revenues and, to a lesser extent, higher ad valorem taxes, partially offset by lower franchise taxes.

 

   

Exploration expense decreased by $8.6 million from 2007 to 2008 primarily due to fewer dry holes, partially offset by increased geological and geophysical costs.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net increased by $19.2 million in 2008 compared to 2007 primarily due to increased interest expense related to the debt we issued in our July and December 2008 private placements and, to a lesser extent, higher average credit facility borrowings, offset in part by a lower weighted-average interest rate on our revolving credit facility borrowings and lower outstanding borrowings on our 7.19% fixed rate debt. Weighted-average borrowings under our credit facility based on daily balances were approximately $172 million during 2008 compared to approximately $52 million during 2007. The weighted-average effective interest rate on the credit facility decreased to 4.8% during 2008 from 7.2% during 2007.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense increased by $34.2 million due to a comparable increase in our pre-tax income. The effective tax rates for 2008 and 2007 were 37.0% and 35.0%, respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate is primarily due to a one time benefit for state taxes in 2007 of approximately $2.8 million attributable to favorable treatment of the gain from the sale of south Louisiana properties in 2006 and a reduction in special deductions in 2008.

2007 and 2006 Compared

We reported net income for the year ended December 31, 2007 of $167.4 million, or $1.73 per share. During 2006, we reported net income of $321.2 million, or $3.32 per share. This decrease of $153.8 million in net income was primarily due to a decrease in operating income of $254.2 million resulting from the gain on sale of assets of $231.2 million included in 2006 related to the 2006 south Louisiana and offshore properties sale, partially offset by a $99.2 million decrease in income tax expense and a $1.2 million decrease in interest and other expenses in 2007.

The decrease in operating income was primarily the result of a decrease in 2007 of $218.6 million in gain on sale of assets primarily from the 2006 south Louisiana and offshore properties sale. Additionally, there was a $29.8 million decrease in 2007 in operating revenues and an increase of $5.8 million in operating expenses. The decrease in operating revenues was largely the result of lower oil production in the Gulf Coast region primarily as a result of the 2006 south Louisiana and offshore properties sale. The increase in operating expenses was primarily the result of increased DD&A and impairment expenses, offset in part by reduced exploration and general and administrative expenses.

 

47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Natural Gas Production Revenues

Our average total company realized natural gas production sales price, including the realized impact of derivative instruments, was $7.23 per Mcf for 2007 compared to $7.13 per Mcf for 2006. These prices include the realized impact of derivative instrument settlements, which increased the price by $0.99 per Mcf in 2007 and $0.35 per Mcf in 2006. There was no revenue impact from the unrealized change in natural gas derivative fair value for the years ended December 31, 2007 or 2006.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
   Variance  
     2007     2006    Amount     Percent  

Natural Gas Production (Mmcf)

         

East

     24,344       23,542      802     3 %

Gulf Coast

     26,797       29,973      (3,176 )   (11 %)

West

     25,409       23,633      1,776     8 %

Canada

     3,925       2,574      1,351     52 %
                         

Total Company

     80,475       79,722      753     1 %
                         

Natural Gas Production Sales Price ($/Mcf)

         

East

   $ 7.78     $ 7.99    $ (0.21 )   (3 %)

Gulf Coast

   $ 8.03     $ 7.37    $ 0.66     9 %

West

   $ 6.13     $ 6.05    $ 0.08     1 %

Canada

   $ 5.47     $ 6.18    $ (0.71 )   (11 %)

Total Company

   $ 7.23     $ 7.13    $ 0.10     1 %

Natural Gas Production Revenue (In thousands)

         

East

   $ 189,392     $ 188,111    $ 1,281     1 %

Gulf Coast

     215,106       221,020      (5,914 )   (3 %)

West

     155,676       143,058      12,618     9 %

Canada

     21,466       15,908      5,558     35 %
                         

Total Company

   $ 581,640     $ 568,097    $ 13,543     2 %
                         

Price Variance Impact on Natural Gas Production Revenue

         

(In thousands)

         

East

   $ (5,127 )       

Gulf Coast

     17,774         

West

     2,121         

Canada

     (2,792 )       
               

Total Company

   $ 11,976         
               

Volume Variance Impact on Natural Gas Production Revenue

         

(In thousands)

         

East

   $ 6,408         

Gulf Coast

     (23,688 )       

West

     10,497         

Canada

     8,350         
               

Total Company

   $ 1,567         
               

The increase of $13.5 million in Natural Gas Production Revenue is due to an increase in realized natural gas sales prices as well as increased natural gas production. Natural gas revenues increased in all regions except for the Gulf Coast region in 2007 over 2006. After removing from the 2006 results $70.5 million of natural gas revenues and 9,037 Mmcf of natural gas production associated with properties in the Gulf Coast region sold in the 2006 south Louisiana and offshore properties sale, total natural gas revenue would have increased by $84.0 million, or 17%, and natural gas production would have increased by 9,791 Mmcf, or 14%, from 2006 to 2007.

 

48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Brokered Natural Gas Revenue and Cost

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
   Variance  
     2007     2006    Amount     Percent  

Sales Price ($/Mcf)

   $ 8.40     $ 8.14    $ 0.26     3 %

Volume Brokered (Mmcf)

   x 11,101     x 11,502      (401 )   (3 %)
                   

Brokered Natural Gas Revenues (In thousands)

   $ 93,215     $ 93,651     
                   

Purchase Price ($/Mcf)

   $ 7.37     $ 7.25    $ 0.12     2 %

Volume Brokered (Mmcf)

   x 11,101     x 11,502      (401 )   (3 %)
                   

Brokered Natural Gas Cost (In thousands)

   $ 81,819     $ 83,375     
                   

Brokered Natural Gas Margin (In thousands)

   $ 11,396     $ 10,276    $ 1,120     11 %
                         

(In thousands)

         

Sales Price Variance Impact on Revenue

   $ 2,828         

Volume Variance Impact on Revenue

     (3,264 )       
               
   $ (436 )       
               

(In thousands)

         

Purchase Price Variance Impact on Purchases

   $ (1,351 )       

Volume Variance Impact on Purchases

     2,907         
               
   $ 1,556         
               

The increased brokered natural gas margin of approximately $1.1 million is driven by an increase in sales price that outpaced the increase in purchase price, partially offset by a decrease in the volumes brokered in 2007 over 2006.

 

49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Crude Oil and Condensate Revenues

Our average total company realized crude oil sales price was $67.16 per Bbl for 2007. The 2007 price includes the realized impact of derivative instrument settlements which decreased the price by $0.97 per Bbl. Our average total company realized crude oil sales price was $65.03 per Bbl for 2006. There was no realized impact of crude oil derivative instruments in 2006. There was no unrealized impact of crude oil derivative instruments in 2007 or 2006.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
   Variance  
     2007     2006    Amount     Percent  

Crude Oil Production (Mbbl)

         

East

     26       24      2     8 %

Gulf Coast

     605       1,160      (555 )   (48 %)

West

     174       209      (35 )   (17 %)

Canada

     18       12      6     50 %
                         

Total Company

     823       1,405      (582 )   (41 %)
                         

Crude Oil Sales Price ($/Bbl)

         

East

   $ 66.97     $ 62.03    $ 4.94     8 %

Gulf Coast

   $ 67.17     $ 65.44    $ 1.73     3 %

West

   $ 67.86     $ 63.36    $ 4.50     7 %

Canada

   $ 59.96     $ 60.55    $ (0.59 )   (1 %)

Total Company

   $ 67.16     $ 65.03    $ 2.13     3 %

Crude Oil Revenue (In thousands)

         

East

   $ 1,734     $ 1,474    $ 260     18 %

Gulf Coast

     40,673       75,894      (35,221 )   (46 %)

West

     11,784       13,253      (1,469 )   (11 %)

Canada

     1,052       759      293     39 %
                         

Total Company

   $ 55,243     $ 91,380    $ (36,137 )   (40 %)
                         

Price Variance Impact on Crude Oil Revenue

         

(In thousands)

         

East

   $ 128         

Gulf Coast

     1,048         

West

     781         

Canada

     (10 )       
               

Total Company

   $ 1,947         
               

Volume Variance Impact on Crude Oil Revenue

         

(In thousands)

         

East

   $ 132         

Gulf Coast

     (36,269 )       

West

     (2,250 )       

Canada

     303         
               

Total Company

   $ (38,084 )       
               

The decrease in the realized crude oil production, partially offset by the increase in realized prices, resulted in a net revenue decrease of approximately $36.1 million. The decrease in oil production is mainly the result of the 2006 south Louisiana and offshore properties sale in the Gulf Coast region. After removing from the 2006 results $47.4 million of crude oil revenues and 707 Mbbls of crude oil production associated with properties in the Gulf Coast region sold in the 2006 south Louisiana and offshore properties sale, total crude oil revenue would have increased by $11.2 million, or 26%, and crude oil production would have increased by 124 Mbbls, or 18%, from 2006 to 2007.

 

50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Impact of Derivative Instruments on Operating Revenues

The following table reflects the realized impact of cash settlements and the net unrealized change in fair value of derivative instruments:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2007    2006
       Realized     Unrealized    Realized    Unrealized
     (In thousands)

Operating Revenues—Increase / (Decrease) to Revenue

          

Cash Flow Hedges

          

Natural Gas Production

   $ 79,838     $ —      $ 28,266    $ —  

Crude Oil

     (796 )     —        —        —  
                            

Total Cash Flow Hedges

   $ 79,042     $ —      $ 28,266    $ —  
                            

We are exposed to market risk on derivative instruments to the extent of changes in market prices of natural gas and oil. However, the market risk exposure on these derivative contracts is generally offset by the gain or loss recognized upon the ultimate sale of the commodity.

Operating Expenses

Total costs and expenses from operations increased by $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. The primary reasons for this fluctuation are as follows:

 

   

Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization increased by $14.9 million in 2007 over 2006. This is primarily due to the impact on the DD&A rate of negative reserve revisions due to lower prices at the end of 2006, higher capital costs and commencement of production in an east Texas field.

 

   

Exploration expense decreased by $9.6 million from 2006 to 2007, primarily as a result of a decrease in total dry hole expense of $10.3 million, primarily in Canada and, to a lesser extent, in the West and Gulf Coast regions. In addition, there was a decrease in geophysical and geological expenses of $1.8 million, primarily due to a decrease in the Gulf Coast region, offset in part by an increase in Canada. Offsetting part of these decreases was an increase of $2.6 million in land and lease search expenses during 2007.

 

   

Impairment of Unproved Properties increased by $7.9 million in 2007 compared to 2006, primarily due to increased lease acquisition costs during 2005 and 2006 in several exploratory areas.

 

   

General and Administrative expense decreased by $7.4 million in 2007 primarily due to decreased stock compensation charges of $5.9 million due to a reduction in performance share expense from a change in the liability component of the awards resulting from the variance in our relative ranking from 2006 to 2007 as well as a reduction in restricted stock awards as a result of awards that vested in 2007. In addition, there was a decrease of $4.2 million related to decreased professional services fees for litigation. Partially offsetting these decreases were increases in employee compensation related expenses and bad debt expense.

 

   

Direct Operations expense increased by $2.4 million as a result of higher employee compensation charges and disposal, treating, compressor, workover and maintenance costs, partially offset by lower outside operated properties expense and insurance expense.

 

   

Brokered Natural Gas Cost decreased by $1.6 million from 2006 to 2007. See the preceding table labeled “Brokered Natural Gas Revenue and Cost” for further analysis.

 

   

Taxes Other Than Income decreased by $1.5 million for 2007 compared to 2006, primarily due to decreased production taxes of $3.3 million as a result of decreased commodity volumes and prices as well as decreased franchise taxes, partially offset by an increase in ad valorem taxes.

 

51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Impairment of Oil & Gas Properties and Other Assets increased by $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006, due to an impairment recorded in 2007 in the Gulf Coast region resulting from two non-commercial development completions in a small field in north Louisiana.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net decreased by $1.1 million in 2007 compared to 2006 due to a lower weighted-average interest rate on borrowings under our revolving credit facility, a lower outstanding principal amount of our 7.19% fixed rate debt and lower weighted-average borrowings under our credit facility, as well as increased income related to FIN 48 as discussed below. These decreases to interest expense were offset in part by decreased regulatory capitalized interest on our pipeline in the East region. Weighted-average borrowings under our credit facility based on daily balances were approximately $52 million during 2007 compared to approximately $61 million during 2006. The weighted-average effective interest rate on the credit facility decreased to 7.2% during 2007 from 7.9% during 2006. In addition, interest expense decreased due to the reversal of interest payable on a previous uncertain tax position. During 2007, we recorded net interest income related to FIN 48 of $1.3 million, with no amount recorded in 2006.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense decreased by $99.2 million due to a comparable decrease in our pre-tax income, primarily as a result of the decrease in the gain on sale of assets. The effective tax rates for 2007 and 2006 were 35.0% and 37.1%, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate is primarily due to a reduction in our overall state income tax rate for 2007.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market Risk

Our primary market risk is exposure to oil and natural gas prices. Realized prices are mainly driven by worldwide prices for oil and spot market prices for North American natural gas production. Commodity prices are volatile and unpredictable.

The debt and equity markets have recently experienced unfavorable conditions, which may affect our ability to access those markets. As a result of the volatility and disruption in the capital markets and our increased level of borrowings, we may experience increased costs associated with future borrowings and debt issuances. At this time, we do not believe our liquidity has been materially affected by the recent market events. We will continue to monitor events and circumstances surrounding each of our lenders in our revolving credit facility.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity

Our hedging strategy is designed to reduce the risk of price volatility for our production in the natural gas and crude oil markets. A hedging committee that consists of members of senior management oversees our hedging activity. Our hedging arrangements apply to only a portion of our production and provide only partial price protection. These hedging arrangements limit the benefit to us of increases in prices, but offer protection in the event of price declines. Further, if our counterparties defaulted, this protection might be limited as we might not receive the benefits of the hedges. Please read the discussion below as well as Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a more detailed discussion of our hedging arrangements.

Periodically, we enter into derivative commodity instruments to hedge our exposure to price fluctuations on natural gas and crude oil production. Our credit agreement restricts our ability to enter into commodity hedges other than to hedge or mitigate risks to which we have actual or projected exposure or as permitted under our risk

 

52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

management policies and not subjecting us to material speculative risks. At December 31, 2008, we had 26 cash flow hedges open: 14 natural gas price collar arrangements, 10 natural gas price swap arrangements and two crude oil price swap arrangements. At December 31, 2008, a $355.2 million ($223.1 million, net of tax) unrealized gain was recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income / (Loss), along with a $264.7 million short-term derivative receivable and a $90.5 million long-term derivative receivable.

The change in the fair value of derivatives designated as hedges that is effective is initially recorded to Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income / (Loss). The ineffective portion of the change in the fair value of derivatives designated as hedges, and the change in fair value of all other derivatives, are recorded currently in earnings as a component of Natural Gas Production and Crude Oil and Condensate Revenue, as appropriate. For the years ended December 31 2008, 2007 and 2006, there was no ineffectiveness recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

During the second quarter of 2008, in anticipation of the east Texas acquisition, we entered into 12 contracts for natural gas price swaps and three contracts for crude oil swaps (2009 and 2010 contracts included in the amounts discussed above) for the remainder of 2008 and extending through 2010 for the purpose of reducing commodity price risk associated with anticipated production after the transaction closing.

Based upon estimates at December 31, 2008, we would expect to reclassify to the Consolidated Statement of Operations, over the next 12 months, $166.2 million in after-tax income associated with commodity hedges. This reclassification represents the net short-term receivable associated with open positions currently not reflected in earnings at December 31, 2008 related to anticipated 2009 production.

Hedges on Production—Swaps

From time to time, we enter into natural gas and crude oil swap agreements with counterparties to hedge price risk associated with a portion of our production. These cash flow hedges are not held for trading purposes. Under these price swaps, we receive a fixed price on a notional quantity of natural gas or crude oil in exchange for paying a variable price based on a market-based index, such as the NYMEX gas and crude oil futures.

During 2008, natural gas price swaps covered 9,821 Mmcf, or 11%, of our 2008 gas production at an average price of $10.27 per Mcf. During 2008, we entered into natural gas price swaps covering a portion of our anticipated 2008, 2009 and 2010 production, including production related to the east Texas acquisition.

At December 31, 2008, we had open natural gas price swap contracts covering a portion of our anticipated 2009 and 2010 production as follows:

 

     Natural Gas Price Swaps

Contract Period

   Volume
in
Mmcf
   Weighted-Average
Contract Price
(per Mcf)
   Net Unrealized
Gain
(In thousands)

Year Ended December 31, 2009

   16,079    $ 12.18    $ 90,267

Year Ended December 31, 2010

   19,295    $ 11.43    $ 70,345

We had one crude oil price swap covering 92 Mbbl, or 12%, of our 2008 production at a price of $127.15 per Bbl. During 2008, we entered into crude oil price swaps covering a portion of our anticipated 2008, 2009 and 2010 production.

 

53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

At December 31, 2008, we had open crude oil price swap contracts covering a portion of our anticipated 2009 and 2010 production as follows:

 

     Crude Oil Price Swaps

Contract Period

   Volume
in
Mbbl
   Contract
Price
(per Bbl)
   Net Unrealized
Gain
(In thousands)

Year Ended December 31, 2009

   365    $ 125.25    $ 25,656

Year Ended December 31, 2010

   365    $ 125.00    $ 21,840

Hedges on Production—Options

From time to time, we enter into natural gas and crude oil collar agreements with counterparties to hedge price risk associated with a portion of our production. These cash flow hedges are not held for trading purposes. Under the collar arrangements, if the index price rises above the ceiling price, we pay the counterparty. If the index price falls below the floor price, the counterparty pays us. During 2008, natural gas price collars covered 54,173 Mmcf, or 60%, of our 2008 gas production, with a weighted-average floor of $8.53 per Mcf and a weighted-average ceiling of $10.70 per Mcf.

At December 31, 2008, we had open natural gas price collar contracts covering a portion of our anticipated 2009 production as follows:

 

     Natural Gas Price Collars

Contract Period

   Volume
in
Mmcf
   Weighted-Average
Ceiling / Floor
(per Mcf)
   Net Unrealized
Gain
(In thousands)

Year Ended December 31, 2009

   47,253    $ 12.39/$9.40    $ 152,191

During 2008, an oil price collar covered 366 Mbbls, or 47%, of our 2008 crude oil production, with a floor of $60.00 per Bbl and a ceiling of $80.00 per Bbl.

We are exposed to market risk on these open contracts, to the extent of changes in market prices of natural gas and crude oil. However, the market risk exposure on these hedged contracts is generally offset by the gain or loss recognized upon the ultimate sale of the commodity that is hedged.

The amounts set forth under the net unrealized gain columns in the tables above represent our total unrealized gain position at December 31, 2008. Also impacting the total unrealized net gain (reflecting the net receivable position) in accumulated other comprehensive income / (loss) in the Consolidated Balance Sheet is a reduction of $5.1 million related to our assessment of our counterparties’ nonperformance risk. This risk was evaluated by reviewing credit default swap spreads for the various financial institutions in which we have derivative transactions.

The preceding paragraphs contain forward-looking information concerning future production and projected gains and losses, which may be impacted both by production and by changes in the future market prices of energy commodities. See “Forward-Looking Information” for further details.

Fair Market Value of Financial Instruments

The estimated fair value of financial instruments is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged currently between willing parties. The carrying amounts reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheet for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate fair value. The fair value of long-term debt is the estimated cost to acquire the debt, including a credit spread for the difference between the issue rate

 

54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and the year- end market rate. The credit spread is our default or repayment risk. The credit spread (premium or discount) is determined by comparing our fixed-rate notes to new issues (secured and unsecured) and secondary trades of similar size and credit statistics for both public and private debt. The fair value of all of the fixed-rate notes, excluding the credit facility, are based on interest rates currently available to us. The credit facility approximates fair value because this instrument bears interest at rates based on current market rates.

We use available marketing data and valuation methodologies to estimate the fair value of debt.

Long-Term Debt

 

     December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
     Carrying
Amount
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Carrying
Amount
    Estimated
Fair Value
 
     (In thousands)  

Long-Term Debt

   $ 867,000     $ 807,508     $ 350,000     $ 364,500  

Current Maturities

     (35,857 )     (35,796 )     (20,000 )     (20,466 )
                                

Long-Term Debt, excluding Current Maturities

   $ 831,143     $ 771,712     $ 330,000     $ 344,034  
                                

 

55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   57

Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

   58

Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2008 and 2007

   59

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

   60

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

   61

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

   62

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

   63

Supplemental Oil and Gas Information (Unaudited)

   105

Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

   109

 

56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

As discussed in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for and reports fair value measurements in 2008. As discussed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for its defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans in 2006.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Houston, Texas

February 27, 2009

 

57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2008    2007    2006

OPERATING REVENUES

        

Natural Gas Production

   $ 758,755    $ 581,640    $ 568,097

Brokered Natural Gas

     114,220      93,215      93,651

Crude Oil and Condensate

     69,711      55,243      91,380

Other

     3,105      2,072      8,860
                    
     945,791      732,170      761,988

OPERATING EXPENSES

        

Brokered Natural Gas Cost

     100,449      81,819      83,375

Direct Operations—Field and Pipeline

     91,839      77,170      74,790

Exploration

     31,200      39,772      49,397

Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization

     185,403      143,951      128,975

Impairment of Unproved Properties

     41,512      19,042      11,117

Impairment of Oil & Gas Properties and Other Assets (Note 2)

     35,700      4,614      3,886

General and Administrative

     74,185      50,775      58,168

Taxes Other Than Income

     66,540      53,782      55,351
                    
     626,828      470,925      465,059

Gain on Sale of Assets

     1,143      13,448      232,017

Gain on Settlement of Dispute (Note 7)

     51,906      —        —  
                    

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

     372,012      274,693      528,946

Interest Expense and Other

     36,389      17,161      18,441
                    

Income Before Income Taxes

     335,623      257,532      510,505

Income Tax Expense

     124,333      90,109      189,330
                    

NET INCOME

   $ 211,290    $ 167,423    $ 321,175
                    

Basic Earnings Per Share

   $ 2.10    $ 1.73    $ 3.32

Diluted Earnings Per Share

   $ 2.08    $ 1.71    $ 3.26

Weighted-Average Common Shares Outstanding

     100,737      96,978      96,803

Diluted Common Shares (Note 13)

     101,726      98,130      98,601

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

     December 31,  
       2008     2007  
        

ASSETS

    

Current Assets

    

Cash and Cash Equivalents

   $ 28,101     $ 18,498  

Accounts Receivable, Net (Note 3)

     109,087       109,306  

Income Taxes Receivable

     526       3,832  

Inventories (Note 3)

     45,677       27,353  

Deferred Income Taxes

     —         22,526  

Derivative Contracts (Note 11)

     264,660       12,655  

Other Current Assets (Note 3)

     12,500       23,313  
                

Total Current Assets

     460,551       217,483  

Properties and Equipment, Net (Successful Efforts Method) (Note 2)

     3,135,828       1,908,117  

Derivative Contracts (Note 11)

     90,542       —    

Other Assets (Note 3)

     14,743       31,217  
                
   $ 3,701,664     $ 2,156,817  
                

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Current Liabilities

    

Accounts Payable (Note 3)

   $ 222,985     $ 173,497  

Current Portion of Long-Term Debt

     35,857       20,000  

Deferred Income Taxes

     63,985       —    

Income Taxes Payable

     5,535       1,391  

Derivative Contracts (Note 11)

     —         5,383  

Accrued Liabilities (Note 3)

     50,551       48,065  
                

Total Current Liabilities

     378,913       248,336  

Long-Term Liability for Pension and Postretirement Benefits (Note 5)

     54,714       26,947  

Long-Term Debt (Note 4)

     831,143       330,000  

Deferred Income Taxes

     599,106       433,923  

Other Liabilities (Note 3)

     47,226       47,354  

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 7)

    

Stockholders’ Equity

    

Common Stock:

    

Authorized—120,000,000 Shares of $0.10 Par Value

    

Issued—103,561,268 Shares and 102,681,468 Shares in 2008 and 2007, respectively

     10,356       10,268  

Additional Paid-in Capital

     675,568       424,229  

Retained Earnings

     921,561       722,344  

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income / (Loss) (Note 14)

     186,426       (894 )

Less Treasury Stock, at Cost: (Note 9)
202,200 Shares and 5,204,700 Shares in 2008 and 2007, respectively

     (3,349 )     (85,690 )
                

Total Stockholders’ Equity

     1,790,562       1,070,257  
                
   $ 3,701,664     $ 2,156,817  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2008     2007     2006  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net Income

   $ 211,290     $ 167,423     $ 321,175  

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Cash Provided by Operating Activities:

      

Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization

     185,403       143,951       128,975  

Impairment of Unproved Properties

     41,512       19,042       11,117  

Impairment of Oil & Gas Properties and Other Assets

     35,700       4,614       3,886  

Deferred Income Tax Expense

     120,851       95,152       52,011  

Gain on Sale of Assets

     (1,143 )     (13,448 )     (232,017 )

Gain on Settlement of Dispute

     (31,706 )     —         —    

Exploration Expense

     31,200       39,772       49,397  

Stock-Based Compensation Expense and Other

     15,623       16,241       21,271  

Changes in Assets and Liabilities:

      

Accounts Receivable, Net

     (3,928 )     6,854       39,463  

Income Taxes Receivable

     34,521       14,456       (11,198 )

Inventories

     (18,324 )     5,644       (8,381 )

Other Current Assets

     10,816       (14,908 )     1,007  

Other Assets

     5,698       (29,795 )     (733 )

Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities

     3,321       1,052       (29,694 )

Income Taxes Payable

     3,580       (1,281 )     18,398  

Other Liabilities

     724       7,368       1,912  

Stock-Based Compensation Tax Benefit

     (10,691 )     —         (9,485 )
                        

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

     634,447       462,137       357,104  
                        

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Capital Expenditures

     (817,440 )     (553,229 )     (460,742 )

Acquisitions

     (605,748 )     (3,982 )     (6,688 )

Proceeds from Sale of Assets

     2,099       7,061       329,474  

Exploration Expense

     (31,200 )     (39,772 )     (49,397 )
                        

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

     (1,452,289 )     (589,922 )     (187,353 )
                        

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Increase in Debt

     892,000       175,000       205,000  

Decrease in Debt

     (375,000 )     (65,000 )     (305,000 )

Net Proceeds from Sale of Common Stock

     316,230       5,099       6,235  

Stock-Based Compensation Tax Benefit

     10,691       —         9,485  

Purchase of Treasury Stock

     —         —         (46,492 )

Dividends Paid

     (12,073 )     (10,670 )     (7,751 )

Capitalized Debt Issuance Costs

     (4,403 )     —         —    
                        

Net Cash Provided by / (Used in) Financing Activities

     827,445       104,429       (138,523 )
                        

Net Increase / (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     9,603       (23,356 )     31,228  

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Year

     18,498       41,854       10,626  
                        

Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year

   $ 28,101     $ 18,498     $ 41,854  
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Common
Shares
    Stock
Par
    Treasury
Shares
    Treasury
Stock
    Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income /
(Loss) (1)
    Retained
Earnings
    Total  

Balance at December 31, 2005

   100,164     $ 10,016     3,028     $ (39,198 )   $ 392,341     $ (15,115 )   $ 252,167     $ 600,211  
                                                            

Net Income

   —         —       —         —         —         —         321,175       321,175  

Exercise of Stock Options

   876       88     —         —         6,127       —         —         6,215  

Purchase of Treasury Stock

   —         —       2,177       (46,492 )     —         —         —         (46,492 )

Tax Benefit of Stock-Based Compensation

   —         —       —         —         9,485       —         —         9,485  

Stock Amortization and Vesting

   378       38     —         —         10,042       —         —         10,080  

Cash Dividends at $0.08 per Share

   —         —       —         —         —         —         (7,751 )     (7,751 )

Effect of Adoption of SFAS No. 158

   —         —       —         —         —         (14,079 )     —         (14,079 )

Other Comprehensive Income

   —         —       —         —         —         66,354       —         66,354  
                                                            

Balance at December 31, 2006

   101,418     $ 10,142     5,205     $ (85,690 )   $ 417,995     $ 37,160     $ 565,591     $ 945,198  
                                                            

Net Income

   —         —       —         —         —         —         167,423       167,423  

Exercise of Stock Options

   619       62     —         —         5,005       —         —         5,067  

Stock Amortization and Vesting

   430       43     —         —         7,503       —         —         7,546  

Stock Held in Rabbi Trust

   214       21     —         —         (6,274 )     —         —         (6,253 )

Cash Dividends at $0.11 per Share

   —         —       —         —         —         —         (10,670 )     (10,670 )

Other Comprehensive Income

   —         —       —         —         —         (38,054 )     —         (38,054 )
                                                            

Balance at December 31, 2007

   102,681     $ 10,268     5,205     $ (85,690 )   $ 424,229     $ (894 )   $ 722,344     $ 1,070,257  
                                                            

Net Income

   —         —       —         —         —         —         211,290       211,290  

Exercise of Stock Options

   328       33     —         —         2,692       —         —         2,725  

Retirement of Treasury Stock

   (5,003 )     (500 )   (5,003 )     82,341       (81,841 )     —         —         —    

Tax Benefit of Stock-Based Compensation

   —         —       —         —         10,691       —         —         10,691  

Stock Amortization and Vesting

   418       42     —         —         6,545       —         —         6,587  

Stock Held in Rabbi Trust

   64       6     —         —         (3,198 )     —         —         (3,192 )

Stock Issued for Drilling Company Acquisition

   70       7     —         —         3,493       —         —         3,500  

Issuance of Common Stock

   5,003       500     —         —         312,957       —         —         313,457  

Cash Dividends at $0.12 per Share

   —         —       —         —         —         —         (12,073 )     (12,073 )

Other Comprehensive Income

   —         —       —         —         —         187,320       —         187,320  
                                                            

Balance at December 31, 2008

   103,561     $ 10,356     202     $ (3,349 )   $ 675,568     $ 186,426     $ 921,561     $ 1,790,562  
                                                            

 

(1)

For further details on the components of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income and Loss, refer to Note 14 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2008     2007     2006  

Net Income

     $ 211,290       $ 167,423     $ 321,175  
                            

Other Comprehensive Income / (Loss), net of taxes:

          

Reclassification Adjustment for Settled Contracts, net of taxes of $4,844, $29,801 and $10,686, respectively

       (8,177 )       (49,241 )     (17,580 )

Changes in Fair Value of Hedge Positions, net of taxes of $(134,259), $(1,777) and $(49,311), respectively

       226,692         2,555       81,679  

Defined Benefit Pension and Postretirement Plans:

          

Net Loss Arising During the Year, net of taxes of $10,445 and $1,034, respectively

   $ (17,629 )     $ (1,733 )    

Amortization of Net Obligation at Transition, net of taxes of $(234) and $(238), respectively

     398         394      

Amortization of Prior Service Cost, net of taxes of $(373) and $(413), respectively

     630         681      

Amortization of Net Loss, net of taxes of $(603) and $(483), respectively

     1,020       (15,581 )     799       141       3,081  
                      

Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment, net of taxes of $9,292, $(5,072) and $507, respectively

       (15,614 )       8,491       (826 )
                            

Total Other Comprehensive Income / (Loss)

       187,320         (38,054 )     66,354  
                            

Comprehensive Income

     $ 398,610       $ 129,369     $ 387,529  
                            

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Nature of Operations

Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation and its subsidiaries are engaged in the development, exploitation, exploration, production and marketing of natural gas and, to a lesser extent, crude oil and natural gas liquids. The Company also transports, stores, gathers and purchases natural gas for resale. The Company operates in one segment, natural gas and oil development, exploitation and exploration, exclusively within the continental United States and Canada. The Company’s exploration activities are concentrated in areas with known hydrocarbon resources, which are conducive to multi-well, repeatable drilling programs.

The consolidated financial statements contain the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries after eliminating all significant intercompany balances and transactions. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

On February 23, 2007, the Board of Directors declared a 2-for-1 split of the Company’s common stock in the form of a stock distribution. The stock dividend was distributed on March 30, 2007 to stockholders of record on March 16, 2007. All common stock accounts and per share data have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the 2-for-1 split of the Company’s common stock.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2008, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued Release No. 33-8995, “Modernization of Oil and Gas Reporting,” which amends the oil and gas disclosures for oil and gas producers contained in Regulations S-K and S-X, as well as adding a section to Regulation S-K (Subpart 1200) to codify the revised disclosure requirements in Securities Act Industry Guide 2, which is being phased out. The goal of Release No. 33-8995 is to provide investors with a more meaningful and comprehensive understanding of oil and gas reserves. Energy companies affected by Release No. 33-8995 will be required to price proved oil and gas reserves using the unweighted arithmetic average of the price on the first day of each month within the 12-month period prior to the end of the reporting period, unless prices are defined by contractual arrangements, excluding escalations based on future conditions. SEC Release No. 33-8995 is effective beginning January 1, 2010. The Company is currently evaluating what impact Release No. 33-8995 may have on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities.” Under this FSP, unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents, whether they are paid or unpaid, are considered participating securities and should be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. FSP No. EITF 03-6-1 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years. In addition, all prior period earnings per share data presented should be adjusted retrospectively and early application is not permitted. The Company does not believe that FSP No. EITF 03-6-1 will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In May 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles,” which identifies a consistent framework for selecting accounting principles to be used in preparing financial statements for nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The current GAAP hierarchy

 

63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

was criticized due to its complexity, ranking position of FASB Statements of Financial Accounting Concepts and the fact that it is directed at auditors rather than entities. SFAS No. 162 will be effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, “The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.” The FASB does not expect that SFAS No. 162 will have a change in current practice, and the Company does not believe that SFAS No. 162 will have an impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” which amends SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” Enhanced disclosures to improve financial reporting transparency are required and include disclosure about the location and amounts of derivative instruments in the financial statements, how derivative instruments are accounted for and how derivatives affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. A tabular format including the fair value of derivative instruments and their gains and losses, disclosure about credit risk-related derivative features and cross-referencing within the footnotes are also new requirements. SFAS No. 161 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application and comparative disclosures encouraged, but not required. The Company has not yet adopted SFAS No. 161. It does not believe that there will be an impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations.” SFAS No. 141(R) was issued in an effort to continue the movement toward the greater use of fair values in financial reporting and increased transparency through expanded disclosures. It changes how business acquisitions are accounted for and will impact financial statements at the acquisition date and in subsequent periods. Certain of these changes will introduce more volatility into earnings. The acquirer must now record all assets and liabilities of the acquired business at fair value, and related transaction and restructuring costs will be expensed rather than the previous method of being capitalized as part of the acquisition. SFAS No. 141(R) also impacts the annual goodwill impairment test associated with acquisitions, including those that close before the effective date of SFAS No. 141(R). The definitions of a “business” and a “business combination” have been expanded, resulting in more transactions qualifying as business combinations. SFAS No. 141(R) is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 31, 2008 and earlier adoption is prohibited. The Company cannot predict the impact that the adoption of SFAS No. 141(R) will have on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows with respect to any acquisitions completed after December 31, 2008.

Inventories

Inventories are comprised of natural gas in storage, tubular goods and well equipment and pipeline imbalances. All inventory balances are carried at the lower of cost or market. Natural gas in storage is valued at average cost. Tubular goods and well equipment are valued at historical cost.

Natural gas gathering and pipeline operations normally include imbalance arrangements with the pipeline. The volumes of natural gas due to or from the Company under imbalance arrangements are recorded at actual selling or purchase prices, as the case may be, and are adjusted monthly to reflect market changes. The net value of the natural gas imbalance is included in inventory in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Properties and Equipment

The Company uses the successful efforts method of accounting for oil and gas producing activities. Under this method, acquisition costs for proved and unproved properties are capitalized when incurred. Exploration costs, including geological and geophysical costs, the costs of carrying and retaining unproved properties and exploratory dry hole drilling costs, are expensed. Development costs, including the costs to drill and equip development wells, and successful exploratory drilling costs to locate proved reserves are capitalized.

 

64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exploratory drilling costs are capitalized when incurred pending the determination of whether a well has found proved reserves. The determination is based on a process which relies on interpretations of available geologic, geophysical, and engineering data. If a well is determined to be successful, the capitalized drilling costs will be reclassified as part of the cost of the well. If a well is determined to be unsuccessful, the capitalized drilling costs will be charged to expense in the period the determination is made. If an exploratory well requires a major capital expenditure before production can begin, the cost of drilling the exploratory well will continue to be carried as an asset pending determination of whether proved reserves have been found only as long as: i) the well has found a sufficient quantity of reserves to justify its completion as a producing well if the required capital expenditure is made and ii) drilling of the additional exploratory wells is under way or firmly planned for the near future. If drilling in the area is not under way or firmly planned, or if the well has not found a commercially producible quantity of reserves, the exploratory well is assumed to be impaired, and its costs are charged to expense. For a discussion of the Company’s suspended wells, see Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company determines if an impairment has occurred through either adverse changes or as a result of a review of all fields. The impairment of unamortized capital costs is measured at a lease level and is reduced to fair value if it is determined that the sum of expected future net cash flows is less than the net book value. During 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company recorded total impairments of $31.3 million (excluding the impairment of $4.4 million of goodwill), $4.6 million and $3.9 million, respectively.

Development costs of proved oil and gas properties, including estimated dismantlement, restoration and abandonment costs and acquisition costs, are depreciated and depleted on a field basis by the units-of-production method using proved developed and proved reserves, respectively. The costs of unproved oil and gas properties are generally combined and impaired over a period that is based on the average holding period for such properties and the Company’s experience of successful drilling. Properties related to gathering and pipeline systems and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives ranging from 10 to 25 years. Generally pipeline and transmission systems are depreciated over 12 to 25 years, gathering and compression equipment is depreciated over 10 years and storage equipment and facilities are depreciated over 10 to 16 years. Certain other assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over 3 to 10 years. Buildings are depreciated on a straight-line basis over 25 years.

Costs of retired, sold or abandoned properties that make up a part of an amortization base (partial field) are charged to accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization if the units-of-production rate is not significantly affected. Accordingly, a gain or loss, if any, is recognized only when a group of proved properties (entire field) that make up the amortization base has been retired, abandoned or sold. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the disposition of the Company’s offshore portfolio and certain south Louisiana properties to a third party, which was substantially completed in 2006 (the 2006 south Louisiana and offshore properties sale).

Revenue Recognition and Gas Imbalances

The Company applies the sales method of accounting for natural gas revenue. Under this method, revenues are recognized based on the actual volume of natural gas sold to purchasers. Natural gas production operations may include joint owners who take more or less than the production volumes entitled to them on certain properties. Production volume is monitored to minimize these natural gas imbalances. A natural gas imbalance liability is recorded at the actual price realized upon the gas sale in accounts payable in the Consolidated Balance Sheet if the Company’s excess takes of natural gas exceed its estimated remaining proved developed reserves for these properties. See Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Company’s wellhead gas imbalances.

 

65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Brokered Natural Gas Margin

The revenues and expenses related to brokering natural gas are reported gross as part of Operating Revenues and Operating Expenses. The Company realizes brokered margin as a result of buying and selling natural gas in back-to-back transactions with separate counterparties. The Company realized $13.8 million, $11.4 million and $10.3 million of brokered natural gas margin in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to the differences between the financial carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the tax rate in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to turn around. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in the year of the enacted rate change. A valuation allowance is established to reduce deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that the related tax benefits will not be realized.

The Company is required to make judgments, including estimating reserves for potential adverse outcomes regarding tax positions that the Company has taken. The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes using a recognition and measurement threshold for tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The effective tax rate and the tax basis of assets and liabilities reflect management’s estimates of the ultimate outcome of various tax uncertainties.

Natural Gas Measurement

The Company records estimated amounts for natural gas revenues and natural gas purchase costs based on volumetric calculations under its natural gas sales and purchase contracts. Variances or imbalances resulting from such calculations are inherent in natural gas sales, production, operation, measurement, and administration. Management does not believe that differences between actual and estimated natural gas revenues or purchase costs attributable to the unresolved variances or imbalances are material.

Accounts Payable

This account may include credit balances from outstanding checks in zero balance cash accounts. These credit balances are referred to as book overdrafts, as a component of Accounts Payable on the Balance Sheet. There were no credit balances from outstanding checks in zero balance cash accounts included in accounts payable at December 31, 2008 and 2007 as sufficient cash was available for offset.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts for receivables that the Company determines to be uncollectible based on the specific identification basis. The allowance for doubtful accounts, which is netted against the accounts receivable line on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, was $3.5 million and $4.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Risk Management Activities

From time to time, the Company enters into derivative contracts, such as natural gas and crude oil price swaps or zero-cost price collars, as a hedging strategy to manage commodity price risk associated with its production or other contractual commitments. All hedge transactions are subject to the Company’s risk management policy which does not permit speculative trading activities. Gains or losses on these hedging activities are generally recognized over the period that its production or other underlying commitment is hedged

 

66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

as an offset to the specific hedged item. Cash flows related to any recognized gains or losses associated with these hedges are reported as cash flows from operations. If a hedge is terminated prior to expected maturity, gains or losses are deferred and included in income in the same period that the underlying production or other contractual commitment is delivered. Unrealized gains or losses associated with any derivative contract not considered a hedge are recognized currently in the results of operations.

When the designated item associated with a derivative instrument matures or is sold, extinguished or terminated, derivative gains or losses are recognized as part of the gain or loss on the sale or settlement of the underlying item. For example, in the case of natural gas price hedges, the gain or loss is reflected in natural gas revenue. When a derivative instrument is associated with an anticipated transaction that is no longer expected to occur or if the hedge is no longer effective, the gain or loss on the derivative is recognized currently in the results of operations to the extent the market value changes in the derivative have not been offset by the effects of the price changes on the hedged item since the inception of the hedge. See Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company follows the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), “Share Based Payment (revised 2004).” The tax benefit for stock-based compensation is included as both a cash inflow from financing activities and a cash outflow from operating activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. In accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), the Company recognizes a tax benefit only to the extent it reduces the Company’s income taxes payable. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2006, the Company realized tax benefits of $10.7 million and $9.5 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company did not recognize a tax benefit for stock-based compensation as a result of the tax net operating loss position for the year under the Alternative Minimum Tax system. See Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the cash and cash equivalents are primarily concentrated in two financial institutions. The Company periodically assesses the financial condition of these institutions and considers any possible credit risk to be minimal. Excluded from cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2007 is $11.6 million of restricted cash. See Note 7 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

Environmental Matters

Environmental expenditures are expensed or capitalized, as appropriate, depending on their future economic benefit. Expenditures that relate to an existing condition caused by past operations, and that do not have future economic benefit are expensed. Liabilities related to future costs are recorded on an undiscounted basis when environmental assessments and/or remediation activities are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Any insurance recoveries are recorded as assets when received.

Use of Estimates

In preparing financial statements, the Company follows generally accepted accounting principles. These principles require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant estimates pertain to proved natural gas, natural gas liquids and crude oil reserves and related cash flow estimates used in impairment tests of oil and gas properties, natural gas, natural gas liquids and crude oil revenues and expenses, current values of derivative instruments, as well as estimates of expenses related to legal, environmental and other

 

67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

contingencies, depreciation, depletion and amortization, pension and postretirement obligations, stock-based compensation and deferred income taxes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

2. Properties and Equipment, Net

Properties and equipment, net are comprised of the following:

 

     December 31,  
       2008     2007  
     (In thousands)  

Unproved Oil and Gas Properties

   $ 315,782     $ 108,868  

Proved Oil and Gas Properties

     3,813,014       2,627,346  

Gathering and Pipeline Systems

     274,192       235,127  

Land, Building and Other Equipment

     68,606       41,602  
                
     4,471,594       3,012,943  

Accumulated Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization

     (1,335,766 )     (1,104,826 )
                
   $ 3,135,828     $ 1,908,117  
                

The provisions of FSP FAS 19-1, “Accounting for Suspended Well Costs,” require that, in order for costs to be capitalized, a sufficient quantity of reserves must be discovered in the well to justify its completion as a producing well and that sufficient progress must be made in assessing the well’s economic and operating feasibility. If both of these requirements are not met, the costs should be expensed. The following table reflects the net changes in capitalized exploratory well costs during 2008, 2007 and 2006.

 

     December 31,  
       2008     2007     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Beginning balance at January 1

   $ 2,161     $ 8,428     $ 6,132  

Additions to capitalized exploratory well costs pending the determination of proved reserves

     5,990       2,161       8,317  

Reclassifications to wells, facilities, and equipment based on the determination of proved reserves

     (1,259 )     (8,011 )     (5,926 )

Capitalized exploratory well costs charged to expense

     (902 )     (417 )     (95 )
                        

Ending balance at December 31

   $ 5,990     $ 2,161     $ 8,428  
                        

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company did not have any projects that had exploratory well costs that were capitalized for a period of greater than one year after drilling. At December 31, 2006, the Company had four projects that had exploratory well costs that were capitalized for a period greater than one year.

The following table provides an aging of capitalized exploratory well costs based on the date the drilling was completed and the number of wells for which exploratory well costs have been capitalized for a period greater than one year since the completion of drilling:

 

     December 31,
       2008    2007    2006
     (In thousands)

Capitalized exploratory well costs that have been capitalized for a period of one year or less

   $ 5,990    $ 2,161    $ 8,317

Capitalized exploratory well costs that have been capitalized for a period greater than one year

     —        —        111
                    

Balance at December 31

   $ 5,990    $ 2,161    $ 8,428
                    

Number of projects that have exploratory well costs that have been capitalized for a period greater than one year

     —        —        4
                    

 

68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

At December 31, 2006, the Company had two wells where the drilling was complete, but a determination of whether proved reserves existed could not be made. Costs associated with these wells have been capitalized for less than one year. One well, located in Canada, completed drilling in September 2006. Subsequent well completion attempts were halted until mid-November 2006, waiting for acceptable weather conditions. The well was completed in the first quarter of 2007. The second well is in the Rocky Mountains area and reached total depth in November 2006. Completion attempts were postponed due to the Bureau of Land Management stipulation which prohibited activity until the summer of 2007. Subsequent completion attempts proved unsuccessful and the costs were expensed in the second quarter of 2007.

Included in the December 31, 2006 amount of exploratory well costs that have been capitalized for a period greater than one year are $0.1 million of costs that have been capitalized since 2005. This amount relates to three projects comprised of preliminary costs incurred in the preparation of well sites where drilling has not commenced as of December 31, 2006. In 2007, it was determined not to drill these projects and associated costs were expensed. Also included in the December 31, 2006 amount was another well that had completed drilling in January 2007 and was awaiting completion results before confirmation of proved reserves could be made. That well was completed in 2007 and proved reserves were recorded in the first quarter of 2007.

During 2008, the Company recorded $31.3 million of impairments of oil and gas properties. The Company recorded an impairment of approximately $3.0 million in the Corral Creek field in Washakie County, Wyoming in the West region resulting from lower than expected performance from the two well field and $28.3 million in the Trawick field in Rusk County, Texas in the Gulf Coast region resulting from a decline in natural gas prices and higher well costs. These fields were reduced to fair market value (using discounted future cash flows) and remain as developmental opportunities for the Company. During 2007, the Company recorded an impairment of approximately $4.6 million in the Castor field in Bienville Parish, Louisiana in the Gulf Coast region resulting from two non-commercial development completions. During 2006, the Company recorded an impairment of $3.9 million. The impairment was recorded on a marginally productive gas well in Colorado County, Texas in the Gulf Coast region. These impairment charges were reflected in the operating results of the Company for each respective period

During 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company recorded impairments of unproved properties of $41.5 million, $19.0 million and $11.1 million, respectively. Included in 2008 impairments were $17.0 million related to the impairment of three exploratory oil and gas prospects located in Mississippi, Montana and North Dakota. These prospects were impaired as a result of the significant decline in commodity prices in the fourth quarter of 2008 and abandonment of the Company’s exploration plans.

In April 2008, the Company acquired a small oilfield services business for total consideration of $21.6 million, comprised of the conversion of a $15.6 million note receivable, the issuance of 70,168 shares of Company common stock, and the payment of $2.5 million in cash. The transaction was accounted for as a business combination, and the Company recorded approximately $4.4 million of goodwill. In December 2008, the Company fully impaired the goodwill due to the impact of the broad economic downturn and the related reductions in future drilling programs.

East Texas Property Acquisition

On August 15, 2008, the Company completed the acquisition of certain producing oil and gas properties located in Panola and Rusk counties, Texas in order to expand its position in the Minden field. Total net cash consideration paid by the Company in the transaction was approximately $604.0 million, which reflects the total gross purchase price of $604.4 million adjusted by $0.4 million comprised of a $1.8 million decrease for the impact of purchase price adjustments, including adjustments based on each party’s share of production proceeds received, expenses paid and capital costs incurred for periods before and after the effective date of the acquisition of May 1, 2008, and a $1.4 million increase for the impact of transaction costs, which were primarily legal and accounting costs.

 

69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The $604.0 million purchase price was allocated to Properties and Equipment and Other Liabilities (for the asset retirement obligation) as follows:

 

       (In thousands)  

Proved Oil and Gas Properties (1)

   $ 528,813  

Unproved Oil and Gas Properties

     52,897  

Gathering and Pipeline Systems

     22,814  
        

Total Assets Acquired

     604,524  

Less:

  

Asset Retirement Obligations

     (488 )
        
   $ 604,036  
        

 

(1)

Proved oil and gas properties were determined based on estimated reserves.

The acquired properties are comprised of approximately 25,000 gross leasehold acres with a 97% average working interest near the Company’s existing Minden field. Most of the producing properties were operated by the sellers. In addition, the acquisition included a natural gas gathering infrastructure of 31 miles of pipeline, 5,400 horsepower of compression and four water disposal wells. The Company estimates that proved reserves included in the acquisition were approximately 182 Bcfe as of August 1, 2008 (allocated mainly to the Cotton Valley formation).

The east Texas acquisition was recorded using the purchase method of accounting. Financial results for the period from the closing date on August 15, 2008 to December 31, 2008 are included within the Company’s 2008 Consolidated Statement of Operations. The following table presents the unaudited pro forma results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, as if the acquisition was made at the beginning of each period. These pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of future results, nor do they purport to represent the actual financial results that would have occurred had the acquisition been in effect for the periods presented.

 

     Year Ended December 31,
       2008    2007
     (Unaudited)    (Unaudited)
     (In thousands, except per
share amounts)

Revenues

   $ 1,009,412    $ 746,089

Net Income

   $ 218,290    $ 135,992

Earnings Per Share:

     

Basic

   $ 2.12    $ 1.33

Diluted

   $ 2.10    $ 1.32

Weighted-Average Common Shares Outstanding:

     

Basic

     103,142      101,981

Diluted

     104,131      103,133

The Company funded the acquisition with a combination of the net proceeds from its June 2008 sale of approximately five million shares of common stock (see Note 9 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements) and the net proceeds from its July 2008 private placement of senior unsecured fixed rate notes (see Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Additionally, in order to mitigate the exposure to price fluctuations of natural gas and crude oil, the Company entered into 12 contracts for natural gas price swaps and three contracts for crude oil swaps in the second quarter of 2008 covering production associated with the acquired properties for the second half of 2008 through 2010 (see Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

 

70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Disposition of Assets

On September 29, 2006, the Company substantially completed the 2006 south Louisiana and offshore properties sale to Phoenix Exploration Company LP for a gross sales price of $340.0 million. The Company received approximately $333.3 million in net proceeds from the sale. In addition to the net gain of $231.2 million ($144.5 million, net of tax) recorded for the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company recorded a net gain of $12.3 million ($7.7 million, net of tax) in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2007, which included cash proceeds of $5.8 million, $2.1 million in purchase price adjustments and $4.4 million that had been deferred until legal title to certain properties could be assigned.

3. Additional Balance Sheet Information

Certain balance sheet amounts are comprised of the following:

 

     December 31,  
       2008     2007  
     (In thousands)  

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

    

Trade Accounts

   $ 94,164     $ 94,550  

Joint Interest Accounts

     16,454       16,443  

Other Accounts

     1,987       2,291  
                
     112,605       113,284  

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

     (3,518 )     (3,978 )
                
   $ 109,087     $ 109,306  
                

INVENTORIES

    

Natural Gas in Storage

   $ 27,478     $ 20,472  

Tubular Goods and Well Equipment

     16,439       5,953  

Pipeline Imbalances

     1,760       928  
                
   $ 45,677     $ 27,353  
                

OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

    

Drilling Advances

   $ 4,869     $ 2,475  

Prepaid Balances

     7,631       8,900  

Restricted Cash

     —         11,600  

Other Accounts

     —         338  
                
   $ 12,500     $ 23,313  
                
    

OTHER ASSETS

    

Note Receivable

   $ —       $ 13,375  

Rabbi Trust Deferred Compensation Plan

     8,651       9,744  

Other Accounts

     6,092       8,098  
                
   $ 14,743     $ 31,217  
                
    

ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

    

Trade Accounts

   $ 44,088     $ 27,678  

Natural Gas Purchases

     5,346       6,465  

Royalty and Other Owners

     42,349       37,023  

Capital Costs

     117,029       83,754  

Taxes Other Than Income

     5,617       6,416  

Drilling Advances

     1,289       1,528  

Wellhead Gas Imbalances

     3,354       3,227  

Other Accounts

     3,913       7,406  
                
   $ 222,985     $ 173,497  
                

 

71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     December 31,
       2008    2007
     (In thousands)

ACCRUED LIABILITIES

     

Employee Benefits

   $ 10,807    $ 13,699

Current Liability for Pension Benefits

     245      116

Current Liability for Postretirement Benefits

     642      642

Taxes Other Than Income

     16,582      13,216

Interest Payable

     20,684      6,518

Litigation

     —        11,600

Other Accounts

     1,591      2,274
             
   $ 50,551    $ 48,065
             

OTHER LIABILITIES

     

Rabbi Trust Deferred Compensation Plan

   $ 14,531    $ 16,018

Accrued Plugging and Abandonment Liability

     27,978      24,724

Other Accounts

     4,717      6,612
             
   $ 47,226    $ 47,354
             

4. Debt and Credit Agreements

The Company’s debt consisted of the following:

 

       December 31,
2008
    December 31,
2007
 
     (In thousands)  

Long-Term Debt

    

7.19% Notes

   $ 20,000     $ 40,000  

7.33% Weighted-Average Fixed Rate Notes

     170,000       170,000  

6.51% Weighted-Average Fixed Rate Notes

     425,000       —    

9.78% Notes

     67,000       —    

Credit Facility

     185,000       140,000  

Current Maturities

    

7.19% Notes

     (20,000 )     (20,000 )

Credit Facility

     (15,857 )     —    
                

Long-Term Debt, excluding Current Maturities

   $ 831,143     $ 330,000  
                

7.19% Notes

In November 1997, the Company issued an aggregate principal amount of $100 million of its 12-year 7.19% Notes (7.19% Notes) to a group of six institutional investors in a private placement. The 7.19% Notes require five annual $20 million principal payments which started in November 2005 and are concluding in November 2009. The Company may prepay all or any portion of the indebtedness on any date with a prepayment penalty. The 7.19% Notes contain restrictions on the merger of the Company or any subsidiary with a third party other than under certain limited conditions. There are also various other restrictive covenants customarily found in such debt instruments. These covenants include a required asset coverage ratio (present value of proved reserves to debt and other liabilities) that must be at least 1.5 to 1.0, and a minimum annual coverage ratio of operating cash flow to interest expense for the trailing four quarters of 2.8 to 1.0.

 

72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

7.33% Weighted-Average Fixed Rate Notes

In July 2001, the Company issued $170 million of Notes to a group of seven institutional investors in a private placement. Prior to the determination of the Notes’ interest rates, the Company entered into a treasury lock in order to reduce the risk of rising interest rates. Interest rates rose during the pricing period, resulting in a $0.7 million gain that is being amortized over the life of the Notes, and thereby reducing the effective interest rate by 5.5 basis points. The Notes have bullet maturities and were issued in three separate tranches as follows:

 

     Principal    Term    Maturity
Date
   Coupon  

Tranche 1

   $ 75,000,000    10-year    July 2011    7.26 %

Tranche 2

   $ 75,000,000    12-year    July 2013    7.36 %

Tranche 3

   $ 20,000,000    15-year    July 2016    7.46 %

The 7.33% weighted-average fixed rate notes were issued under a substantially similar note purchase agreement as the 7.19% notes and contain the same covenants as discussed above for the 7.19% notes.

6.51% Weighted-Average Fixed Rate Notes

In July 2008, the Company issued $425 million of senior unsecured fixed-rate notes to a group of 41 institutional investors in a private placement. The Notes have bullet maturities and were issued in three separate tranches as follows:

 

     Principal    Term    Maturity
Date
   Coupon  

Tranche 1

   $ 245,000,000    10-year    July 2018    6.44 %

Tranche 2

   $ 100,000,000    12-year    July 2020    6.54 %

Tranche 3

   $ 80,000,000    15-year    July 2023    6.69 %

Interest on each series of the 6.51% weighted-average fixed rate notes is payable semi-annually. The Company may prepay all or any portion of the Notes of each series on any date at a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest plus a make-whole premium. The Notes contain restrictions on the merger of the Company with a third party other than under certain limited conditions. There are also various other restrictive covenants customarily found in such debt instruments. These covenants include a required asset coverage ratio (present value of proved reserves plus adjusted cash (as defined in the note purchase agreement) to debt and other liabilities), of at least 1.5 to 1.0, and a minimum annual coverage ratio of operating cash flow to interest expense for the trailing four quarters of 2.8 to 1.0. The Notes also are subject to customary events of default. The Company is required to offer to prepay the Notes upon specified change in control events accompanied by a ratings decline below investment grade.

9.78% Notes

In December 2008, the Company issued $67 million aggregate principal amount of its 10-year 9.78% Series G Senior Notes to a group of four institutional investors in a private placement. Interest on the Notes is payable semi-annually. The Company may prepay all or any portion of the Notes on any date at a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest plus a make-whole premium. The other terms of the Notes are substantially similar to the terms of the 6.51% Weighted-Average Fixed Rate Notes.

Revolving Credit Agreement

On December 16, 2008, the Company amended its Revolving Credit Agreement (credit facility) with a group of six banks (Class A lenders). Under the amendment, the commitment period for Class A lenders holding approximately 90% of the aggregate commitments of all lenders was extended from December 2009 to October

 

73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

2010. The outstanding balance under the credit facility for the one lender that is not a Class A lender is reflected in the current portion of long-term debt on the balance sheet. In June 2008, the Company amended the credit facility to increase the borrowings capacity from $250 million to $350 million under the existing accordion feature. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, borrowings outstanding under the credit facility were $185 million and $140 million, respectively. The December 2008 amendment added an accordion feature to allow the Company, if the existing banks or new banks agree, to increase the available credit line from $350 million to $450 million.

The credit facility is unsecured. The available credit line is subject to adjustment from time to time on the basis of the projected present value (as determined by the banks’ petroleum engineer) of estimated future net cash flows from certain proved oil and gas reserves and other assets of the Company. While the Company does not expect a reduction in the available credit line, in the event that it is adjusted below the outstanding level of borrowings, the Company has a period of six months either to reduce its outstanding debt to the adjusted credit line available with a requirement to provide additional borrowing base assets or to pay down one-sixth of the excess during each of the six months.

Interest rates under the credit facility are based on Euro-Dollars (LIBOR) or Base Rate (Prime) indications, plus a margin. These associated margins increase if the total indebtedness is greater than 50%, greater than 75% or greater than 90% of the Company’s debt limit of $1.2 billion, as shown below for Class A lenders holding approximately 90% of the aggregate commitments of all lenders:

 

     Debt Percentage  
     Less than
or equal
to 50%
    Greater than
50% and
less than or
equal to
75%
    Greater than
75% and
less than or
equal to
90%
    Greater than
90%
 

Euro-Dollar margin

   1.750 %   2.000 %   2.250 %   2.500 %

Base Rate margin

   0.500 %   0.750 %   1.000 %   1.250 %

Commitment Fee Rate

   0.375 %   0.375 %   0.500 %   0.500 %

The credit facility provides for a commitment fee on the unused available balance at annual rates as shown above.

The Company’s weighted-average effective interest rates for the credit facility during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were approximately 4.8%, 7.2% and 7.9%, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, the weighted-average interest rate on the Company’s credit facility was approximately 3.7%.

The credit facility contains various customary restrictions, which include the following:

 

  (a) Maintenance of a minimum annual coverage ratio of operating cash flow to interest expense for the trailing four quarters of 2.8 to 1.0.

 

  (b) Prohibition on the merger or sale of all, or substantially all, of the Company’s or any subsidiary’s assets to a third party, except under certain limited conditions.

In addition, the credit facility includes a customary condition to the Company’s borrowings under the facility that there has not occurred a material adverse change with respect to the Company.

The Company believes it was in compliance in all material respects with its covenants contained in its various debt agreements at December 31, 2008 and 2007 and during the years then ended.

 

74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

5. Employee Benefit Plans

Pension Plan

The Company has an underfunded non-contributory, defined benefit pension plan for all full-time employees. Plan benefits are based primarily on years of service and salary level near retirement. Plan assets are mainly equity securities and fixed income investments. The Company complies with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) of 1974 and Internal Revenue Code limitations when funding the plan.

The Company has an unfunded non-qualified equalization plan to ensure payments to certain executive officers of amounts to which they are already entitled under the provisions of the pension plan, but which are subject to limitations imposed by federal tax laws.

Obligations and Funded Status

The funded status represents the difference between the projected benefit obligation of the Company’s qualified and non-qualified pension plans and the fair value of the qualified pension plan’s assets at December 31.

The change in the combined projected benefit obligation of the Company’s qualified and non-qualified pension plans and the change in the Company’s qualified plan assets at fair value during the last three years are as follows:

 

     2008     2007     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Change in Benefit Obligation

      

Benefit Obligation at Beginning of Year

   $ 51,603     $ 45,475     $ 41,211  

Service Cost

     3,313       2,931       2,720  

Interest Cost

     3,272       2,769       2,333  

Actuarial Loss

     5,683       1,314       5  

Plan Amendments

     —         —         (3 )

Benefits Paid

     (863 )     (886 )     (791 )
                        

Benefit Obligation at End of Year

     63,008       51,603       45,475  
                        

Change in Plan Assets

      

Fair Value of Plan Assets at Beginning of Year

     44,744       38,189       23,765  

Actual Return on Plan Assets

     (13,682 )     3,179       3,587  

Employer Contributions

     5,000       5,000       12,008  

Benefits Paid

     (863 )     (886 )     (791 )

Expenses Paid

     (904 )     (738 )     (380 )
                        

Fair Value of Plan Assets at End of Year

     34,295       44,744       38,189  
                        

Funded Status at End of Year

   $ (28,713 )   $ (6,859 )   $ (7,286 )
                        

Amounts Recognized in the Balance Sheet

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet at December 31 consist of the following:

 

     2008     2007     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Current Liabilities

   $ (245 )   $ (116 )   $ (67 )

Long-Term Liabilities

     (28,468 )     (6,743 )     (7,219 )
                        
   $ (28,713 )   $ (6,859 )   $ (7,286 )
                        

 

75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31 consist of the following:

 

     2008    2007    2006
     (In thousands)

Prior Service Cost

   $ 143    $ 194    $ 336

Net Actuarial Loss

     36,373      13,744      12,946
                    
   $ 36,516    $ 13,938    $ 13,282
                    

Information for Pension Plans with an Accumulated Benefit Obligation in Excess of Plan Assets

 

     2008    2007    2006
     (In thousands)

Projected Benefit Obligation

   $ 63,008    $ 51,603    $ 45,475

Accumulated Benefit Obligation

   $ 48,050    $ 39,544    $ 34,824

Fair Value of Plan Assets

   $ 34,295    $ 44,744    $ 38,189

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other Amounts Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

Combined Qualified and Non-Qualified Pension Plans

 

     2008     2007     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

      

Current Year Service Cost

   $ 3,313     $ 2,931     $ 2,721  

Interest Cost

     3,272       2,769       2,333  

Expected Return on Plan Assets

     (3,535 )     (3,015 )     (1,962 )

Amortization of Prior Service Cost

     51       142       175  

Amortization of Net Loss

     1,175       1,089       1,210  
                        

Net Periodic Pension Cost

   $ 4,276     $ 3,916     $ 4,477  
                        

Other Changes in Qualified Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

      

Net Loss

   $ 23,804     $ 1,887       N/A  

Amortization of Net Loss

     (1,175 )     (1,089 )     N/A  

Amortization of Prior Service Cost

     (51 )     (142 )     N/A  
                        

Total Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

     22,578       656       N/A  
                        

Total Recognized in Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other Comprehensive Income

   $ 26,854     $ 4,572       N/A  
                        

The estimated prior service cost and net loss for the qualified defined benefit pension plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are less than $0.1 million and $2.7 million, respectively.

The estimated prior service cost and net loss for the defined benefit non-qualified pension plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are less than $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

 

76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Assumptions

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine projected pension benefit obligations at December 31 were as follows:

 

     2008     2007     2006  

Discount Rate

   5.75 %   6.00 %   5.75 %

Rate of Compensation Increase

   4.00 %   4.00 %   4.00 %

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension costs at December 31 are as follows:

 

     2008     2007     2006  

Discount Rate

   6.00 %   5.75 %   5.50 %

Expected Long-Term Return on Plan Assets

   8.00 %   8.00 %   8.00 %

Rate of Compensation Increase

   4.00 %   4.00 %   4.00 %

The long-term expected rate of return on plan assets used in 2008, as shown above, is eight percent. The Company establishes the long-term expected rate of return by developing a forward looking long-term expected rate of return assumption for each asset class, taking into account factors such as the expected real return for the specific asset class and inflation. One of the plan objectives is that performance of the equity portion of the pension plan exceed the Standard and Poors’ 500 Index over the long-term. The Company also seeks to achieve a minimum five percent annual real rate of return (above the rate of inflation) on the total portfolio over the long-term. In the Company’s pension calculations, the Company has used eight percent as the expected long-term return on plan assets for 2008, 2007 and 2006. In order to derive this return, a Monte Carlo simulation was run using 5,000 simulations based upon the Company’s actual asset allocation and liability duration, which has been determined to be approximately 15 years. This model uses historical data for the period of 1926-2007 for stocks, bonds and cash to determine the best estimate range of future returns. The median rate of return, or return that the Company expects to achieve over 50 percent of the time, is approximately nine percent. The Company expects to achieve at a minimum approximately seven percent annual real rate of return on the total portfolio over the long-term at least 75 percent of the time. The Company believes that the eight percent chosen is a reasonable estimate based on its actual results.

Plan Assets

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the non-qualified pension plan did not have plan assets. The plan assets of the Company’s qualified pension plan at December 31, 2008 and 2007, by asset category are as follows:

 

     2008     2007  
       Amount    Percent     Amount    Percent  
     (In thousands)          (In thousands)       

Equity securities

   $ 23,585    69 %   $ 31,220    70 %

Debt securities

     10,398    30 %     12,684    28 %

Other (1)

     312    1 %     840    2 %
                          

Total

   $ 34,295    100 %   $ 44,744    100 %
                          

 

(1)

Primarily consists of cash and cash equivalents.

The Company’s investment strategy for benefit plan assets is to invest in funds to maximize the return over the long-term, subject to an appropriate level of risk. Additionally, the objective is for each class of investments to outperform its representative benchmark over the long-term. The Company generally targets a portfolio of assets utilizing equity securities, debt securities and cash equivalents that are within a range of approximately 50% to 80% for equity securities and approximately 20% to 40% for fixed income securities. Large capitalization

 

77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

equities may make up a maximum of 65% of the portfolio. Small capitalization equities and international equities may make up a maximum of 30% and 15%, respectively, of the portfolio. Fixed income bonds may make up a maximum of 40% of the portfolio. The account will typically be fully invested; however, as a temporary investment or an asset protection measure, part of the account may be invested in money market investments up to 20%. One percent of the portfolio is invested in short-term funds at the designated bank to meet the cash flow needs of the plan. No prohibited investments, including direct or indirect investments in commodities, commodity futures, derivatives, short sales, real estate investment trusts, letter stock, restricted stock or other private placements, are allowed without prior committee approval.

Cash Flows

Contributions

The funding levels of the pension plans are in compliance with standards set by applicable law or regulation. In 2008, the Company did not have any required minimum funding obligations; however, it chose to fund $5 million into the qualified plan. In 2009, the Company does not have any required minimum funding obligations for the qualified pension plan. The Company will contribute $0.3 million, as shown below, for the non-qualified pension plan. Currently, management has not determined if any additional discretionary funding will be made in 2009.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following estimated benefit payments under the Company’s qualified and non-qualified pension plans, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid as follows:

 

       Qualified    Non-Qualified    Total
     (In thousands)

2009

   $ 1,303    $ 252    $ 1,555

2010

     1,373      414      1,787

2011

     1,599      322      1,921

2012

     2,079      738      2,817

2013

     2,482      1,374      3,856

Years 2014 - 2018

     19,531      2,232      21,763

Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions

In addition to providing pension benefits, the Company provides certain health care and life insurance benefits for retired employees, including their spouses, eligible dependents and surviving spouses (retirees). These benefits are commonly called postretirement benefits. The health care plans are contributory, with participants’ contributions adjusted annually. The life insurance plans were non-contributory. As of January 1, 2006, the Company no longer provides postretirement life insurance coverage. Most employees become eligible for these benefits if they meet certain age and service requirements at retirement. The Company was providing postretirement benefits to 234 retirees and their dependents at the end of 2008 and 235 retirees and their dependents at the end of 2007.

When the Company adopted SFAS No. 106, “Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pension,” in 1992, it began amortizing the $16.9 million accumulated postretirement benefit, known as the transition obligation, over a period of 20 years, or $0.8 million per year which is included in the annual expense of the plan. Included in the transition obligation are the effects of plan amendments during 1996, 2000 and 2004. As a result of the adoption of SFAS No. 158, the remaining unamortized balance at December 31, 2006 of $3.2 million is now recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income. Additionally, a portion of this amount will be amortized and reclassified from the balance sheet to the income statement as expense each year.

 

78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Obligations and Funded Status

The funded status represents the difference between the accumulated benefit obligation of the Company’s postretirement plan and the fair value of plan assets at December 31. The postretirement plan does not have any plan assets; therefore, the funded status is equal to the amount of the December 31 accumulated benefit obligation.

The change in the Company’s postretirement benefit obligation during the last three years, as well as the funded status at the end of the last three years, is as follows:

 

     2008     2007     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Change in Benefit Obligation

      

Benefit Obligation at Beginning of Year

   $ 20,846     $ 18,781     $ 11,793  

Service Cost

     1,083       871       789  

Interest Cost

     1,380       1,076       877  

Actuarial Loss

     4,270       880       6,337  

Plan Amendments

     —         —         (153 )

Benefits Paid

     (691 )     (762 )     (862 )
                        

Benefit Obligation at End of Year

     26,888       20,846       18,781  
                        

Change in Plan Assets

      

Fair Value of Plan Assets at End of Year

     N/A       N/A       N/A  
                        

Funded Status at End of Year

   $ (26,888 )   $ (20,846 )   $ (18,781 )
                        

Amounts Recognized in the Balance Sheet

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet at December 31 consist of the following:

 

     2008     2007     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Current Liabilities

   $ (642 )   $ (642 )   $ (577 )

Long-Term Liabilities

     (26,246 )     (20,204 )     (18,204 )
                        
   $ (26,888 )   $ (20,846 )   $ (18,781 )
                        

Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31 consist of the following:

 

     2008    2007    2006
     (In thousands)

Transition Obligation

   $ 1,895    $ 2,527    $ 3,159

Prior Service Cost

     666      1,618      2,570

Net Actuarial Loss

     8,214      4,392      3,705
                    
   $ 10,775    $ 8,537    $ 9,434
                    

The estimated net obligation at transition, prior service cost and net loss for the defined benefit postretirement plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic postretirement cost over the next fiscal year are $0.6 million, $0.7 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

 

79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

 

       2008     2007     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Components of Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost

      

Current Year Service Cost

   $ 1,083     $ 871     $ 789  

Interest Cost

     1,380       1,076       877  

Amortization of Prior Service Cost

     952       952       952  

Amortization of Net Obligation at Transition

     632       632       632  

Amortization of Net Loss

     448       193       32  
                        

SFAS 106 Net Periodic Postretirement Cost

     4,495       3,724       3,282  
                        

Recognized Curtailment Gain

     —         —         (86 )
                        

SFAS 88 Cost

     —         —         (86 )
                        

Total SFAS 106 and SFAS 88 Cost

   $ 4,495     $ 3,724     $ 3,196  
                        

Other Changes in Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

      

Net Loss

   $ 4,270     $ 880       N/A  

Amortization of Prior Service Cost

     (952 )     (952 )     N/A  

Amortization of Net Obligation at Transition

     (632 )     (632 )     N/A  

Amortization of Net Loss

     (448 )     (193 )     N/A  
                        

Total Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

     2,238       (897 )     N/A  
                        

Total Recognized in Qualified Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other Comprehensive Income

   $ 6,733     $ 2,827       N/A  
                        

Assumptions

Assumptions used to determine projected postretirement benefit obligations and postretirement costs are as follows:

 

     2008     2007     2006  

Discount Rate (1)

   5.75 %   6.00 %   5.75 %

Health Care Cost Trend Rate for Medical Benefits Assumed for Next Year

   9.00 %   9.00 %   8.00 %

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the Ultimate Trend Rate)

   5.00 %   5.00 %   5.00 %

Year that the rate reaches the Ultimate Trend Rate

   2013     2012     2010  

 

(1)

Represents the year end rates used to determine the projected benefit obligation. To compute postretirement cost in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, the beginning of year discount rates of 6.0%, 5.75% and 5.5% were used.

Coverage provided to participants age 65 and older is under a fully-insured arrangement. The Company subsidy is limited to 60% of the expected annual fully-insured premium for participants age 65 and older. For all participants under age 65, the Company subsidy for all retiree medical and prescription drug benefits, beginning January 1, 2006, was limited to an aggregate annual amount not to exceed $648,000. This limit increases by 3.5% annually thereafter. The Company prepaid the life insurance premiums for all retirees retiring before January 1, 2006 eliminating all future premiums for retiree life insurance. A life insurance product is offered to employees allowing employees to continue coverage into retirement by paying the premiums directly to the life insurance provider.

 

80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Assumed health care cost trend rates may have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

 

     1-Percentage-
Point Increase
   1-Percentage-
Point Decrease
 
     (In thousands)  

Effect on total of service and interest cost

   $ 453    $ (366 )

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

     4,145      (3,403 )

Cash Flows

Contributions

The Company expects to contribute approximately $0.8 million to the postretirement benefit plan in 2009.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following estimated benefit payments under the Company’s postretirement plans, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid as follows:

 

       (In thousands)

2009

   $ 824

2010

     883

2011

     974

2012

     1,089

2013

     1,245

Years 2014 - 2018

     8,724

The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the Act) introduced a prescription drug benefit under Medicare as well as a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health care benefit plans that provide a benefit that is at least actuarially equivalent to certain Medicare benefits. In accordance with FSP No. FAS 106-2, “Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003”, any measures of the accumulated plan benefit obligation or net periodic postretirement benefit cost in the financial statements or accompanying notes do not reflect the effects of the Act on the Company’s plan. As amended by the Company on January 1, 2006, the postretirement benefit plan excludes prescription drug benefits to participants age 65 and older. Due to this amendment, FSP No. 106-2 did not have an impact on operating results, financial position or cash flows of the Company.

Savings Investment Plan

The Company has a Savings Investment Plan (SIP), which is a defined contribution plan. The Company matches a portion of employees’ contributions in cash. Participation in the SIP is voluntary, and all regular employees of the Company are eligible to participate. The Company charged to expense plan contributions of $2.2 million, $2.0 million and $1.8 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company matches employee contributions dollar-for-dollar on the first six percent of an employee’s pretax earnings. The Company’s common stock is an investment option within the SIP.

Deferred Compensation Plan

In 1998, the Company established a Deferred Compensation Plan. This plan is available to officers of the Company and acts as a supplement to the Savings Investment Plan. If the employee’s base salary and bonus deferrals cause the employee to not receive the full six percent company match to the Savings Investment Plan,

 

81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the Company will make a contribution annually into the Deferred Compensation Plan to ensure that the employee receives a full matching contribution from the Company. Unlike the SIP, the Deferred Compensation Plan does not have dollar limits on tax deferred contributions. However, the assets of this plan are held in a rabbi trust and are subject to additional risk of loss in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company.

The officer participants guide the diversification of trust assets. The trust assets are invested in either mutual funds that cover the investment spectrum from equity to money market, or may include holdings of the Company’s common stock, which is funded by the issuance of shares to the trust. The mutual funds are publicly traded, have market prices that are readily available and are reported at market value. Settlement payments are made to participants in cash, either in a lump sum or in periodic installments. The market value of the trust assets, excluding the Company’s common stock, was $8.7 million and $9.7 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and is included within Other Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Related liabilities, including the Company’s common stock, totaled $14.5 million and $16.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and are included within Other Liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. There is no impact on earnings or earnings per share from the changes in market value of the deferred compensation plan assets, excluding the Company’s common stock, because the changes in market value of the trust assets are offset completely by changes in the value of the liability, which represents trust assets belonging to plan participants.

The Company’s common stock held in the rabbi trust is recorded at the market value on the date of deferral, which totaled $9.5 million and $6.3 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively and is included within Additional Paid-in Capital in Stockholders’ Equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. As of December 31 2008, 256,400 shares of the Company’s stock representing vested performance share awards were deferred into the rabbi trust. During 2008, a reduction to the rabbi trust deferred compensation liability of $4.8 million was recognized, representing the decrease in the closing price of the shares held in the rabbi trust from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008. This reduction in stock-based compensation expense was included in General and Administrative expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The Company common stock issued to the trust is not considered outstanding for purposes of calculating basic earnings per share, but is considered a common stock equivalent in the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

The Company charged to expense plan contributions of less than $20,000 in each of 2008, 2007 and 2006.

6. Income Taxes

Income tax expense / (benefit) is summarized as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
       2008    2007     2006
     (In thousands)

Current

       

Federal

   $ 2,631    $ (1,424 )   $ 123,155

State

     30      (3,619 )     14,164
                     

Total

     2,661      (5,043 )     137,319
                     

Deferred

       

Federal

     116,127      91,257       49,911

State

     5,545      3,895       2,100
                     

Total

     121,672      95,152       52,011
                     

Total Income Tax Expense

   $ 124,333    $ 90,109     $ 189,330
                     

 

82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Total income taxes were different than the amounts computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2008     2007     2006  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate

     35 %     35 %     35 %

Computed “Expected” Federal Income Tax

   $ 117,468     $ 90,137     $ 178,818  

State Income Tax, Net of Federal Income Tax Benefit

     6,581       5,452       14,494  

Qualified Production Activities Deduction (1)

     1,174       —         (2,327 )

Benefit Related to Favorable State Tax Determination (2)

     —         (2,831 )     —    

Deferred Tax Benefit Related to Reduction in Overall State Tax Rate

     (1,453 )     (1,378 )     (2,605 )

Other, Net

     563       (1,271 )     950  
                        

Total Income Tax Expense

   $ 124,333     $ 90,109     $ 189,330  
                        

 

(1)

Carryback of 2008 regular federal net operating losses reduces the 2006 Qualified Production Activities Deduction.

(2)

In November 2007, the Company received a favorable ruling letter related to the computation of income taxes for 2006.

The tax effects of temporary differences that resulted in significant portions of the deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets as of December 31 were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
       2008    2007
     (In thousands)

Deferred Tax Liabilities

     

Property, Plant and Equipment

   $ 644,347    $ 472,444

Items Accrued for Financial Reporting Purposes

     6,540      5,395

Other Comprehensive Income

     132,474      7,861
             

Total

     783,361      485,700
             

Deferred Tax Assets

     

Alternative Minimum Tax Credit

     17,764      8,587

Net Operating Loss

     40,339      22,170

Items Accrued for Financial Reporting Purposes

     40,472      35,193

Other Comprehensive Income

     21,695      8,353
             

Total

     120,270      74,303
             

Net Deferred Tax Liabilities

   $ 663,091    $ 411,397
             

As of December 31, 2008, the Company had incurred net operating losses for regular income tax reporting purposes of $153.4 million that it expects to utilize against 2006 taxable income. These losses include $36.1 million of excess tax deductions pursuant to SFAS No. 123(R) not included as deferred tax assets, the benefit of which cannot be recognized until the deductions reduce taxes payable. The Company also had net operating loss carryforwards of $170.7 million for state income tax reporting purposes, the majority of which will expire between 2016 and 2028. It is more likely than not that these deferred tax benefits will be utilized prior to their expiration.

Uncertain Tax Positions

In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109.” This Interpretation provides guidance for recognizing and measuring uncertain tax

 

83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

positions as defined in SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FIN 48 prescribes a two-step process for accounting for income tax uncertainties. First, a threshold condition of “more likely than not” should be met to determine whether any of the benefit of the uncertain tax position should be recognized in the financial statements. If the recognition threshold is met, FIN 48 provides additional guidance on measuring the amount of the uncertain tax position. Under FIN 48, the Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Guidance is also provided regarding derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, interim period accounting, transition and increased disclosure of these uncertain tax position. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006.

The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized no change to the liability for unrecognized tax benefits.

The Company recognizes accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions in Interest Expense and Other and accrued penalties related to such positions in General and Administrative expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations, which is consistent with the recognition of these items in prior reporting periods. As of December 31, 2008, the Company determined that no accrual for penalties was required.

As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits were $0.5 million and $2.4 million, respectively. These amounts, if recognized, would not have a significant impact on the effective tax rate.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
       2008     2007  
     (In thousands)  

Unrecognized tax benefit balance at beginning of year

   $ 2,425     $ 1,029  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     —         —    

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     —         1,415  

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     (1,925 )     (19 )

Settlements

     —         —    
                

Unrecognized tax benefit balance at end of year

   $ 500     $ 2,425  
                

During 2008, the Company executed a final settlement agreement with the Internal Revenue Service that reduced unrecognized tax benefits by $1.9 million. This reduction did not affect the effective tax rate. The amount of remaining unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2008, if recognized, would not have a significant impact on the effective tax rate. It is possible that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change in the next twelve months. The Company does not expect that a change would have a significant impact on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various states and Canada. The Company is no longer subject to examinations by state authorities before 2001. The Company is currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service for 2006.

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Firm Gas Transportation Agreements

The Company has incurred, and will incur over the next several years, demand charges on firm gas transportation agreements. These agreements provide firm transportation capacity rights on pipeline systems in

 

84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Canada, the West and East regions. The remaining terms on these agreements range from less than one year to approximately 20 years and require the Company to pay transportation demand charges regardless of the amount of pipeline capacity utilized by the Company. If the Company does not utilize the capacity, it can release it to others, thus reducing its potential liability.

Future obligations under firm gas transportation agreements in effect at December 31, 2008 are as follows:

 

       (In thousands)

2009

   $ 13,218

2010

     12,335

2011

     11,600

2012

     10,024

2013

     3,350

Thereafter

     44,143
      
   $ 94,670
      

Drilling Rig Commitments

The Company has eight drilling rigs in the Gulf Coast that are under contracts with initial terms of greater than one year. As of December 31, 2008, the Company is obligated under these contracts to pay $44.3 million over the next two years as follows:

 

       (In thousands)

2009

   $ 42,021

2010

     2,250
      
   $ 44,271
      

Lease Commitments

The Company leases certain transportation vehicles, warehouse facilities, office space, and machinery and equipment under cancelable and non-cancelable leases. The lease for the Company’s existing office in Houston expires in 2009. During 2008, the Company entered into a lease for new office space in Houston. The new lease will commence in August 2009 and will expire approximately six years from commencement. All other operating leases expire within the next five years, and some of these leases may be renewed. Rent expense under such arrangements totaled $14.6 million, $12.3 million and $10.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable leases in effect at December 31, 2008 are as follows:

 

       (In thousands)

2009

   $ 6,335

2010

     4,859

2011

     4,169

2012

     3,863

2013

     3,534

Thereafter

     5,926
      
   $ 28,686
      

 

85


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Contingencies

The Company is a defendant in various legal proceedings arising in the normal course of its business. All known liabilities are accrued based on management’s best estimate of the potential loss. While the outcome and impact of such legal proceedings on the Company cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that the resolution of these proceedings through settlement or adverse judgment will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or cash flow. Operating results, however, could be significantly impacted in the reporting periods in which such matters are resolved.

West Virginia Royalty Litigation

In December 2001, the Company was sued by two royalty owners in West Virginia state court for an unspecified amount of damages. The plaintiffs requested class certification and alleged that the Company failed to pay royalty based upon the wholesale market value of the gas, that the Company had taken improper deductions from the royalty and that it failed to properly inform royalty owners of the deductions. The plaintiffs also claimed that they are entitled to a 1/8th royalty share of the gas sales contract settlement that the Company reached with Columbia Gas Transmission Corporation in 1995 bankruptcy proceedings. The Court entered an order on June 1, 2005 granting the motion for class certification.

The parties reached a tentative settlement pursuant to which the Company paid a total of $12.0 million into a trust fund for disbursement to the class members upon final approval of the settlement by the Court. The court held the final fairness hearing on February 12, 2008 and approved the settlement, authorized the distribution of the funds to the class members and dismissed all claims against the Company with prejudice. These funds were disbursed in April 2008. Prior to the date of the Court’s final order approving the settlement, these restricted cash funds were held by a financial institution in West Virginia under the joint custody of the plaintiffs and the Company. The Company had provided a reserve sufficient to cover the amount agreed upon to settle this litigation. As of June 30, 2008, these funds had been paid out to the class members or were controlled by the Court. Accordingly, the Company had reduced Other Current Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. In the settlement, the Company and the class members also agreed to a methodology for payment of future royalties and the reporting format such methodology will take.

Commitment and Contingency Reserves

When deemed necessary, the Company establishes reserves for certain legal proceedings. The establishment of a reserve involves an estimation process that includes the advice of legal counsel and subjective judgment of management. While management believes these reserves to be adequate, it is reasonably possible that the Company could incur approximately $2.1 million of additional loss with respect to those matters in which reserves have been established. Future changes in the facts and circumstances could result in the actual liability exceeding the estimated ranges of loss and amounts accrued.

While the outcome and impact on the Company cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that the resolution of these proceedings through settlement or adverse judgment will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or cash flow of the Company. Operating results, however, could be significantly impacted in the reporting periods in which such matters are resolved.

Settlement of Dispute

In December 2008, the Company settled a dispute with a third party resulting in the Company’s recording a gain of $51.9 million, comprised of $20.2 million in cash paid by the third party to the Company and $31.7 million related to the fair value of unproved property rights received.

 

86


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

8. Cash Flow Information

Cash paid / (received) for interest and income taxes is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
       2008     2007     2006
     (In thousands)

Interest

   $ 23,089     $ 20,257     $ 24,088

Income Taxes

     (33,753 )     (20,099 )     128,752

9. Capital Stock

Incentive Plans

Under the Company’s 2004 Incentive Plan, incentive and non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights (SARs), stock awards, cash awards and performance awards may be granted to key employees, consultants and officers of the Company. Non-employee directors of the Company may be granted discretionary awards under the 2004 Incentive Plan consisting of stock options or stock awards. In the first quarter of 2007, the Board of Directors eliminated the automatic award of an option to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock on the date the non-employee directors first join the Board of Directors. In its place, the Board of Directors considers an annual fixed dollar stock award which is competitive with the Company’s peer group. A total of 5,100,000 shares of common stock may be issued under the 2004 Incentive Plan. Under the 2004 Incentive Plan, no more than 1,800,000 shares may be used for stock awards that are not subject to the achievement of performance based goals, and no more than 3,000,000 shares may be issued pursuant to incentive stock options.

Stock Issuance

On June 20, 2008, the Company entered into an underwriting agreement, pursuant to which the Company sold an aggregate of 5,002,500 shares of common stock at a price to the Company of $62.66 per share. This aggregate share amount included 652,500 shares of common stock that were issued as a result of the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. On June 25, 2008, the Company closed the public offering and received $313.5 million in net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. These net proceeds were used temporarily to reduce outstanding borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility prior to funding a portion of the purchase price of the Company’s east Texas acquisition, which closed in the third quarter of 2008.

Immediately prior to (and in connection with) this issuance, the Company retired 5,002,500 shares of its treasury stock, which had a weighted-average purchase price of $16.46, representing $82.3 million. In accordance with the Company’s policy, the excess of cost of the treasury stock over its par value was charged entirely to additional paid-in capital.

Stock Split

On February 23, 2007, the Board of Directors declared a 2-for-1 split of the Company’s common stock in the form of a stock distribution. The stock dividend was distributed on March 30, 2007 to stockholders of record on March 16, 2007. All common stock accounts and per share data have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the 2-for-1 split of the Company’s common stock.

Increase in Authorized Shares

On May 4, 2006, the stockholders of the Company approved an increase in the authorized number of shares of common stock from 80 million to 120 million shares. The Company correspondingly increased the number of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock reserved for issuance from 800,000 to 1,200,000. The shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock are issuable pursuant to the Preferred Stock Purchase Rights Plan described below.

 

87


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Treasury Stock

The Board of Directors has authorized a share repurchase program under which the Company may purchase shares of common stock in the open market or in negotiated transactions. The timing and amount of these stock purchases are determined at the discretion of management. The Company may use the repurchased shares to fund stock compensation programs presently in existence, or for other corporate purposes. All purchases executed to date have been through open market transactions. There is no expiration date associated with the authorization to repurchase securities of the Company.

During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company did not repurchase any shares of common stock. Since the authorization date, the Company has repurchased 5,204,700 shares, or 52% of the 10 million total shares authorized for repurchase at December 31, 2008, for a total cost of approximately $85.7 million. The repurchased shares were held as treasury stock. No treasury shares have been delivered or sold by the Company subsequent to the repurchase. In connection with the June 2008 common stock issuance, the Company retired 5,002,500 shares of its treasury stock as discussed above under the heading “Stock Issuance.”

Dividend Restrictions

The Board of Directors of the Company determines the amount of future cash dividends, if any, to be declared and paid on the common stock depending on, among other things, the Company’s financial condition, funds from operations, the level of its capital and exploration expenditures, and its future business prospects. None of the note or credit agreements in place have a restricted payment provision or other provision limiting dividends.

Purchase Rights

On January 21, 1991, the Board of Directors adopted the Preferred Stock Purchase Rights Plan and declared a dividend distribution of one right for each outstanding share of common stock. On December 8, 2000, the rights agreement for the plan was amended and restated to extend the term of the plan to 2010 and to make other changes. Each right becomes exercisable when any person or group has acquired or made a tender or exchange offer for beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the Company’s outstanding common stock. Each right entitles the holder, other than the acquiring person or group, to purchase a fraction of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (Junior Preferred Stock). After a person or group acquires beneficial ownership of 15% of the common stock, each right entitles the holder to purchase common stock or other property having a market value (as defined in the plan) of twice the exercise price of the right. An exception to this triggering event applies in the case of a tender or exchange offer for all outstanding shares of common stock determined to be fair and in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders by a majority of the independent directors. Under certain circumstances, the Board of Directors may opt to exchange one share of common stock for each exercisable right. If there is a 15% holder and the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination in which it is not the survivor, or 50% or more of the Company’s assets or earning power are sold or transferred, each right entitles the holder to purchase common stock of the acquiring company with a market value (as defined in the plan) equal to twice the exercise price of each right. At December 31, 2008 there were no shares of Junior Preferred Stock issued or outstanding.

The rights expire on January 21, 2010, and may be redeemed by the Company at any time before a person or group acquires beneficial ownership of 15% of the common stock.

As a result of stock splits in 2005 and 2007, each share of common stock continues to include one right under the Company’s Preferred Stock Purchase Rights Plan, and each right now provides for the purchase, upon the occurrence of the conditions set forth in the plan, of one-third of one one-hundredth of a share of preferred stock at a purchase price of approximately $18.33 per one-third of one one-hundredth of a share (or $55 for each one one-hundredth of a share). The redemption price of each right is now one-third of a cent.

 

88


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

10. Stock-Based Compensation

Adoption of SFAS No. 123(R)

Beginning January 1, 2006, the Company began accounting for stock-based compensation under SFAS No. 123(R), which applies to new awards and to awards modified, repurchased or cancelled after December 31, 2005. The Company recorded compensation expense based on the fair value of awards as described below.

Compensation expense charged against income for stock-based awards (including the supplemental employee incentive plans discussed below) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $34.5 million, $15.3 million and $21.2 million, pre-tax, respectively, and is included in General and Administrative Expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The $0.6 million ($0.4 million, net of tax) cumulative effect charge at adoption that was recorded in the first quarter of 2006 was due primarily to the recording of the liability component of the Company’s performance share awards at fair value, rather than intrinsic value.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company realized a $10.7 million tax benefit related to the 2007 federal tax deduction in excess of book compensation cost related to employee stock-based compensation. In accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), the Company is able to recognize this tax benefit only to the extent it reduces the Company’s income taxes payable. Such income tax benefit related to the stock-based compensation was recorded in 2008 as the Company carried back net operating losses concurrent with the 2007 tax return filing. For regular tax purposes, the Company was in a net operating loss position in 2008; thus the entire tax benefit related to 2008 employee stock-based compensation will be recorded only when the tax net operating loss is utilized to reduce income taxes payable or claim a refund of taxes paid in prior years. The Company did not recognize a tax benefit related to stock-based compensation in 2007 as a result of the tax net operating loss position for the year under the Alternative Minimum Tax system. A benefit of $9.5 million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2006 for tax deductions taken due to employee stock option exercises and restricted stock grant vesting. Under SFAS No. 123(R), the tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of expense are reported as an operating cash outflow and a financing cash inflow. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2006, $10.7 million and $9.5 million were reported in these two separate line items in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

During the third quarter of 2006, the Company adopted the provisions outlined under FSP FAS No. 123(R)-3, “Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards,” which discusses accounting for taxes for stock awards using the APIC Pool concept. The Company was not required to adopt this provision until January 1, 2007, one year from the adoption of 123(R); however, it chose early adoption. The Company made a one time election as prescribed under the FSP to use the shortcut approach to derive the initial windfall tax benefit pool. The Company chose to use a one-pool approach which combines all awards granted to employees, including non-employee directors.

Restricted Stock Awards

Most restricted stock awards vest either at the end of a three year service period, or on a graded-vesting basis of one-third at each anniversary date over a three year service period. Under the graded-vesting approach, the Company recognizes compensation cost over the three year requisite service period for each separately vesting tranche as though the awards are, in substance, multiple awards. For awards that vest at the end of the three year service period, expense is recognized ratably using a straight-line expensing approach over three years. A new award issued in 2008 partially vests at the end of a one year service period, with the remainder vesting at the end of four years. For all restricted stock awards, vesting is dependant upon the employees’ continued service with the Company, with the exception of employment termination due to death, disability or retirement.

The fair value of restricted stock grants is based on the average of the high and low stock price on the grant date. The maximum contractual term is four years. In accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), the Company accelerated the vesting period for retirement-eligible employees for purposes of recognizing compensation

 

89


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

expense in accordance with the vesting provisions of the Company’s stock-based compensation programs for awards issued after the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R). The Company used an annual forfeiture rate ranging from 0% to 7.2% based on approximately ten years of the Company’s history for this type of award to various employee groups.

The following table is a summary of restricted stock award activity for the year ended December 31, 2008:

 

Restricted Stock Awards

   Shares     Weighted-
Average
Grant
Date Fair
Value per
share
   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands) (1)

Non-vested shares outstanding at December 31, 2007

   483,494     $ 18.44      

Granted

   13,000       40.93      

Vested

   (400,454 )     16.24      

Forfeited

   (5,100 )     25.94      
              

Non-vested shares outstanding at December 31, 2008

   90,940     $ 30.92    2.3    $ 2,364
                        

 

(1)

The aggregate intrinsic value of restricted stock awards is calculated by multiplying the closing market price of the Company’s stock on December 31, 2008 by the number of non-vested restricted stock awards outstanding.

As shown in the table above, there were 13,000 shares of restricted stock granted to employees during 2008. Awards totaling 8,000 shares vest at the end of a one year service period, and awards totaling 5,000 shares vest at the end of a four year service period, both commencing in September 2008. This grant is amortized using a graded-vesting schedule. During the year ended December 31, 2007, 51,900 shares of restricted stock were granted to employees with a weighted-average grant date fair value per share of $32.92. During 2006, 93,700 restricted stock awards were granted with a weighted-average grant date fair value per share of $23.80. The total fair value of shares vested during 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $6.5 million, $5.2 million and $5.0 million, respectively.

Compensation expense recorded for all unvested restricted stock awards for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $1.5 million, $3.4 million and $6.1 million, respectively. Included in 2007 and 2006 restricted stock expense was $0.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively related to the immediate expensing of shares granted to retirement-eligible employees. Unamortized expense as of December 31, 2008 for all outstanding restricted stock awards was $1.2 million and will be recognized over the next 2.3 years.

Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock units are granted from time to time to non-employee directors of the Company. The fair value of these units is measured at the average of the high and low stock price on grant date and compensation expense is recorded immediately. These units immediately vest and are paid out when the director ceases to be a director of the Company. Due to the immediate vesting of the units and the unknown term of each director, the weighted-average remaining contractual term in years has been omitted from the table below.

 

90


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table is a summary of restricted stock unit activity for the year ended December 31, 2008:

 

Restricted Stock Units

   Shares     Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value per
share
   Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands) (1)

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

   85,052     $ 23.97   

Granted and fully vested

   16,565       49.17   

Issued

   (19,602 )     26.02   

Forfeited

   —         —     
           

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

   82,015     $ 28.57    $ 2,132
                   

 

(1)

The intrinsic value of restricted stock units is calculated by multiplying the closing market price of the Company’s stock on December 31, 2008 by the number of outstanding restricted stock units.

As shown in the table above, 16,565 restricted stock units were granted during 2008. During 2007, 24,654 restricted stock units were granted with a weighted-average grant date fair value per share of $35.49. During 2006, 34,440 restricted stock units were granted with a weighted-average grant date fair value per share of $25.41.

The compensation cost, which reflects the total fair value of these units, recorded in 2008 was $0.8 million. Compensation expense recorded during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 for restricted stock units was $0.9 million for both years.

Stock Options

Stock option awards are granted with an exercise price equal to the market price (defined as the average of the high and low trading prices of the Company’s stock at the date of grant) of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. During the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, there were no stock options granted. During 2006, 60,000 stock options, with an exercise price of $23.80 per share, were granted to two incoming non-employee directors of the Company in the first quarter of 2006.

Compensation cost is recorded based on a graded-vesting schedule as the options vest over a service period of three years, with one-third of the award becoming exercisable each year on the anniversary date of the grant. Stock options have a maximum contractual term of five years. No forfeiture rate is assumed for stock options granted to directors due to the forfeiture rate history for these types of awards for this group of individuals. Compensation expense recorded during 2008, 2007 and 2006 for these stock options was $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively. Unamortized expense as of December 31, 2008 for all outstanding stock options was less than $0.1 million. The weighted-average period over which this compensation will be recognized is approximately 0.2 years.

 

91


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The grant date fair value of a stock option is calculated by using a Black-Scholes model. The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes fair value calculation for stock options are as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2008    2007    2006  

Weighted-Average Value per Option Granted

        

During the Period (1)

   $ —      $ —      $ 7.32  

Assumptions

        

Stock Price Volatility

     —        —        31.5 %

Risk Free Rate of Return

     —        —        4.6 %

Expected Dividend

     —        —        0.3 %

Expected Term (in years)

     —        —        4.0  

 

(1)

Calculated using the Black-Scholes fair value based method.

The expected term was derived by reviewing minimum and maximum expected term outputs from the Black-Scholes model based on award type and employee type. This term represents the period of time that awards granted are expected to be outstanding. The stock price volatility was calculated using historical closing stock price data for the Company for the period associated with the expected term through the grant date of each award. The risk free rate of return percentages are based on the continuously compounded equivalent of the US Treasury (Nominal 10) within the expected term as measured on the grant date. The expected dividend percentage assumes that the Company will continue to pay a consistent level of dividend each quarter.

The following table is a summary of stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:

 

     2008    2007    2006

Stock Options

   Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

Outstanding at Beginning of Year

   388,950     $ 10.38    1,007,950     $ 9.03    1,826,696     $ 7.66

Granted

   —         —      —         —      60,000       23.80

Exercised

   (328,450 )     8.30    (619,000 )     8.18    (876,946 )     7.20

Forfeited or Expired

   —         —      —         —      (1,800 )     9.10
                          

Outstanding at December 31 (1)

   60,500     $ 21.69    388,950     $ 10.38    1,007,950     $ 9.03
                                      

Options Exercisable at December 31 (2)

   40,500     $ 20.65    348,950     $ 8.84    947,950     $ 8.09
                                      

 

(1)

The intrinsic value of a stock option is the amount by which the current market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the option. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding at December 31, 2008 was $0.3 million. The weighted-average remaining contractual term is 1.8 years.

(2)

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercisable at December 31, 2008 was $0.2 million. The weighted-average remaining contractual term is 1.7 years.

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $12.2 million, $19.9 million and $17.7 million, respectively.

Stock Appreciation Rights

Beginning in 2006, the Compensation Committee has granted SARs to employees. These awards allow the employee to receive any intrinsic value over the grant date market price that may result from the price

 

92


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

appreciation on a set number of common shares during the contractual term of seven years. All of these awards have graded-vesting features and will vest over a service period of three years, with one-third of the award becoming exercisable each year on the anniversary date of the grant. As these SARs are paid out in stock, rather than in cash, the Company calculates the fair value in the same manner as stock options, by using a Black-Scholes model.

The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes fair value calculation for SARs are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006  

Weighted-Average Value per Stock Appreciation Right

      

Granted During the Period (1)

   $ 15.18     $ 11.26     $ 7.09  

Assumptions

      

Stock Price Volatility

     34.4 %     32.6 %     31.6 %

Risk Free Rate of Return

     2.8 %     4.6 %     4.6 %

Expected Dividend

     0.2 %     0.2 %     0.3 %

Expected Term (in years)

     4.25       4.00       3.75  

 

(1)

Calculated using the Black-Scholes fair value based method.

These assumptions were derived using the same process as described in the “Stock Options” section above.

The following table is a summary of SAR activity for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:

 

     2008    2007    2006

Stock Appreciation Rights

   Shares    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Shares    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Shares    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

Outstanding at Beginning of Year

   372,800    $ 27.08    265,600    $ 23.80    —      $ —  

Granted

   119,130      48.48    107,200      35.22    265,600      23.80

Exercised

   —        —      —        —      —        —  

Forfeited or Expired

   —        —      —        —      —        —  
                       

Outstanding at December 31 (1)

   491,930    $ 32.26    372,800    $ 27.08    265,600    $ 23.80
                                   

SARs Exercisable at December 31 (2)

   212,790    $ 25.72    88,526    $ 23.80    —      $ —  
                                   

 

(1)

The intrinsic value of a SAR is the amount by which the current market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the SAR. The aggregate intrinsic value of SARs outstanding at December 31, 2008 was $0.6 million. The weighted-average remaining contractual term is 4.9 years.

(2)

The aggregate intrinsic value of SARs exercisable at December 31, 2008 was $0.4 million. The weighted-average remaining contractual term is 4.3 years.

As shown in the table above, the Compensation Committee granted 119,130 SARs to employees during 2008 with an exercise price equal to the grant date market price of $48.48. The grant date fair value of these SARs was $15.18 per share. Compensation expense recorded during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 for all outstanding SARs was $1.7 million, $1.5 million and $1.0 million, respectively. Included in both 2008 and 2007 expense was $0.5 million related to the immediate expensing of shares granted to retirement-eligible employees. Unamortized expense as of December 31, 2008 for all outstanding SARs was $0.7 million. The weighted-average period over which this compensation will be recognized is approximately 1.9 years.

 

93


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Performance Share Awards

During 2008, the Compensation Committee granted three types of performance share awards to employees for a total of 383,065 performance shares. The performance period for two of the three types of these awards commenced on January 1, 2008 and ends December 31, 2010. Both of these types of awards vest at the end of the three year performance period.

Awards totaling 101,830 performance shares are earned, or not earned, based on the comparative performance of the Company’s common stock measured against sixteen other companies in the Company’s peer group over a three year performance period. The grant date per share value of the equity portion of this award was $41.53. Depending on the Company’s performance, employees may receive an aggregate of up to 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock payable in common stock plus up to 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock payable in cash.

Awards totaling 191,400 performance shares were granted and are earned, or not earned, based on the Company’s internal performance metrics rather than performance compared to a peer group. As of December 31, 2008, 175,500 shares of this award are outstanding. The grant date per share value of this award was $48.48. These awards represent the right to receive up to 100% of the award in shares of common stock. The actual number of shares issued at the end of the performance period will be determined based on the Company’s performance against three performance criteria set by the Company’s Compensation Committee. An employee will earn one-third of the award granted for each internal performance metric that the Company meets at the end of the performance period. These performance criteria measure the Company’s average production, average finding costs and average reserve replacement over three years. Based on the Company’s probability assessment at December 31, 2008, it is considered probable that these three criteria will be met.

The third type of performance share award, totaling 89,835 performance shares, with a grant date per share value of $48.48, has a three-year graded vesting schedule, vesting one-third on each anniversary date following the date of grant, provided that the Company has positive operating income for the year preceding the vesting date. If the Company does not have positive operating income for the year preceding a vesting date, then the portion of the performance shares that would have vested on that date will be forfeited. As of December 31, 2008, it is considered probable that this performance metric will be met.

For all awards granted to employees after January 1, 2006, an annual forfeiture rate ranging from 0% to 4.5% has been assumed based on the Company’s history for this type of award to various employee groups.

For awards that are based on the internal metrics (performance condition) of the Company and for awards that were granted prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) on January 1, 2006, fair value is measured based on the average of the high and low stock price of the Company on grant date and expense is amortized over the three year vesting period. To determine the fair value for awards that were granted after January 1, 2006 that are based on the Company’s comparative performance against a peer group (market condition), the equity and liability components are bifurcated. On the grant date, the equity component was valued using a Monte Carlo binomial model and is amortized on a straight-line basis over three years. The liability component is valued at each reporting period by using a Monte Carlo binomial model.

The four primary inputs for the Monte Carlo model are the risk-free rate, volatility of returns, correlation in movement of total shareholder return and the expected dividend. The risk-free rate was generated from the Federal Reserve website for constant maturity treasuries for one and two year bonds and is set equal to the yield, for the period over the remaining duration of the performance period, on treasury securities as of the reporting date. Volatility was set equal to the annualized daily volatility measured over a historic one and two year period ending on the reporting date. Correlation in movement of total shareholder return was determined based on a correlation matrix that was created which identifies total shareholder return correlations for each pair of companies in the peer group, including the Company. The paired returns in the correlation matrix ranged from approximately 71% to approximately 89% for the Company and its peer group. The expected dividend is calculated using the total Company dividends paid ($0.12 for 2008) divided by the December 31, 2008 closing

 

94


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

price of the Company’s stock ($26.00). Based on these inputs discussed above, a ranking was projected identifying the Company’s rank relative to the peer group for each award period.

The following assumptions were used as of December 31, 2008 for the Monte Carlo model to value the liability components of the peer group measured performance share awards. The equity portion of the award was valued on the date of grant using the Monte Carlo model and this portion was not marked to market.

 

     December 31,
2008

Risk Free Rate of Return

   0.4% -   0.8%

Stock Price Volatility

   61.8% - 81.9%

Expected Dividend

   0.5%

The Monte Carlo value per share for the liability component for all outstanding market condition performance share awards ranged from $9.84 to $17.42 at December 31, 2008. The long-term liability for all market condition performance share awards, included in Other Liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The short-term liability, included in Accrued Liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, at December 31, 2008 and 2007, for certain market condition performance share awards was $2.5 million and $5.5 million, respectively.

On December 31, 2008, the performance period ended for two types of performance shares awarded in 2006, including 155,800 shares measured based on internal performance metrics of the Company and 105,800 shares measured based on the Company’s performance against a peer group. For the internal performance metric awards, the calculation of the average of the three years of the Company’s three internal performance metrics was completed in the first quarter of 2009 and was certified by the Compensation Committee in February 2009. As the Company achieved the three internal performance metrics, 100% of the award, valued at $3.7 million based on the average of the high and low stock price on the grant date, was payable in 155,800 shares of common stock. For the peer group awards, due to the ranking of the Company compared to its peers in its predetermined peer group, 100% of the award, valued at $1.7 million based on the Monte Carlo value on the grant date, was payable in 105,800 shares of common stock and an additional 67%, equal to two-thirds of the total value of the award, calculated by using the high and low stock price on December 31, 2008 multiplied by the number of performance shares earned, or $1.8 million, was payable in cash. This cash amount was paid in January 2009. The calculation of the award payout was certified by the Compensation Committee on January 5, 2009. The vesting of both types of shares discussed above will be reported in the first quarter of 2009.

The following table is a summary of performance share award activity for the year ended December 31, 2008:

 

Performance Share Awards

  Shares     Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value per share (1)
  Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands) (2)

Non-vested shares outstanding at December 31, 2007

  867,700     $ 25.38    

Granted

  383,065       46.63    

Vested

  (249,990 )     18.55    

Forfeited

  (37,000 )     36.60    
           

Non-vested shares outstanding at December 31, 2008

  963,775     $ 35.17   1.6   $ 25,058
                     

 

(1)

The fair value figures in this table represent the fair value of the equity component of the performance share awards.

(2)

The aggregate intrinsic value of performance share awards is calculated by multiplying the closing market price of the Company’s stock on December 31, 2008 by the number of non-vested performance share awards outstanding.

 

95


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Of the performance shares that vested during 2008 shown in the table above, 207,800 shares were granted in 2005 and were market condition awards which provided that employees may receive an aggregate of up to 100% of a share of common stock payable in common stock plus up to 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock payable in cash. As a result of the Company’s ranking on the vesting date, 100% of the shares were paid in common stock and an additional 67% of the fair market value of each share of common stock, or $7.9 million, was paid in cash during the second quarter of 2008. Another 30,790 shares vested during 2008 and represent one-third of the three-year graded vesting schedule performance share awards granted in 2007 with a grant date per share value of $35.22. These awards met the performance criteria that the Company had positive operating income for the 2007 year. The remaining 11,400 shares vested as a result of the death of an employee of the Company.

During the year ended December 31, 2007, 387,100 performance share awards were granted with a weighted-average grant date fair value per share of $34.08. During the year ended December 31, 2006, 285,500 performance share awards were granted with a weighted-average grant date fair value per share of $21.07. During the year ended December 31, 2007, 450,000 performance shares vested related to the performance period commencing on January 1, 2004 and ending on December 31, 2007. During the year ended December 31, 2006, 30,600 performance shares vested as a result of the death of one of the Company’s officers. During 2007 and 2006, 9,500 and 7,100 performance shares, respectively, were forfeited.

Total unamortized compensation cost related to the equity component of performance shares at December 31, 2008 was $13.5 million and will be recognized over the next 1.6 years, computed by using the weighted-average of the time in years remaining to recognize unamortized expense. Total compensation cost recognized for both the equity (including the cumulative effect) and liability components of performance share awards during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $14.5 million, $9.4 million and $12.9 million, respectively.

Supplemental Employee Incentive Plans

On January 16, 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a Supplemental Employee Incentive Plan. The plan was intended to provide a compensation tool tied to stock market value creation to serve as an incentive and retention vehicle for full-time non-officer employees by providing for cash payments in the event the Company’s common stock reaches a specified trading price.

The bonus payout was triggered if, for any 20 trading days (which need not be consecutive) that fell within a period of 60 consecutive trading days occurring on or before November 1, 2011, the closing price per share of the Company’s common stock equaled or exceeded the price goal of $60 per share. In such event, the 20th trading day on which such price condition was attained is the “Final Trigger Date.” Under the plan, each eligible employee would receive a minimum distribution of 50% of his or her base salary as of the Final Trigger Date, as adjusted for persons hired after December 31, 2007 to reflect calendar quarters of service, reduced by any interim distribution previously paid to such employee upon the achievement of the interim price goal discussed below. The Committee was authorized, in its discretion, to allocate to eligible employees additional distributions, subject to limitations of the plan.

The plan also provided that an interim distribution would be paid to eligible employees upon achieving the interim price goal of $50 per share prior to December 31, 2009. Interim distributions were determined as described above except that interim distributions were based on 10%, rather than 50%, of salary.

On the January 16, 2008 adoption date of the plan, the Company’s closing stock price was $40.71. On April 8, 2008 and subsequently on June 2, 2008, the Company achieved the interim and final target goals and total distributions of $15.7 million were paid in 2009. No further distributions will be made under this plan.

 

96


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

On July 24, 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a second Supplemental Employee Incentive Plan (“Plan II”). Plan II is also intended to provide a compensation tool tied to stock market value creation to serve as an incentive and retention vehicle for full-time non-officer employees by providing for cash payments in the event the Company’s common stock reaches a specified trading price.

Plan II provides for a final payout if, for any 20 trading days (which need not be consecutive) that fall within a period of 60 consecutive trading days ending on or before June 20, 2012, the closing price per share of the Company’s common stock equals or exceeds the price goal of $105 per share. In such event, the 20th trading day on which such price condition is attained is the “Final Trigger Date.” The price goal is subject to adjustment by the Compensation Committee to reflect any stock splits, stock dividends or extraordinary cash distributions to stockholders. Under Plan II, each eligible employee may receive (upon approval by the Compensation Committee) a distribution of 50% of his or her base salary as of the Final Trigger Date (or 30% of base salary if the Company paid interim distributions upon the achievement of the interim price goal discussed below).

Plan II provides that a distribution of 20% of an eligible employee’s base salary as of the Interim Trigger Date will be made (upon approval by the Compensation Committee) upon achieving the interim price goal of $85 per share on or before June 30, 2010. Interim distributions are determined as described above except that interim distributions will be based on 20%, rather than 50%, of salary. The Compensation Committee can increase the 50% or 20% payment as it applies to any employee.

Payments under either the interim or final distribution will occur as follows:

 

 

 

25% of the total distribution paid on the 15 th business day following the interim or final trigger date, as applicable, and

 

   

75% of the total distribution paid based on the following deferred payment dates in the table below:

 

Period During which the Trigger Date Occurs

  

Deferred Payment Date

July 1, 2008 to June 30, 2009

   The business day on or next following the 18 month anniversary of the applicable Trigger Date

July 1, 2009 to June 30, 2010

   The business day on or next following the 12 month anniversary of the applicable Trigger Date

July 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010

   The business day on or next following the 6 month anniversary of the applicable Trigger Date

January 1, 2011 to June 30, 2012

   No deferral; entire payment is made on the 15 th business day following the applicable Trigger Date

Any deferred portion will only be paid if the participant is employed by the Company, or has terminated employment by reason of retirement, death or disability (as provided in Plan II). Payments are subject to certain other restrictions contained in Plan II.

These awards under both plans discussed above have been accounted for as liability awards under SFAS No. 123(R), and the total expense for 2008 was $15.9 million.

11. Financial Instruments

Adoption of SFAS No. 157

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” which establishes a formal framework for measuring fair values of assets and liabilities in financial statements that are already required by United States generally accepted accounting principles to be measured at fair value. SFAS No. 157 clarifies guidance in FASB Concepts Statement (CON) No. 7 which discusses present value techniques in measuring fair value. Additional disclosures are also required for transactions measured at fair value. SFAS

 

97


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157,” which granted a one year deferral (to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years) for certain non-financial assets and liabilities to comply with SFAS No. 157. The Company adopted the provisions of FAS No. 157 covered under FSP No. 157-2 on January 1, 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of implementation with respect to nonfinancial assets and liabilities measured on a nonrecurring basis on its consolidated financial statements, which will primarily be limited to asset impairments including goodwill, other long-lived assets, asset retirement obligations and assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination, if any. Additionally, in February 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 157-1, “Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13,” which amends SFAS No. 157 to exclude SFAS No. 13 and related pronouncements that address fair value measurements for purposes of lease classification and measurement. FSP No. FAS 157-1 is effective upon the initial adoption of SFAS No. 157. The Company has adopted SFAS No. 157 and FSP No. FAS 157-1 discussed above, and there was no impact on its financial position or results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008.

In October 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 157-3, “Estimating the Fair Value of a Financial Asset in a Market That Is Not Active” to amend SFAS No. 157 to provide guidance regarding how to determine the fair value of a financial asset when there is no active market for the asset at the measurement date. FSP No. FAS 157-3 clarifies how management’s internal assumptions, such as internal cash flow and discount rate assumptions, should be considered in measuring fair value when observable data are not present. In addition, observable market information from an inactive market should be considered to determine fair value, and it is inappropriate to conclude that all market activity represents forced liquidations or distressed sales or to conclude that any transaction price can determine fair value. The use of broker quotes and pricing services should also be considered to assess the relevance of observable and unobservable data. When valuing financial assets, significant judgment is required. FSP No. FAS 157-3 was effective upon issuance and has been considered in conjunction with the Company’s 2008 financial reporting and results; there was no material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008.

As defined in SFAS No. 157, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The transaction is based on a hypothetical transaction in the principal or most advantageous market considered from the perspective of the market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability.

The valuation techniques that can be used under SFAS No. 157 are the market approach, income approach or cost approach. The market approach uses prices and other information for market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities, such as matrix pricing. The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single discounted present value amount based on current market conditions about those future amounts, such as present value techniques, option pricing models (i.e. Black-Scholes model) and binomial models (i.e. Monte-Carlo model). The cost approach is based on current replacement cost to replace an asset.

The Company utilizes market data or assumptions that market participants who are independent, knowledgeable and willing and able to transact would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable, market corroborated or generally unobservable. The Company attempts to utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The Company is able to classify fair value balances based on the observability of those inputs. SFAS No. 157 establishes a formal fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to level 1 measurements and the lowest priority to level 3 measurements, and accordingly, level 1 measurements should be used whenever possible.

 

98


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The three levels of the fair value hierarchy as defined by SFAS No. 157 are as follows:

 

   

Level 1: Valuations utilizing quoted, unadjusted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Company has the ability to access. This is the most reliable evidence of fair value and does not require a significant degree of judgment. Examples include exchange-traded derivatives and listed equities that are actively traded.

 

   

Level 2: Valuations utilizing quoted prices in markets that are not considered to be active or financial instruments for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Financial instruments that are valued using models or other valuation methodologies are included. Models used should primarily be industry-standard models that consider various assumptions and economic measures, such as interest rates, yield curves, time value, volatilities, contract terms, current market prices, credit risk or other market-corroborated inputs. Examples include most over-the-counter derivatives (non-exchange traded), physical commodities, most structured notes and municipal and corporate bonds.

 

   

Level 3: Valuations utilizing significant, unobservable inputs. This provides the least objective evidence of fair value and requires a significant degree of judgment. Inputs may be used with internally developed methodologies and should reflect an entity’s assumptions using the best information available about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Examples include certain corporate loans, real-estate and private equity investments and long-dated or complex over-the-counter derivatives.

Depending on the particular asset or liability, input availability can vary depending on factors such as product type, longevity of a product in the market and other particular transaction conditions. In some cases, certain inputs used to measure fair value may be categorized into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. For disclosure purposes under SFAS No. 157, the lowest level that contains significant inputs used in valuation should be chosen. Per SFAS No. 157, the Company has classified its assets and liabilities into these levels depending upon the data relied on to determine the fair values. The fair values of the Company’s natural gas and crude oil price collars and swaps are designated as Level 3.

The following fair value hierarchy table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2008:

 

       Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
   Balance as of
December 31,
2008
     (In thousands)

Assets

           

Rabbi Trust Deferred Compensation Plan

   $ 8,651    $ —      $ —      $ 8,651

Derivative Contracts

     —        —        355,202      355,202
                           

Total Assets

   $ 8,651    $ —      $ 355,202    $ 363,853
                           

Liabilities

           

Rabbi Trust Deferred Compensation Plan

   $ 14,531    $ —      $ —      $ 14,531

Derivative Contracts

     —        —        —        —  
                           

Total Liabilities

   $ 14,531    $ —      $ —      $ 14,531
                           

The determination of the fair values above incorporates various factors required under SFAS No. 157. These factors include not only the credit standing of the counterparties involved in transactions with the Company resulting in receivables on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet, but also the impact of the Company’s nonperformance risk on its liabilities.

 

99


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of changes for year ended December 31, 2008 in the fair value of financial assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy:

 

       (In thousands)  

Balance as of December 31, 2007

   $ 7,272 (1)

Total Gains or (Losses) (Realized or Unrealized):

  

Included in Earnings (2)

     13,021  

Included in Other Comprehensive Income

     347,930  

Purchases, Issuances and Settlements

     (13,021 )

Transfers In and/or Out of Level 3

     —    
        

Balance as of December 31, 2008

   $ 355,202  
        

 

(1)

Net derivatives for Level 3 at December 31, 2007 included derivative assets of $12.7 million and derivative liabilities of $5.4 million.

(2)

All gains included in earnings were realized.

The derivative contracts were measured based on quotes from the Company’s counterparties. Such quotes have been derived using a Black-Scholes model that considers various inputs including current market and contractual prices for the underlying instruments, quoted forward prices for natural gas and crude oil, volatility factors and interest rates, such as a LIBOR curve for a similar length of time as the derivative contract term. Although the Company utilizes multiple quotes to assess the reasonableness of its values, the Company has not attempted to obtain sufficient corroborating market evidence to support classifying these derivative contracts as Level 2. The Company measured the nonperformance risk of its counterparties by reviewing credit default swap spreads for the various financial institutions in which it has derivative transactions. The resulting reduction to the net receivable derivative contract position was $5.1 million. In times where the Company has net derivative contract liabilities, the nonperformance risk of the Company is evaluated using a market credit spread provided by the Company’s bank.

Fair Market Value of Financial Instruments

The estimated fair value of financial instruments is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged currently between willing parties. The carrying amounts reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheet for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value. The fair value of long-term debt is the estimated cost to acquire the debt, including a credit spread for the difference between the issue rate and the year end market rate. The credit spread is the Company’s default or repayment risk. The credit spread (premium or discount) is determined by comparing the Company’s fixed-rate notes to new issues (secured and unsecured) and secondary trades of similar size and credit statistics for both public and private debt. The fair value of all of the notes, excluding the credit facility, are based on interest rates currently available to the Company. The credit facility approximates fair value because this instrument bears interest at rates based on current market rates.

The Company uses available market data and valuation methodologies to estimate the fair value of debt. This disclosure is presented in accordance with SFAS No. 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” as well as SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” and does not impact the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

100


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
       Carrying
Amount
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Carrying
Amount
    Estimated
Fair Value
 
     (In thousands)  

Long-Term Debt

   $ 867,000     $ 807,508     $ 350,000     $ 364,500  

Current Maturities

     (35,857 )     (35,796 )     (20,000 )     (20,466 )
                                

Long-Term Debt, excluding Current Maturities

   $ 831,143     $ 771,712     $ 330,000     $ 344,034  
                                

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity

The Company periodically enters into derivative commodity instruments to hedge its exposure to price fluctuations on natural gas and crude oil production. The Company’s credit agreement restricts the ability of the Company to enter into commodity hedges other than to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Company has actual or projected exposure or as permitted under the Company’s risk management policies and not subjecting the Company to material speculative risks. At December 31, 2008, the Company had 26 cash flow hedges open: 14 natural gas price collar arrangements, 10 natural gas price swap arrangements and two crude oil price swap arrangements. At December 31, 2008, a $355.2 million ($223.1 million, net of tax) unrealized gain was recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income / (Loss), along with a $264.7 million short-term derivative receivable and a $90.5 million long-term derivative receivable. The change in the fair value of derivatives designated as hedges that is effective is initially recorded to Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income / (Loss). The ineffective portion of the change in the fair value of derivatives designated as hedges, and the change in fair value of all other derivatives, are recorded currently in earnings as a component of Natural Gas Production and Crude Oil and Condensate Revenue, as appropriate. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, there was no ineffectiveness recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

During the second quarter of 2008, in anticipation of the east Texas acquisition, the Company entered into 12 contracts for natural gas price swaps and three contracts for crude oil swaps (2009 and 2010 contracts included in the amounts discussed above) for the remainder of 2008 and extending through 2010 for the purpose of reducing commodity price risk associated with anticipated production after the transaction closing.

Based upon estimates at December 31, 2008, the Company would expect to reclassify to the Consolidated Statement of Operations, over the next 12 months, $166.2 million in after-tax income associated with commodity hedges. This reclassification represents the net short-term receivable associated with open positions currently not reflected in earnings at December 31, 2008 related to anticipated 2009 production.

Hedges on Production—Swaps

From time to time, the Company enters into natural gas and crude oil swap agreements with counterparties to hedge price risk associated with a portion of its production. These cash flow hedges are not held for trading purposes. Under these price swaps, the Company receives a fixed price on a notional quantity of natural gas or crude oil in exchange for paying a variable price based on a market-based index, such as the NYMEX gas and crude oil futures.

During 2008, natural gas price swaps covered 9,821 Mmcf, or 11%, of the Company’s 2008 gas production at an average price of $10.27 per Mcf. During 2008, the Company entered into natural gas price swaps covering a portion of its anticipated 2008, 2009 and 2010 production, including production related to the east Texas acquisition.

 

101


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

At December 31, 2008, the Company had open natural gas price swap contracts covering a portion of its anticipated 2009 and 2010 production as follows:

 

     Natural Gas Price Swaps

Contract Period

   Volume
in
Mmcf
   Weighted-
Average
Contract
Price
(per Mcf)
   Net
Unrealized
Gain
(In thousands)

Year Ended December 31, 2009

   16,079    $ 12.18    $ 90,267

Year Ended December 31, 2010

   19,295    $ 11.43    $ 70,345

The Company had one crude oil price swap covering 92 Mbbl, or 12%, of its 2008 production at a price of $127.15 per Bbl. During 2008, the Company entered into crude oil price swaps covering a portion of its anticipated 2008, 2009 and 2010 production. At December 31, 2008, the Company had open crude oil price swap contracts covering a portion of its anticipated 2009 and 2010 production as follows:

 

     Crude Oil Price Swaps

Contract Period

   Volume
in
Mbbl
   Contract
Price
(per Bbl)
   Net
Unrealized
Gain
(In thousands)

Year Ended December 31, 2009

   365    $ 125.25    $ 25,656

Year Ended December 31, 2010

   365    $ 125.00    $ 21,840

Hedges on Production—Options

From time to time, the Company enters into natural gas and crude oil collar agreements with counterparties to hedge price risk associated with a portion of its production. These cash flow hedges are not held for trading purposes. Under the collar arrangements, if the index price rises above the ceiling price, the Company pays the counterparty. If the index price falls below the floor price, the counterparty pays the Company. During 2008, natural gas price collars covered 54,173 Mmcf of the Company’s gas production, or 60% of gas production with a weighted-average floor of $8.53 per Mcf and a weighted-average ceiling of $10.70 per Mcf.

At December 31, 2008, the Company had open natural gas price collar contracts covering a portion of its anticipated 2009 production as follows:

 

 

     Natural Gas Price Collars

Contract Period

   Volume
in
Mmcf
   Weighted-
Average Ceiling/
Floor (per Mcf)
   Net
Unrealized
Gain
(In thousands)

Year Ended December 31, 2009

   47,253    $ 12.39 / $9.40    $ 152,191

During 2008, an oil price collar covered 366 Mbbls of the Company’s crude oil production, or 47% of its crude oil production, with a floor of $60.00 per Bbl and a ceiling of $80.00 per Bbl.

The Company is exposed to market risk on these open contracts, to the extent of changes in market prices of natural gas and crude oil. However, the market risk exposure on these hedged contracts is generally offset by the gain or loss recognized upon the ultimate sale of the commodity that is hedged.

The amounts set forth under the net unrealized gain columns in the tables above represent the Company’s total unrealized gain position at December 31, 2008. Also impacting the total unrealized net gain (reflecting the net receivable position) in accumulated other comprehensive income / (loss) in the Consolidated Balance Sheet is a reduction of $5.1 million related to the Company’s assessment of its counterparties’ nonperformance risk. This risk was evaluated by reviewing credit default swap spreads for the various financial institutions in which the Company has derivative transactions.

 

102


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The preceding paragraphs contain forward-looking information concerning future production and projected gains and losses, which may be impacted both by production and by changes in the future market prices of energy commodities. See “Forward-Looking Information” for further details.

Market Risk

The Company’s primary market risk is exposure to oil and natural gas prices. Realized prices are mainly driven by worldwide prices for oil and spot market prices for North American natural gas production. Commodity prices are volatile and unpredictable.

The debt and equity markets have recently experienced unfavorable conditions, which may affect the Company’s ability to access those markets. As a result of the volatility and disruption in the capital markets and the Company’s increased level of borrowings, it may experience increased costs associated with future borrowings and debt issuances. At this time, the Company does not believe its liquidity has been materially affected by the recent market events. The Company will continue to monitor events and circumstances surrounding each of its lenders in its revolving credit facility.

Credit Risk

Although notional contract amounts are used to express the volume of natural gas price agreements, the amounts that can be subject to credit risk in the event of non-performance by third parties are substantially smaller. The Company does not anticipate any material impact on its financial results due to non-performance by the third parties.

In 2008, one customer accounted for approximately 16% of the Company’s total sales. In 2007 and 2006, no customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total sales.

12. Asset Retirement Obligations

The Company records the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation in the period in which it is incurred if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The associated asset retirement cost is capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset. Subsequently, the asset retirement cost is allocated to expense using a systematic and rational method over the assets useful life. The majority of the asset retirement obligations recorded by the Company relate to the plugging and abandonment of oil and gas wells. However, liabilities are also recorded for meter stations, pipelines, processing plants and compressors. At December 31, 2008, there were no assets legally restricted for purposes of settling asset retirement obligations.

Additional retirement obligations increase the liability associated with new oil and gas wells and other facilities as these obligations are incurred. Accretion expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $1.2 million, $1.1 million and $1.4 million, respectively, and was included within Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization expense on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations.

The following table reflects the changes of the asset retirement obligations during the current period.

 

       (In thousands)  

Carrying amount of asset retirement obligations at December 31, 2007

   $ 24,724  

Liabilities added during the current period

     2,157  

Liabilities settled during the current period

     (101 )

Current period accretion expense

     1,198  
        

Carrying amount of asset retirement obligations at December 31, 2008

   $ 27,978  
        

 

103


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

13. Earnings per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share (EPS) is computed by dividing net income (the numerator) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period (the denominator). Diluted EPS is similarly calculated except that the denominator is increased using the treasury stock method to reflect the potential dilution that could occur if stock options and stock awards outstanding at the end of the applicable period were exercised for common stock.

The following is a calculation of basic and diluted weighted-average shares outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:

 

     December 31,
     2008    2007    2006

Weighted-Average Shares—Basic

   100,736,562    96,977,634    96,803,283

Dilution Effect of Stock Options and Awards at End of Period

   989,936    1,152,673    1,797,700
              

Weighted-Average Shares—Diluted

   101,726,498    98,130,307    98,600,983
              

Weighted-Average Stock Awards and Shares

        

Excluded from Diluted Earnings per Share due to the Anti-Dilutive Effect

   258,074    21,639    —  
              

14. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income / (Loss)

Changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive income / (loss), net of taxes, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were as follows:

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income / (Loss), net of taxes
(In thousands)

  Net
Gains /(Losses)
on Cash Flow
Hedges
    Defined
Benefit
Pension and
Postretirement
Plans
    Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment
    Total  

Balance at December 31, 2005

  $ (12,860 )   $ (3,170 )   $ 915     $ (15,115 )
                               

Net change in unrealized gains on cash flow hedges, net of taxes of $(38,625)

    64,099       —         —         64,099  

Net change in minimum pension liability, net of taxes of $(1,848)

    —         3,081       —         3,081  

Effect of adoption of SFAS No. 158, net of taxes of $8,447

    —         (14,079 )     —         (14,079 )

Change in foreign currency translation adjustment, net of taxes of $507

    —         —         (826 )     (826 )
                               

Balance at December 31, 2006

  $ 51,239     $ (14,168 )   $ 89     $ 37,160  
                               

Net change in unrealized gains on cash flow hedges, net of taxes of $28,024

    (46,686 )     —         —         (46,686 )

Net change in defined benefit pension and postretirement plans, net of taxes of $(100)

    —         141       —         141  

Change in foreign currency translation adjustment, net of taxes of $(5,072)

    —         —         8,491       8,491  
                               

Balance at December 31, 2007

  $ 4,553     $ (14,027 )   $ 8,580     $ (894 )
                               

Net change in unrealized gain on cash flow hedges, net of taxes of $(129,415)

    218,515       —         —         218,515  

Net change in defined benefit pension and postretirement plans, net of taxes of $9,235

    —         (15,581 )     —         (15,581 )

Change in foreign currency translation adjustment, net of taxes of $9,292

    —         —         (15,614 )     (15,614 )
                               

Balance at December 31, 2008

  $ 223,068     $ (29,608 )   $ (7,034 )   $ 186,426  
                               

 

104


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION

SUPPLEMENTAL OIL AND GAS INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

Oil and Gas Reserves

Users of this information should be aware that the process of estimating quantities of “proved” and “proved developed” natural gas and crude oil reserves is very complex, requiring significant subjective decisions in the evaluation of all available geological, engineering and economic data for each reservoir. The data for a given reservoir may also change substantially over time as a result of numerous factors including, but not limited to, additional development activity, evolving production history and continual reassessment of the viability of production under varying economic conditions. As a result, revisions to existing reserve estimates may occur from time to time. Although every reasonable effort is made to ensure that reserve estimates reported represent the most accurate assessments possible, the subjective decisions and variances in available data for various reservoirs make these estimates generally less precise than other estimates included in the financial statement disclosures.

Proved reserves represent estimated quantities of natural gas, crude oil and condensate that geological and engineering data demonstrate, with reasonable certainty, to be recoverable in future years from known reservoirs under economic and operating conditions in effect when the estimates were made.

Proved developed reserves are proved reserves expected to be recovered through wells and equipment in place and under operating methods used when the estimates were made.

Estimates of proved and proved developed reserves at December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 were based on studies performed by the Company’s petroleum engineering staff. The estimates were computed based on year end prices for oil, natural gas, and natural gas liquids. The estimates were reviewed by Miller and Lents, Ltd., who indicated in their letter dated January 30, 2009, that based on their investigation and subject to the limitations described in their letter, they believe the results of those estimates and projections were reasonable in the aggregate.

No major discovery or other favorable or unfavorable event after December 31, 2008, is believed to have caused a material change in the estimates of proved or proved developed reserves as of that date.

The following table illustrates the Company’s net proved reserves, including changes, and proved developed reserves for the periods indicated, as estimated by the Company’s engineering staff.

 

     Natural Gas  
     December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006  
     (Millions of cubic feet)  

Proved Reserves

      

Beginning of Year

   1,559,953     1,368,293     1,262,096  

Revisions of Prior Estimates (1)

   (47,745 )   2,604     (17,675 )

Extensions, Discoveries and Other Additions

   297,089     265,830     246,197  

Production

   (90,425 )   (80,475 )   (79,722 )

Purchases of Reserves in Place

   167,262     3,701     1,946  

Sales of Reserves in Place

   (141 )   —       (44,549 )
                  

End of Year

   1,885,993     1,559,953     1,368,293  
                  

Proved Developed Reserves

   1,308,155     1,133,937     996,850  
                  

Percentage of Reserves Developed

   69.4 %   72.7 %   72.9 %
                  

 

(1)

The majority of the revisions were the result of the decrease in the natural gas price.

 

105


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     Liquids  
     December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006  
     (Thousands of barrels)  

Proved Reserves

      

Beginning of Year

   9,328     7,973     11,463  

Revisions of Prior Estimates (1)

   (1,593 )   771     673  

Extensions, Discoveries and Other Additions

   1,134     1,381     1,066  

Production

   (794 )   (830 )   (1,415 )

Purchases of Reserves in Place

   1,268     33     38  

Sales of Reserves in Place

   (2 )   —       (3,852 )
                  

End of Year

   9,341     9,328     7,973  
                  

Proved Developed Reserves

   6,728     7,026     5,895  
                  

Percentage of Reserves Developed

   72.0 %   75.3 %   73.9 %
                  

 

(1)

The majority of the revisions were the result of the decrease in the crude oil price.

Capitalized Costs Relating to Oil and Gas Producing Activities

The following table illustrates the total amount of capitalized costs relating to natural gas and crude oil producing activities and the total amount of related accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization.

 

     December 31,
       2008    2007    2006
     (In thousands)

Aggregate Capitalized Costs Relating to Oil and Gas Producing Activities

   $ 4,465,630    $ 3,007,849    $ 2,462,693

Aggregate Accumulated Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization

     1,331,243      1,100,369      983,079

Costs Incurred in Oil and Gas Property Acquisition, Exploration and Development Activities

Costs incurred in property acquisition, exploration and development activities were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
       2008    2007    2006
     (In thousands)

Property Acquisition Costs, Proved

   $ 605,860    $ 3,982    $ 6,688

Property Acquisition Costs, Unproved

     152,666      22,186      42,551

Exploration Costs (1)

     89,020      70,242      109,525

Development Costs

     594,221      494,204      346,787
                    

Total Costs

   $ 1,441,767    $ 590,614    $ 505,551
                    

 

(1)

Includes administrative exploration costs of $14,766, $13,761 and $13,486 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

106


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Historical Results of Operations from Oil and Gas Producing Activities

The results of operations for the Company’s oil and gas producing activities were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2008    2007    2006
     (In thousands)

Operating Revenues

   $ 829,208    $ 637,195    $ 659,884

Costs and Expenses

        

Production

     140,763      116,020      115,786

Other Operating

     59,348      40,620      46,212

Exploration (1)

     31,200      39,772      49,397

Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization

     259,399      164,613      139,207
                    

Total Costs and Expenses

     490,710      361,025      350,602
                    

Income Before Income Taxes

     338,498      276,170      309,282

Provision for Income Taxes

     124,528      100,755      113,355
                    

Results of Operations

   $ 213,970    $ 175,415    $ 195,927
                    

 

(1)

Includes administrative exploration costs of $14,766, $13,761 and $13,486 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows Relating to Proved Oil and Gas Reserves

The following information has been developed utilizing SFAS No. 69, “Disclosures about Oil and Gas Producing Activities,” procedures and based on natural gas and crude oil reserve and production volumes estimated by the Company’s engineering staff. It can be used for some comparisons, but should not be the only method used to evaluate the Company or its performance. Further, the information in the following table may not represent realistic assessments of future cash flows, nor should the Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows be viewed as representative of the current value of the Company.

The Company believes that the following factors should be taken into account when reviewing the following information:

 

   

Future costs and selling prices will probably differ from those required to be used in these calculations.

 

   

Due to future market conditions and governmental regulations, actual rates of production in future years may vary significantly from the rate of production assumed in the calculations.

 

   

Selection of a 10% discount rate is arbitrary and may not be a reasonable measure of the relative risk that is part of realizing future net oil and gas revenues.

 

   

Future net revenues may be subject to different rates of income taxation.

Under the Standardized Measure, future cash inflows were estimated by applying year end oil and gas prices to the estimated future production of year end proved reserves.

The average prices related to proved reserves at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 for natural gas ($ per Mcf) were $5.66, $6.91 and $5.54, respectively, and for oil ($ per Bbl) were $40.15, $94.94 and $59.50, respectively. Future cash inflows were reduced by estimated future development and production costs based on year end costs to arrive at net cash flow before tax. Future income tax expense was computed by applying year end statutory tax rates to future pretax net cash flows, less the tax basis of the properties involved. SFAS No. 69 requires the use of a 10% discount rate.

 

107


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Management does not use only the following information when making investment and operating decisions. These decisions are based on a number of factors, including estimates of proved reserves, and varying price and cost assumptions considered more representative of a range of anticipated economic conditions.

Standardized Measure is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2008     2007     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Future Cash Inflows

   $ 11,050,932     $ 11,671,078     $ 8,054,737  

Future Production Costs

     (3,018,154 )     (2,690,695 )     (2,000,993 )

Future Development Costs

     (1,354,780 )     (909,374 )     (688,955 )

Future Income Tax Expenses

     (1,891,928 )     (2,684,271 )     (1,763,458 )
                        

Future Net Cash Flows

     4,786,070       5,386,738       3,601,331  

10% Annual Discount for Estimated Timing of Cash Flows

     (2,726,115 )     (3,216,087 )     (2,125,081 )
                        

Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows (1)

   $ 2,059,955     $ 2,170,651     $ 1,476,250  
                        

 

(1)

The standardized measures of discounted future net cash flows before taxes were $2,365,208, $3,007,661 and $2,010,228 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Changes in Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows Relating to Proved Oil and Gas Reserves

The following is an analysis of the changes in the Standardized Measure:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2008     2007     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Beginning of Year

   $ 2,170,651     $ 1,476,250     $ 2,651,233  

Discoveries and Extensions, Net of Related Future Costs

     341,156       430,918       278,258  

Net Changes in Prices and Production Costs

     (692,803 )     864,630       (1,843,272 )

Accretion of Discount

     300,766       201,023       400,177  

Revisions of Previous Quantity Estimates

     (69,788 )     13,452       (19,362 )

Timing and Other

     (157,194 )     (136,360 )     (86,891 )

Development Costs Incurred

     157,194       136,781       85,993  

Sales and Transfers, Net of Production Costs

     (688,657 )     (521,558 )     (544,650 )

Net Purchases / (Sales) of Reserves in Place

     166,873       8,548       (261,795 )

Net Change in Income Taxes

     531,757       (303,033 )     816,559  
                        

End of Year

   $ 2,059,955     $ 2,170,651     $ 1,476,250  
                        

 

108


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION

SELECTED DATA (UNAUDITED)

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

 

       First    Second    Third    Fourth    Total
     (In thousands, except per share amounts)

2008

              

Operating Revenues

   $ 219,651    $ 248,854    $ 244,820    $ 232,466    $ 945,791

Impairment of Oil & Gas Properties and Other Assets (1)

     —        —        —        35,700      35,700

Operating Income

     76,072      94,086      114,717      87,137      372,012

Net Income

     45,975      54,625      66,990      43,700      211,290

Basic Earnings per Share

     0.47      0.55      0.65      0.42      2.10

Diluted Earnings per Share

     0.46      0.55      0.64      0.42      2.08

2007

              

Operating Revenues

   $ 191,573    $ 175,832    $ 170,848    $ 193,917    $ 732,170

Impairment of Oil & Gas Properties and Other Assets (1)

     —        —        4,614      —        4,614

Operating Income (2)

     79,185      70,245      55,521      69,742      274,693

Net Income (2)

     48,547      41,376      35,453      42,047      167,423

Basic Earnings per Share

     0.50      0.43      0.37      0.43      1.73

Diluted Earnings per Share

     0.50      0.42      0.36      0.43      1.71

 

(1)

For discussion of impairment of oil and gas properties, refer to Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2)

Operating Income and Net Income in the first and second quarters of 2007 contain the gain on the disposition of offshore and certain south Louisiana properties of $7.9 million and $4.4 million, respectively.

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures and Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

As of the end of December 31, 2008, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective, in all material respects, with respect to the recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, of information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act.

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially effect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

109


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The management of Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. In making this assessment, it used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment we have concluded that, as of December 31, 2008, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

The effectiveness of Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, has been audited by Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement in connection with the 2009 annual stockholders’ meeting. In addition, the information set forth under the caption “Business—Other Business Matters—Corporate Governance Matters” in Item 1 regarding our Code of Business Conduct is incorporated by reference in response to this Item.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement in connection with the 2009 annual stockholders’ meeting.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement in connection with the 2009 annual stockholders’ meeting.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement in connection with the 2009 annual stockholders’ meeting.

 

110


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement in connection with the 2009 annual stockholders’ meeting.

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

A. INDEX

 

1. Consolidated Financial Statements

See Index on page 56.

 

2. Financial Statement Schedules

None.

 

3. Exhibits

The following instruments are included as exhibits to this report. Those exhibits below incorporated by reference herein are indicated as such by the information supplied in the parenthetical thereafter. If no parenthetical appears after an exhibit, copies of the instrument have been included herewith. Our commission file number is 1-10447.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (Registration Statement No. 33- 32553).
3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company amended May 2, 2007 (Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007).
3.3    Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation (Form 8-K for July 1, 2002).
3.4    Certificate of Increase of Shares Designated Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (Form 8-K for July 1, 2002).
3.5    Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation (Form 8-K for June 1, 2006).
3.6    Certificate of Increase of Shares Designated Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (Form 8-K for June 1, 2006).
4.1    Form of Certificate of Common Stock of the Company (Registration Statement No. 33- 32553).
4.2    Certificate of Designation for Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (Form 10-K for 1994).
4.3    Rights Agreement, dated as of March 28, 1991, as amended and restated as of December 8, 2000 among the Company and Fleet National Bank formerly known as The First National Bank of Boston and as BankBoston, N.A. (Form 8-K for December 20, 2000).
  

(a)    Amendment to the Rights Agreement dated January 1, 2003 (The Bank of New York as rights agent) (Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2003).

  

(b)    Amendment to the Rights Agreement dated March 30, 2007 (regarding uncertified shares) (Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007).

4.4    Note Purchase Agreement dated November 14, 1997, among the Company and the purchasers named therein (Form 10-K for 1997).

 

111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

    4.5    Note Purchase Agreement dated as of July 26, 2001 among Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation and the Purchasers listed therein (Form 8-K for August 30, 2001).
    4.6    Credit Agreement dated as of October 28, 2002 among the Company, the Banks Parties Thereto and Fleet National Bank, as administrative agent (Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002).
  

(a)    Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement dated December 10, 2004 (Form 10-K for 2004).

  

(b)    Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement dated June 18, 2008 (Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008).

  

(c)    Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement dated June 18, 2008 (Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008).

  

(d)    Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement dated December 4, 2008 (Form 8-K for December 16, 2008).

    4.7    Note Purchase Agreement dated as of July 16, 2008 among Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation and the Purchasers named therein (Form 8-K for July 16, 2008).
    4.8    Note Purchase Agreement dated as of December 1, 2008 among Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation and the Purchasers named therein.
*10.1    Form of Change in Control Agreement between the Company and Certain Officers.
*10.2    Form of Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement.
*10.3    1990 Non-employee Director Stock Option Plan of the Company (Form S-8) (Registration No. 33-35478).
  

(a)    First Amendment to 1990 Non-employee Director Stock Option Plan (Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Form S-8) (Registration No. 33-35478).

  

(b)    Second Amendment to 1990 Non-employee Director Stock Option Plan (Form 10-K for 1995).

*10.4    Second Amended and Restated 1994 Long-Term Incentive Plan of the Company (Form 10-K for 2001).
*10.5    Second Amended and Restated 1994 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (Form 10-K for 2001).
*10.6    Form of Indemnity Agreement between the Company and Certain Officers (Form 10-K for 1997).
*10.7    Deferred Compensation Plan of the Company, as Amended and Restated, Effective January 1, 2009.
  10.8    Trust Agreement dated September 2000 between Harris Trust and Savings Bank and the Company (Form 10-K for 2001).
  10.9    Lease Agreement between the Company and DNA COG, Ltd. dated April 24, 1998 (Form 10-K for 1998).
  10.10    Credit Agreement dated as of December 17, 1998, between the Company and the banks named therein (Form 10-K for 1998).
*10.11    Employment Agreement between the Company and Dan O. Dinges dated August 29, 2001 (Form 10-K for 2001).
  

(a)    Amendment to Employment Agreement between the Company and Dan O. Dinges, effective December 31, 2008.

*10.12    2004 Incentive Plan (Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004).
  

(a)    First Amendment to the 2004 Incentive Plan effective February 23, 2007 (Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007).

  

(b)    Second Amendment to the 2004 Incentive Plan Amendment, effective as of January 1, 2009.

 

112


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

*10.13    2004 Performance Award Agreement (Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004).
*10.14    2004 Annual Target Cash Incentive Plan Measurement Criteria for Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation (Form 8-K for February 10, 2005).
*10.15    Form of Restricted Stock Awards Terms and Conditions for Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation (Form 8-K for February 10, 2005).
*10.16    2005 Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Form 8-K for May 24, 2005).
*10.17    Savings Investment Plan of the Company, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2001 (Form 10-K for 2005).
  

(a)    First Amendment to the Savings Investment Plan effective January 1, 2002 (Form 10-K for 2005).

  

(b)    Second Amendment to the Savings Investment Plan effective January 1, 2003 (Form 10-K for 2005).

  

(c)    Third Amendment to the Savings Investment Plan effective January 1, 2005 (Form 10-K for 2005).

*10.18    Forms of Award Agreements for Executive Officers under 2004 Incentive Plan (Form 10-K for 2006).
  

(a)    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (Form 10-K for 2006).

  

(b)    Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Award Agreement (Form 10-K for 2006).

  

(c)    Form of Performance Share Award Agreement (Form 10-K for 2006).

  10.19    Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation Mineral, Royalty and Overriding Royalty Interest Plan (Registration Statement No. 333-135365).
  

(a)    Form of Conveyance of Mineral and/or Royalty Interest (Registration Statement No. 333-135365).

  

(b)    Form of Conveyance of Overriding Royalty Interest (Registration Statement No. 333-135365).

  10.20    Purchase and Sale Agreement dated August 25, 2006 between Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Cody Energy LLC, a Colorado limited liability company, and Phoenix Exploration Company LP, a Delaware limited partnership (Form 8-K for September 29, 2006).
*10.21    Form of Amendment of Employee Award Agreements (Form 8-K for December 19, 2006).
*10.22    Savings Investment Plan of the Company, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2006 (Form 10-K for 2006).
  

(a)    First Amendment to the Savings Investment Plan of the Company effective January 1, 2006 (Form 10-K for 2007).

  

(b)    Second Amendment to the Savings Investment Plan of the Company effective April 23, 2008 (Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008).

  

(c)    Third Amendment to the Savings Investment Plan of the Company effective July 1, 2008.

  

(d)    Fourth Amendment to the Savings Investment Plan of the Company effective January 1, 2008.

*10.23    Pension Plan of the Company, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2006 (Form 10-K for 2006).
  

(a)    First Amendment to the Pension Plan of the Company effective January 1, 2006 (Form 10-K for 2007).

  

(b)    Second Amendment to the Pension Plan of the Company effective April 23, 2008 (Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008).

  

(c)    Third Amendment to the Pension Plan of the Company effective July 1, 2008.

  

(d)    Fourth Amendment to the Pension Plan of the Company effective January 1, 2008.

 

113


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  10.24    Purchase and Sale Agreement dated June 3, 2008 by and among Enduring Resources, LLC, Mustang Drilling, Inc., Minden Gathering Services, LLC and Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation (Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008).
  14.1    Amendment of Code of Business Conduct (as amended on July 28, 2005 to revise Section III. F. relating to Transactions in Securities and Article V. relating to Safety, Health and the Environment) (Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005).
  16.1    Letter, dated March 12, 2007, from UHY Mann Frankfort Stein & Lipp CPAs, LLP to the Securities and Exchange Commission (Form 8-K for March 8, 2007).
  21.1    Subsidiaries of Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation.
  23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
  23.2    Consent of Miller and Lents, Ltd.
  31.1    302 Certification—Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer.
  31.2    302 Certification—Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.
  32.1    906 Certification.
  99.1    Miller and Lents, Ltd. Review Letter.

 

* Compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

 

114


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 and 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on the 27th of February 2009.

 

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION
By:   / S /    D AN O. D INGES        
 

Dan O. Dinges

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    D AN O. D INGES        

Dan O. Dinges

   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   February 27, 2009

/ S /    S COTT C. S CHROEDER        

Scott C. Schroeder

   Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)   February 27, 2009

/ S /    H ENRY C. S MYTH        

Henry C. Smyth

   Vice President, Controller and Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer)   February 27, 2009

/ S /    R HYS J. B EST        

Rhys J. Best

   Director   February 27, 2009

/ S /    D AVID M. C ARMICHAEL        

David M. Carmichael

   Director   February 27, 2009

/ S /    R OBERT L. K EISER        

Robert L. Keiser

   Director   February 27, 2009

/ S /    R OBERT K ELLEY        

Robert Kelley

   Director   February 27, 2009

/ S /    P. D EXTER P EACOCK        

P. Dexter Peacock

   Director   February 27, 2009

/ S /    W ILLIAM P. V ITITOE        

William P. Vititoe

   Director   February 27, 2009

 

115

Exhibit 4.8

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION

$67,000,000 9.78% Series G Senior Notes due December 1, 2018

 

 

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

 

Dated December 1, 2008

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page
1.   AUTHORIZATION OF NOTES    1
2.   SALE AND PURCHASE OF NOTES    1
3.   CLOSING    1
4.   CONDITIONS TO CLOSING    2
  4.1.    Representations and Warranties    2
  4.2.    Performance; No Default    2
  4.3.    Compliance Certificates    2
  4.4.    Opinions of Counsel    2
  4.5.    Purchase Permitted By Applicable Law, Etc    3
  4.6.    Sale of Other Notes    3
  4.7.    Payment of Special Counsel Fees    3
  4.8.    Private Placement Number    3
  4.9.    Changes in Corporate Structure    3
  4.10.    Funding Instructions    4
  4.11.    Proceedings and Documents    4
5.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.    4
  5.1.    Organization; Power and Authority    4
  5.2.    Authorization, Etc    4
  5.3.    Disclosure    4
  5.4.    Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries; Affiliates    5
  5.5.    Financial Statements; Material Liabilities    6
  5.6.    Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc    6
  5.7.    Governmental Authorizations, Etc    6
  5.8.    Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders    6
  5.9.    Taxes    7
  5.10.    Title to Property; Leases    7
  5.11.    Licenses, Permits, Etc    7
  5.12.    Compliance with ERISA    7
  5.13.    Private Offering by the Company    8
  5.14.    Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations    9
  5.15.    Existing Indebtedness; Future Liens    9
  5.16.    Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc    9
  5.17.    Status under Certain Statutes    10
  5.18.    Environmental Matters    10
  5.19.    Ranking of Obligations    10
6.   REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS    11
  6.1.    Purchase for Investment    11
  6.2.    Source of Funds    11
7.   INFORMATION AS TO COMPANY.    12

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

              Page
  7.1.    Financial and Business Information    12
  7.2.    Officer’s Certificate    15
  7.3.    Visitation    16
8.   PAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT OF THE NOTES    16
  8.1.    Maturity    16
  8.2.    Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount    17
  8.3.    Prepayment of Notes Upon Change of Control    17
  8.4.    Prepayment in Connection with a Disposition    18
  8.5.    Allocation of Partial Prepayments    19
  8.6.    Maturity; Surrender, Etc    19
  8.7.    Purchase of Notes    19
  8.8.    Make-Whole Amount    19
9.   AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS    21
  9.1.    Compliance with Law    21
  9.2.    Insurance    21
  9.3.    Maintenance of Properties    21
  9.4.    Payment of Taxes and Claims    22
  9.5.    Corporate Existence, Etc    22
  9.6.    Books and Records    22
  9.7.    Ranking of Obligations    23
  9.8.    Subsidiary Guaranty; Release of Guaranties    23
10.   NEGATIVE COVENANTS    24
  10.1.    Transactions with Affiliates.    24
  10.2.    Merger, Consolidation, Etc.    24
  10.3.    Line of Business    25
  10.4.    Terrorism Sanctions Regulations.    25
  10.5.    Liens    25
  10.6.    Sale of Assets    26
  10.7.    Priority Debt    27
  10.8.    Asset Coverage Ratio    28
  10.9.    Annual Coverage Ratio    28
11.   EVENTS OF DEFAULT    29
12.   REMEDIES ON DEFAULT, ETC    31
  12.1.    Acceleration    31
  12.2.    Other Remedies    31
  12.3.    Rescission    31
  12.4.    No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc    32
13.   REGISTRATION; EXCHANGE; SUBSTITUTION OF NOTES    32

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

              Page
  13.1.    Registration of Notes    32
  13.2.    Transfer and Exchange of Notes    32
  13.3.    Replacement of Notes    33
14.   PAYMENTS ON NOTES    33
  14.1.    Place of Payment    33
  14.2.    Home Office Payment    33
15.   EXPENSES, ETC    34
  15.1.    Transaction Expenses    34
  15.2.    Survival    34
16.   SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT    35
17.   AMENDMENT AND WAIVER    35
  17.1.    Requirements    35
  17.2.    Solicitation of Holders of Notes    35
  17.3.    Binding Effect, etc    36
  17.4.    Notes Held by Company, etc    36
18.   NOTICES    36
19.   REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS    37
20.   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION    37
21.   SUBSTITUTION OF PURCHASER    38
22.   MISCELLANEOUS    38
  22.1.    Successors and Assigns    38
  22.2.    Payments Due on Non-Business Days    38
  22.3.    Accounting Terms    39
  22.4.    Severability    39
  22.5.    Construction, etc    39
  22.6.    Counterparts    39
  22.7.    Governing Law    39
  22.8.    Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial    40

 

iii


Schedule A   —     Information Relating to Purchasers
Schedule B   —     Defined Terms
Schedule 5.3   —     Disclosure Materials
Schedule 5.4   —     Subsidiaries of the Company and Ownership of Subsidiary Stock
Schedule 5.5   —     Financial Statements
Schedule 5.15   —     Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 10.5   —     Liens
Exhibit 1   —     Form of 9.78% Series G Senior Note due December 1, 2018
Exhibit 4.4(a)   —     Form of Opinion of Managing Counsel for the Company
Exhibit 4.4(b)   —     Form of Opinion of Special Counsel for the Company
Exhibit 4.4(c)   —     Form of Opinion of Special Counsel for the Purchasers

 

iv


CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION

1200 Enclave Parkway

Houston, TX 77077

$67,000,000 9.78% Series G Senior Notes due December 1, 2018

December 1, 2008

To Each of The Purchasers Listed in

Schedule A Hereto:

Ladies and Gentlemen:

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), agrees with each of the purchasers whose names appear at the end hereof (each, a “ Purchaser ” and, collectively, the “ Purchasers ”) as follows:

1. AUTHORIZATION OF NOTES.

The Company will authorize the issue and sale of $67,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 9.78% Series G Senior Notes due December 1, 2018 (the “ Notes ”, such term to include any such notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Section 13). The Notes shall be substantially in the form set out in Exhibit 1. Certain capitalized and other terms used in this Agreement are defined in Schedule B; and references to a “Schedule” or an “Exhibit” are, unless otherwise specified, to a Schedule or an Exhibit attached to this Agreement.

2. SALE AND PURCHASE OF NOTES.

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company will issue and sell to each Purchaser and each Purchaser will purchase from the Company, at the Closing provided for in Section 3, Notes in the principal amount specified opposite such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A at the purchase price of 100% of the principal amount thereof. The Purchasers’ obligations hereunder are several and not joint obligations and no Purchaser shall have any liability to any Person for the performance or non-performance of any obligation by any other Purchaser hereunder.

3. CLOSING.

The sale and purchase of the Notes to be purchased by each Purchaser shall occur at the offices of Bingham McCutchen LLP, One State Street, Hartford, CT 06103, at 10:00 a.m., local time, at a closing (the “ Closing ”) on December 1, 2008 or on such other Business Day thereafter on or prior to December 10, 2008 as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Purchasers. At the Closing the Company will deliver to each Purchaser the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser in the form of a single Note (or such greater number of Notes in denominations of at least $250,000 as such Purchaser may request) dated the date of the Closing and registered in such Purchaser’s name (or in the name of its nominee), against delivery by such Purchaser to the


Company or its order of immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of immediately available funds for the account of the Company to account number 636462608 at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 1717 Main Street, 3rd Floor, Dallas, Texas 75201, ABA number 021-000-021. If at the Closing the Company shall fail to tender such Notes to any Purchaser as provided above in this Section 3, or any of the conditions specified in Section 4 shall not have been fulfilled to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, such Purchaser shall, at its election, be relieved of all further obligations under this Agreement, without thereby waiving any rights such Purchaser may have by reason of such failure or such nonfulfillment.

4. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING.

Each Purchaser’s obligation to purchase and pay for the Notes to be sold to such Purchaser at the Closing is subject to the fulfillment to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, prior to or at the Closing, of the following conditions:

4.1. Representations and Warranties .

The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement shall be correct when made and at the time of the Closing.

4.2. Performance; No Default .

The Company shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing and after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Notes (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 5.14) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall have entered into any transaction since the date of the Memorandum that would have been prohibited by Sections 10.1, 10.5 or 10.7 had such Sections applied since such date.

4.3. Compliance Certificates .

(a) Officer’s Certificate . The Company shall have delivered to such Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate, dated the date of the Closing, certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.9 have been fulfilled.

(b) Secretary’s Certificates . The Company shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate of its Secretary or Assistant Secretary, dated the date of Closing, certifying as to the resolutions attached thereto and other corporate proceedings relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Notes and this Agreement.

4.4. Opinions of Counsel .

Such Purchaser shall have received opinions in form and substance satisfactory to such Purchaser, dated the date of the Closing (a) from Lisa A. Machesney, Managing Counsel for the Company, covering the matters set forth in Exhibit 4.4(a) and covering such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated hereby as such Purchaser or its counsel may reasonably request (and the Company hereby instructs its counsel to deliver such opinion to the Purchasers),

 

-2-


(b) from Baker Botts LLP, counsel for the Company, covering the matters set forth in Exhibit 4.4(b) and covering such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated hereby as such Purchaser or its counsel may reasonably request (and the Company hereby instructs its counsel to deliver such opinion to the Purchasers) and (c) from Bingham McCutchen LLP, the Purchasers’ special counsel in connection with such transactions, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 4.4(c) and covering such other matters incident to such transactions as such Purchaser may reasonably request.

4.5. Purchase Permitted By Applicable Law, Etc .

On the date of the Closing such Purchaser’s purchase of Notes shall (a) be permitted by the laws and regulations of each jurisdiction to which such Purchaser is subject, without recourse to provisions (such as section 1405(a)(8) of the New York Insurance Law) permitting limited investments by insurance companies without restriction as to the character of the particular investment, (b) not violate any applicable law or regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and (c) not subject such Purchaser to any tax, penalty or liability under or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, which law or regulation was not in effect on the date hereof. If requested by such Purchaser, such Purchaser shall have received an Officer’s Certificate certifying as to such matters of fact as such Purchaser may reasonably specify to enable such Purchaser to determine whether such purchase is so permitted.

4.6. Sale of Other Notes .

Contemporaneously with the Closing the Company shall sell to each other Purchaser and each other Purchaser shall purchase the Notes to be purchased by it at the Closing as specified in Schedule A.

4.7. Payment of Special Counsel Fees .

Without limiting the provisions of Section 15.1, the Company shall have paid on or before the Closing the fees, charges and disbursements of the Purchasers’ special counsel referred to in Section 4.4 to the extent reflected in a statement of such counsel rendered to the Company at least one Business Day prior to the Closing.

4.8. Private Placement Number .

A Private Placement Number issued by Standard & Poor’s CUSIP Service Bureau (in cooperation with the SVO) shall have been obtained for the Notes.

4.9. Changes in Corporate Structure .

The Company shall not have changed its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as applicable, or been a party to any merger or consolidation or succeeded to all or any substantial part of the liabilities of any other entity, at any time following the date of the most recent financial statements referred to in Schedule 5.5.

 

-3-


4.10. Funding Instructions .

At least three Business Days prior to the date of the Closing, each Purchaser shall have received written instructions signed by a Responsible Officer on letterhead of the Company confirming the information specified in Section 3 including (a) the name and address of the transferee bank, (b) such transferee bank’s ABA number and (c) the account name and number into which the purchase price for the Notes is to be deposited.

4.11. Proceedings and Documents .

All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be satisfactory to such Purchaser and its special counsel, and such Purchaser and its special counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as such Purchaser or such special counsel may reasonably request.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.

The Company represents and warrants to each Purchaser that:

5.1. Organization; Power and Authority .

The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has the corporate power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease, to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact, to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Notes and to perform the provisions hereof and thereof.

5.2. Authorization, Etc .

This Agreement and the Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and this Agreement constitutes, and upon execution and delivery thereof each Note will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

5.3. Disclosure .

The Company, through its agent, J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. has delivered to each Purchaser a copy of a Private Placement Memorandum, dated October 2008 (the “ Memorandum ”), relating to the transactions contemplated hereby. The Memorandum fairly describes, in all material respects, the general nature of the business and principal properties of

 

-4-


the Company and its Subsidiaries. This Agreement, the Memorandum and the documents, certificates or other writings delivered to the Purchasers by or on behalf of the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and identified in Schedule 5.3 (excluding estimates, financial projections and pro forma financial statements (the “ Projections ”)), and the financial statements listed in Schedule 5.5 (this Agreement, the Memorandum and such documents, certificates or other writings and such financial statements delivered to each Purchaser prior to December 1, 2008 being referred to, collectively, as the “ Disclosure Documents ”), taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. As to Projections, the Company represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by it to be reasonable at the time. Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Documents, since December 31, 2007, there has been no change in the financial condition, operations, business, or properties of the Company or any Subsidiary except changes that individually or in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.4. Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries; Affiliates .

(a) Schedule 5.4 contains (except as noted therein) complete and correct lists (i) of the Company’s Subsidiaries, showing, as to each Subsidiary, the correct name thereof, the jurisdiction of its organization, and the percentage of shares of each class of its capital stock or similar equity interests outstanding owned by the Company and each other Subsidiary, (ii) of the Company’s Affiliates, other than Subsidiaries, and (iii) of the Company’s directors and senior officers.

(b) All of the outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of each Subsidiary shown in Schedule 5.4 as being owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by the Company or another Subsidiary free and clear of any Lien (except as otherwise disclosed in Schedule 5.4).

(c) Each Subsidiary identified in Schedule 5.4 is a corporation or other legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other legal entity and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each such Subsidiary has the corporate or other power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease and to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact.

(d) No Subsidiary is a party to, or otherwise subject to any legal, regulatory, contractual or other restriction (other than this Agreement, the agreements listed on Schedule 5.4 and customary limitations imposed by corporate law or similar statutes) restricting the ability of such Subsidiary to pay dividends out of profits or make any other similar distributions of profits to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that owns outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of such Subsidiary.

 

-5-


5.5. Financial Statements; Material Liabilities .

The Company has delivered to each Purchaser copies of the financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 5.5. All of said financial statements (including in each case the related schedules and notes) fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the respective dates specified in such Schedule and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the respective periods so specified and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved except as set forth in the notes thereto (subject, in the case of any interim financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments). The Company and its Subsidiaries do not have any Material liabilities that are not disclosed on such financial statements or otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Documents.

5.6. Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc .

The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Notes will not (a) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien in respect of any property of the Company or any Subsidiary under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease, corporate charter or by-laws, or any other Material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary is bound or by which the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected, (b) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order, judgment, decree, or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary or (c) violate any provision of any statute or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary.

5.7. Governmental Authorizations, Etc .

No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required to be obtained or made by the Company in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Company of this Agreement or the Notes.

5.8. Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders .

(a) There are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any Subsidiary or any property of the Company or any Subsidiary in any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any Governmental Authority that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in default under any term of any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority or is in violation of any applicable law, ordinance, rule or regulation (including without limitation Environmental Laws or the USA Patriot Act) of any Governmental Authority, which default or violation, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-6-


5.9. Taxes .

The Company and its Subsidiaries have filed all tax returns that are required to have been filed in any jurisdiction, and have paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes and assessments levied upon them or their properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent such taxes and assessments have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent, except for any taxes and assessments (a) the amount of which is not individually or in the aggregate Material or (b) the amount, applicability or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which the Company or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, has established adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP. The Company knows of no basis for any other tax or assessment that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of Federal, state or other taxes for all fiscal periods are adequate. The Federal income tax liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries have been finally determined (whether by reason of completed audits or the statute of limitations having run) for all fiscal years up to and including the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

5.10. Title to Property; Leases .

The Company and its Subsidiaries have good and defensible title to their respective properties that individually or in the aggregate are Material, including all such properties reflected in the most recent audited balance sheet referred to in Section 5.5 or purported to have been acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary after said date (except as sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with this Agreement as if this Agreement had been in effect), in each case free and clear of Liens prohibited by this Agreement. All leases that individually or in the aggregate are Material are valid and subsisting and are in full force and effect in all material respects.

5.11. Licenses, Permits, Etc .

The Company and its Subsidiaries own or possess all licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, proprietary software, service marks, trademarks and trade names, or rights thereto, that individually or in the aggregate are Material, without known conflict with the rights of others, except for those conflicts that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.12. Compliance with ERISA .

(a) The Company and each ERISA Affiliate have operated and administered each Plan in compliance with all applicable laws except for such instances of noncompliance as have not resulted in and could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability (other than premiums satisfied in due course) pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans (as defined in section 3 of ERISA), and no event, transaction or condition has occurred or exists that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any such liability

 

-7-


by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate, or in the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or to such penalty or excise tax provisions or to the Pension Funding Rules or section 4068 of ERISA, other than such liabilities or Liens as would not be individually or in the aggregate Material.

(b) The present value of the aggregate benefit liabilities under each of the Plans that are subject to Title IV of ERISA (other than Multiemployer Plans), determined as of the end of such Plan’s most recently ended plan year on the basis of the actuarial assumptions specified for funding purposes in such Plan’s most recent actuarial valuation report, did not exceed the aggregate current value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities by more than $20,000,000 in the case of any single Plan and by more than $20,000,000 in the aggregate for all Plans, determined as of such date. The term “benefit liabilities” has the meaning specified in section 4001 of ERISA and the terms “current value” and “present value” have the meaning specified in section 3 of ERISA.

(c) The Company and its ERISA Affiliates have not incurred withdrawal liabilities (and are not subject to contingent withdrawal liabilities) under section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA in respect of Multiemployer Plans that individually or in the aggregate are Material.

(d) The expected postretirement benefit obligation (determined as of the last day of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal year in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 106, without regard to liabilities attributable to continuation coverage mandated by section 4980B of the Code) of the Company and its Subsidiaries is not Material.

(e) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Notes hereunder will not involve any transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of section 406(a) of ERISA or in connection with which a tax could be imposed pursuant to section 4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the Code. The representation by the Company to each Purchaser in the first sentence of this Section 5.12(e) is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy of such Purchaser’s representation in Section 6.2 as to the sources of the funds used to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser.

5.13. Private Offering by the Company .

Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has offered the Notes or any similar securities for sale to, or solicited any offer to buy any of the same from, or otherwise approached or negotiated in respect thereof with, any person other than the Purchasers and not more than 20 other Institutional Investors (as defined in clause (c) to the definition of such term), each of which has been offered the Notes at a private sale for investment. Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has taken, or will take, any action that would subject the issuance or sale of the Notes to the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act or to the registration requirements of any securities or blue sky laws of any applicable jurisdiction.

 

-8-


5.14. Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations .

The Company will apply the proceeds of the sale of the Notes as set forth in the section of the Memorandum entitled “The Offering and Use of Proceeds”. No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 221), or for the purpose of buying or carrying or trading in any securities under such circumstances as to involve the Company in a violation of Regulation X of said Board (12 CFR 224) or to involve any broker or dealer in a violation of Regulation T of said Board (12 CFR 220). Margin stock does not constitute more than 20% of the value of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the Company does not have any present intention that margin stock will constitute more than 20% of the value of such assets. As used in this Section, the terms “margin stock” and “purpose of buying or carrying” shall have the meanings assigned to them in said Regulation U.

5.15. Existing Indebtedness; Future Liens

(a) Except as described therein, Schedule 5.15 sets forth a complete and correct list of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of December 1, 2008 (including a description of the obligors and obligees, principal amount outstanding and collateral therefor, if any, and Guaranty thereof, if any), since which date there has been no Material change in the amounts, interest rates, sinking funds, installment payments or maturities of the Indebtedness of the Company or its Subsidiaries. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in default and no waiver of default is currently in effect, in the payment of any principal or interest on any Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary and no event or condition exists with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary that would permit (or that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would permit) one or more Persons to cause such Indebtedness to become due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment.

(b) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.15, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has agreed or consented to cause or permit in the future (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be subject to a Lien not permitted by Section 10.5.

(c) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to, or otherwise subject to any provision contained in, any instrument evidencing Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary, any agreement relating thereto or any other agreement (including, but not limited to, its charter or other organizational document) which limits the amount of, or otherwise imposes restrictions on the incurring of, Indebtedness of the Company, except as specifically indicated in Schedule 5.15.

5.16. Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc .

(a) Neither the sale of the Notes by the Company hereunder nor its use of the proceeds thereof will violate the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, or any of the

 

-9-


foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto.

(b) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary (i) is a Person described or designated in the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List of the Office of Foreign Assets Control or in Section 1 of the Anti-Terrorism Order or (ii) engages in any dealings or transactions with any such Person. The Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance, in all material respects, with the USA Patriot Act.

(c) No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, assuming in all cases that such Act applies to the Company.

5.17. Status under Certain Statutes .

Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005, as amended, the ICC Termination Act of 1995, as amended, or the Federal Power Act, as amended.

5.18. Environmental Matters .

In the ordinary course of its business, the Company considers effects of all existing and applicable Environmental Laws on the business, operations and properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in the course of which it identifies and evaluates associated liabilities and costs (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for cleanup or closure of properties currently or previously owned, any capital or operating expenditures required to achieve or maintain compliance with environmental protection standards imposed by law or as a condition of any license, permit or contract, any related constraints on operating activities, including any periodic or permanent shutdown of any facility or reduction in the level of or change in the nature of operations conducted thereat and any actual or potential liabilities to third parties, including employees, and any related costs or expenses). The Company has reasonably concluded that existing and applicable Environmental Laws are unlikely to have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, financial condition, results of operations or prospects of the Company or the Company and its Subsidiaries, considered as a whole.

5.19. Ranking of Obligations .

The Company’s payment obligations under this Agreement and the Notes will, upon issuance of the Notes, rank at least pari passu , without preference of priority, with all other unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Company.

 

-10-


6. REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS.

6.1. Purchase for Investment .

Each Purchaser severally represents that it is purchasing the Notes for its own account or for one or more separate accounts maintained by such Purchaser or for the account of one or more pension or trust funds and not with a view to the distribution thereof, provided that the disposition of such Purchaser’s or their property shall at all times be within such Purchaser’s or their control. Each Purchaser understands that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and may be resold only if registered pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Act or if an exemption from registration is available, except under circumstances where neither such registration nor such an exemption is required by law, and that the Company is not required to register the Notes.

6.2. Source of Funds .

Each Purchaser severally represents that at least one of the following statements is an accurate representation as to each source of funds (a “ Source ”) to be used by such Purchaser to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser hereunder:

(a) the Source is an “insurance company general account” (as the term is defined in the United States Department of Labor’s Prohibited Transaction Exemption (“ PTE ”) 95-60) in respect of which the amount of the reserves and liabilities (as defined by the annual statement for life insurance companies approved by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (the “ NAIC Annual Statement ”)) for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any employee benefit plan together with the amount of the reserves and liabilities for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any other employee benefit plans maintained by the same employer (or affiliate thereof as defined in PTE 95-60) or by the same employee organization in the general account do not exceed 10% of the total reserves and liabilities of the general account (exclusive of separate account liabilities) plus surplus as set forth in the NAIC Annual Statement filed with such Purchaser’s state of domicile; or

(b) the Source is a separate account of an insurance company that is maintained solely in connection with such Purchaser’s fixed contractual obligations of the insurance company under which the amounts payable, or credited, to any employee benefit plan (or its related trust) that has any interest in such separate account (or to any participant or beneficiary of such plan (including any annuitant)) are not affected in any manner by the investment performance of the separate account; or

(c) the Source is either (i) an insurance company pooled separate account, within the meaning of PTE 90-1 or (ii) a bank collective investment fund, within the meaning of the PTE 91-38 and, except as disclosed by such Purchaser to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (c), no employee benefit plan or group of plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization beneficially owns more than 10% of all assets allocated to such pooled separate account or collective investment fund; or

 

-11-


(d) the Source constitutes assets of an “investment fund” (within the meaning of Part V of PTE 84-14 (the “ QPAM Exemption ”)) managed by a “qualified professional asset manager” or “QPAM” (within the meaning of Part V of the QPAM Exemption), no employee benefit plan’s assets that are included in such investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Section V(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization and managed by such QPAM, represent more than 20% of the total client assets managed by such QPAM, the conditions of Part I(c) and (g) of the QPAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the QPAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the QPAM (applying the definition of “control” in Section V(e) of the QPAM Exemption) owns a 5% or more interest in the Company and (i) the identity of such QPAM and (ii) the names of all employee benefit plans whose assets are included in such investment fund have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (d); or

(e) the Source constitutes assets of a “plan(s)” (within the meaning of Section IV of PTE 96-23 (the “ INHAM Exemption ”)) managed by an “in-house asset manager” or “INHAM” (within the meaning of Part IV of the INHAM Exemption), the conditions of Part I(a), (g) and (h) of the INHAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the INHAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the INHAM (applying the definition of “control” in Section IV(d) of the INHAM Exemption) owns a 5% or more interest in the Company and (i) the identity of such INHAM and (ii) the name(s) of the employee benefit plan(s) whose assets constitute the Source have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (e); or

(f) the Source is a governmental plan; or

(g) the Source is one or more employee benefit plans, or a separate account or trust fund comprised of one or more employee benefit plans, each of which has been identified to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (g); or

(h) the Source does not include assets of any employee benefit plan, other than a plan exempt from the coverage of ERISA and section 4975 of the Code.

As used in this Section 6.2, the terms “employee benefit plan,” “governmental plan,” and “separate account” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA, and the term “employee benefit plan” shall mean an “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of section 3(3) of ERISA and/or a “plan” within the meaning of section 4975(e)(1) of the Code.

7. INFORMATION AS TO COMPANY.,

7.1. Financial and Business Information .

The Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor:

(a) Quarterly Statements — within 60 days (or such shorter period as is 15 days greater than the period applicable to the filing of the Company’s Quarterly Report

 

-12-


on Form 10-Q (the “ Form 10-Q ”) with the SEC regardless of whether the Company is subject to the filing requirements thereof) after the end of each quarterly fiscal period in each fiscal year of the Company (other than the last quarterly fiscal period of each such fiscal year), duplicate copies of,

(i) a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter, and

(ii) consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries, for such quarter and (in the case of the second and third quarters) for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such quarter,

setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding periods in the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP applicable to quarterly financial statements generally, and certified by a Senior Financial Officer as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported on and their results of operations and cash flows, subject to changes resulting from year-end adjustments, provided that delivery within the time period specified above of copies of the Company’s Form 10-Q prepared in compliance with the requirements therefor and filed with the SEC shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.1(a), provided, further, that the Company shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such Form 10-Q if it shall have timely made such Form 10-Q available on “EDGAR” and on its home page on the worldwide web (at the date of this Agreement located at: http//www.cabotog.com) and shall have given each Purchaser prior notice of such availability on EDGAR and on its home page in connection with each delivery (such availability and notice thereof being referred to as “ Electronic Delivery ”);

(b) Annual Statements — within 90 days (or such shorter period as is 15 days greater than the period applicable to the filing of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “ Form 10-K ”) with the SEC regardless of whether the Company is subject to the filing requirements thereof) after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, duplicate copies of,

(i) a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year, and

(ii) consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and accompanied by an opinion thereon of independent public accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion shall state that such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported upon and their results of operations and cash flows and have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, and that the examination of such accountants in

 

-13-


connection with such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and that such audit provides a reasonable basis for such opinion in the circumstances,

provided that the delivery within the time period specified above of the Company’s Form 10-K for such fiscal year (together with the Company’s annual report to shareholders, if any, prepared pursuant to Rule 14a-3 under the Exchange Act) prepared in accordance with the requirements therefor and filed with the SEC shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.1(b), provided, further, that the Company shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such Form 10-K if it shall have timely made Electronic Delivery thereof;

(c) SEC and Other Reports — promptly upon their becoming available, one copy of each regular or periodic report, each registration statement (without exhibits except as expressly requested by such holder and any registration statements on Form S-8 or its equivalent), and each prospectus and all amendments thereto filed by the Company or any Subsidiary with the SEC;

(d) Notice of Default or Event of Default — promptly, and in any event within five days after a Responsible Officer becoming aware of the existence of any Default or Event of Default or that any Person has given any notice or taken any action with respect to a claimed default hereunder or that any Person has given any notice or taken any action with respect to a claimed default of the type referred to in Section 11(f), a written notice specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;

(e) ERISA Matters — promptly, and in any event within five days after a Responsible Officer becoming aware of any of the following, a written notice setting forth the nature thereof and the action, if any, that the Company or an ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto:

(i) with respect to any Plan, any reportable event, as defined in section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder, for which notice thereof has not been waived pursuant to such regulations as in effect on the date hereof; or

(ii) the taking by the PBGC of steps to institute, or the threatening by the PBGC of the institution of, proceedings under section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or the receipt by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multi-employer Plan that such action has been taken by the PBGC with respect to such Multi-employer Plan; or

(iii) any event, transaction or condition that could result in the incurrence of any liability by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, or in the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or

 

-14-


IV of ERISA, the Pension Funding Rules, or such penalty or excise tax provisions, if such liability or Lien, taken together with any other such liabilities or Liens then existing, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(f) Notices from Governmental Authority — promptly, and in any event within 30 days of receipt thereof, copies of any notice to the Company or any Subsidiary from any Federal or state Governmental Authority relating to any order, ruling, statute or other law or regulation that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(g) Engineering Reports — by April 10th of each year, a report in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders prepared by or under the supervision of a petroleum engineer who may be an employee of the Company, which shall evaluate all net Proved Reserves owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the preceding December 31st and which shall set forth the information necessary to determine the Present Value of Proved Reserves as of such date, together with a review report thereon in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders by Miller & Lents, Ltd. or other independent petroleum engineers of nationally recognized standing; and

(h) Requested Information — with reasonable promptness, such other data and information relating to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including, but without limitation, actual copies of the Company’s Form 10-Q and Form 10-K) or relating to the ability of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Notes as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any such holder of Notes.

7.2. Officer’s Certificate .

Each set of financial statements delivered to a holder of Notes pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b) shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer setting forth (which, in the case of Electronic Delivery of any such financial statements, shall be by separate concurrent delivery of such certificate to each holder of Notes):

(a) Covenant Compliance — the information (including detailed calculations) required in order to establish whether the Company was in compliance with the requirements of Sections 10.7, 10.8 and 10.9, inclusive, during the quarterly or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished (including with respect to each such Section, where applicable, the calculations of the maximum or minimum amount, ratio or percentage, as the case may be, permissible under the terms of such Sections, and the calculation of the amount, ratio or percentage then in existence); and

(b) Event of Default — a statement that such Senior Financial Officer has reviewed the relevant terms hereof and has made, or caused to be made, under his or her supervision, a review of the transactions and conditions of the Company and its Subsidiaries from the beginning of the quarterly or annual period covered by the

 

-15-


statements then being furnished to the date of the certificate and that such review shall not have disclosed the existence during such period of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or, if any such condition or event existed or exists (including, without limitation, any such event or condition resulting from the failure of the Company or any Subsidiary to comply with any Environmental Law), specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Company shall have taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(c) Additional Information — a list of all obligors, borrowers and guarantors under the Bank Credit Agreement (or a statement that the list of obligors, borrowers and guarantors under the Bank Credit Agreement most recently delivered pursuant to this Section 7.2 remains unchanged) together with a copy of each guaranty, joinder agreement or such other agreement evidencing its obligations thereunder executed in connection therewith or in connection with this Agreement since the date of the last certificate required under this section to be delivered to each holder of Notes.

7.3. Visitation .

The Company shall permit the representatives of each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor:

(a) No Default — if no Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of such holder and upon reasonable prior notice to the Company, to visit the principal executive office of the Company, to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries with the Company’s officers, and (with the consent of the Company, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) its independent public accountants, and (with the consent of the Company, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) to visit the other offices and properties of the Company and each Subsidiary, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested in writing; provided that each holder shall not be entitled to more than one visitation during any fiscal year; and

(b) Default — if a Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of the Company to visit and inspect any of the offices or properties of the Company or any Subsidiary during normal business hours, to examine all their respective books of account, records, reports and other papers, to make copies and extracts therefrom, and to discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective officers and independent public accountants (and by this provision the Company authorizes said accountants to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries), all at such times and as often as may be requested.

8. PAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT OF THE NOTES.

8.1. Maturity .

As provided therein, the entire unpaid principal balance of the Notes shall be due and payable on the stated maturity date thereof.

 

-16-


8.2. Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount .

The Company may, at its option, upon notice as provided below, prepay at any time all, or from time to time any part of, the Notes, (but if in part, in an amount not less than $1,000,000 or such lesser amount as shall then be outstanding), at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid, and the Make-Whole Amount determined for the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount. The Company will give each holder of Notes written notice of each optional prepayment under this Section 8.2 not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify such date (which shall be a Business Day), the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid on such date, the principal amount of each Note held by such holder to be prepaid (determined in accordance with Section 8.5), and the interest to be paid on the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount being prepaid, and shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer as to the estimated Make-Whole Amount due in connection with such prepayment (calculated as if the date of such notice were the date of the prepayment), setting forth the details of such computation. Two Business Days prior to such prepayment, the Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer specifying the calculation of such Make-Whole Amount as of the specified prepayment date.

8.3. Prepayment of Notes Upon Change of Control .

(a) Notice of Change of Control or Control Event; Offer to Prepay if Change of Control Has Occurred . The Company will, within 5 Business Days after any Responsible Officer has knowledge of the occurrence of any Change of Control or Control Event (subject to extension if necessary in order to comply with applicable law), give notice of such Change of Control or Control Event to each holder of Notes. If a Change of Control has occurred, such notice shall contain and constitute an offer to prepay Notes as described in paragraph (b) of this Section 8.3 and shall be accompanied by the certificate described in paragraph (e) of this Section 8.3.

(b) Offer to Prepay; Time for Payment . The offer to prepay Notes contemplated by paragraph (a) of this Section 8.3 shall be an offer to prepay, in accordance with and subject to this Section 8.3, all, but not less than all, of the Notes held by each holder (in the case of this Section 8.3 only, “holder” in respect of any Note registered in the name of a nominee for a disclosed beneficial owner shall mean such beneficial owner) on a date specified in such offer (the “ Proposed Prepayment Date ”). The Proposed Prepayment Date shall not be less than 15 days and not more than 60 days after the date of such offer (if the Proposed Prepayment Date shall not be specified in the offer, the Proposed Prepayment Date shall be the 45th day after the date of such offer).

(c) Acceptance; Rejection . A holder of Notes may accept the offer to prepay made pursuant to this Section 8.3 by causing a notice of such acceptance to be delivered to the Company at least 5 days prior to the Proposed Prepayment Date. A failure by a holder of Notes to respond to an offer to prepay made pursuant to this Section 8.3, or to accept an offer as to all of the Notes held by the holder, within such time period shall be deemed to constitute a rejection of such offer by such holder.

 

-17-


(d) Prepayment . Prepayment of the Notes to be prepaid pursuant to this Section 8.3 shall be at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes, together with interest on such Notes accrued to the date of prepayment. On the Business Day preceding the date of prepayment, the Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes being prepaid a statement setting forth the details of the computation of such amount. The prepayment shall be made on the Proposed Prepayment Date.

(e) Officer’s Certificate . Each offer to prepay the Notes pursuant to this Section 8.3 shall be accompanied by a certificate, executed by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company and dated the date of such offer, specifying: (i) the Proposed Prepayment Date, (ii) that such offer is made pursuant to this Section 8.3, (iii) that the entire principal amount of each Note is offered to be prepaid, (iv) the interest that would be due on each Note offered to be prepaid, accrued to the Proposed Prepayment Date, (v) that the conditions of this Section 8.3 required to be fulfilled prior to the giving of such notice have been fulfilled and (vi) in reasonable detail, the nature and date of the Change of Control.

8.4. Prepayment in Connection with a Disposition .

(a) Notice and Offer . In the event any Debt Prepayment Application is to be used to make an offer (a “ Transfer Prepayment Offer ”) to prepay Notes pursuant to Section 10.6 of this Agreement (a “ Debt Prepayment Transfer ”), the Company will give written notice of such Debt Prepayment Transfer to each holder of Notes. Such written notice shall contain, and such written notice shall constitute, an irrevocable offer to prepay, at the election of each holder, a portion of the Notes held by such holder equal to such holder’s Ratable Portion of the net proceeds in respect of such Debt Prepayment Transfer on a date specified in such notice (the “ Transfer Prepayment Date ”) that is not less than thirty (30) days and not more than sixty (60) days after the date of such notice, together with interest on the amount to be so prepaid accrued to the Transfer Prepayment Date. If the Transfer Prepayment Date shall not be specified in such notice, the Transfer Prepayment Date shall be the thirtieth (30th) day after the date of such notice.

(b) Acceptance and Payment . To accept such Transfer Prepayment Offer, a holder of Notes shall cause a notice of such acceptance to be delivered to the Company at least 5 days prior to the Transfer Prepayment Date, provided, that failure to accept such offer in writing within such time period shall be deemed to constitute a rejection of the Transfer Prepayment Offer. If so accepted by any holder of a Note, such offered prepayment (equal to not less than such holder’s Ratable Portion of the net proceeds in respect of such Debt Prepayment Transfer) shall be due and payable on the Transfer Prepayment Date. Such offered prepayment shall be made at one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount of such Notes being so prepaid, together with interest on such principal amount then being prepaid accrued to the Transfer Prepayment Date determined as of the date of such prepayment.

(c) Other Terms . Each offer to prepay the Notes pursuant to this Section 8.4 shall be accompanied by a certificate, executed by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company and dated the date of such offer, specifying (i) the Transfer Prepayment Date,

 

-18-


(ii) the net proceeds in respect of the applicable Debt Prepayment Transfer, (iii) that such offer is being made pursuant to Section 8.4 and Section 10.6 of this Agreement, (iv) the principal amount of each Note offered to be prepaid, (v) the interest that would be due on each Note offered to be prepaid, accrued to the Transfer Prepayment Date and (vi) in reasonable detail, the nature of the Disposition giving rise to such Debt Prepayment Transfer and certifying that no Default or Event of Default exists or would exist after giving effect to the prepayment contemplated by such offer.

(d) Notice Concerning Status of Holders of Notes . Promptly after each Transfer Prepayment Date and the making of all prepayments contemplated on such Transfer Prepayment Date under this Section 8.4 (and, in any event, within thirty (30) days thereafter), the Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes a certificate signed by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company containing a list of the then current holders of Notes (together with their addresses) and setting forth as to each such holder the outstanding principal amount of Notes held by such holder at such time.

8.5. Allocation of Partial Prepayments .

In the case of each partial prepayment of the Notes pursuant to Section 8.2, the principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid shall be allocated among all of the Notes at the time outstanding in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amounts thereof not theretofore called for prepayment.

8.6. Maturity; Surrender, Etc .

In the case of each prepayment of Notes pursuant to this Section 8, the principal amount of each Note to be prepaid shall mature and become due and payable on the date fixed for such prepayment (which shall be a Business Day), together with interest on such principal amount accrued to such date and the applicable Make-Whole Amount, if any. From and after such date, unless the Company shall fail to pay such principal amount when so due and payable, together with the interest and Make-Whole Amount, if any, as aforesaid, interest on such principal amount shall cease to accrue. Any Note paid or prepaid in full shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and no Note shall be issued in lieu of any prepaid principal amount of any Note.

8.7. Purchase of Notes .

The Company will not and will not permit any Affiliate to purchase, redeem, prepay or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the outstanding Notes except upon the payment or prepayment of the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Notes. The Company will promptly cancel all Notes acquired by it or any Affiliate pursuant to any payment or prepayment of Notes pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and no Notes may be issued in substitution or exchange for any such Notes.

8.8. Make-Whole Amount .

Make-Whole Amount ” means, with respect to any Note, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Discounted Value of the Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to the Called

 

-19-


Principal of such Note over the amount of such Called Principal, provided that the Make-Whole Amount may in no event be less than zero. For the purposes of determining the Make-Whole Amount, the following terms have the following meanings:

Called Principal ” means, with respect to any Note, the principal of such Note that is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2, or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

Discounted Value ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the amount obtained by discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Principal from their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (applied on the same periodic basis as that on which interest on the Notes is payable) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Called Principal.

Reinvestment Yield ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, 0.50% over the yield to maturity implied by (i) the yields reported as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “Page PX1” (or such other display as may replace Page PX1) on Bloomberg Financial Markets for the most recently issued actively traded on the run U.S. Treasury securities having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date, or (ii) if such yields are not reported as of such time or the yields reported as of such time are not ascertainable (including by way of interpolation), the Treasury Constant Maturity Series Yields reported, for the latest day for which such yields have been so reported as of the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (or any comparable successor publication) for U.S. Treasury securities having a constant maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date.

In the case of each determination under clause (i) or clause (ii), as the case may be, of the preceding paragraph, such implied yield will be determined, if necessary, by (a) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between (1) the applicable U.S. Treasury security with the maturity closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) the applicable U.S. Treasury security with the maturity closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life. The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.

Remaining Average Life ” means, with respect to any Called Principal of Notes, the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) obtained by dividing (i) such Called Principal into (ii) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the principal component of each Remaining Scheduled Payment with respect to such Called Principal by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) that will elapse between the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal and the scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.

 

-20-


Remaining Scheduled Payments ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, all payments of such Called Principal and interest thereon that would be due after the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal if no payment of such Called Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date, provided that if such Settlement Date is not a date on which interest payments are due to be made under the terms of the Notes, then the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued to such Settlement Date and required to be paid on such Settlement Date pursuant to Section 8.2 or Section 12.1.

Settlement Date ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the date on which such Called Principal is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2, or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

9. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

The Company covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:

9.1. Compliance with Law .

Without limiting Section 10.4, the Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations to which each of them is subject, including, without limitation, ERISA, the USA Patriot Act and Environmental Laws, and will obtain and maintain in effect all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations necessary to the ownership of their respective properties or to the conduct of their respective businesses, in each case to the extent necessary to ensure that non-compliance with such laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations or failures to obtain or maintain in effect such licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.2. Insurance .

The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance with respect to their respective properties and businesses against such casualties and contingencies, of such types, on such terms and in such amounts (including deductibles, co-insurance and self-insurance, if adequate reserves are maintained with respect thereto) as is customary in the case of entities of established reputations engaged in the same or a similar business and similarly situated.

9.3. Maintenance of Properties .

The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain and keep, or cause to be maintained and kept, their respective properties in good repair, working order and condition (other than ordinary wear and tear), so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times, provided that this Section shall not prevent the Company or any Subsidiary from discontinuing the operation and the maintenance of any of its properties if such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business and the Company has concluded that such discontinuance could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-21-


9.4. Payment of Taxes and Claims .

The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, file all tax returns required to be filed in any jurisdiction and to pay and discharge all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes, assessments, governmental charges, or levies imposed on them or any of their properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent the same have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent and all claims for which sums have become due and payable that have or might become a Lien on properties or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary, provided that neither the Company nor any Subsidiary need pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim if (a) the amount, applicability or validity thereof is contested by the Company or such Subsidiary on a timely basis in good faith and in appropriate proceedings, and the Company or a Subsidiary has established adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP on the books of the Company or such Subsidiary or (b) the nonpayment of all such taxes, assessments, charges, levies and claims in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.5. Corporate Existence, Etc .

Subject to Section 10.2, the Company will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence; provided that the Company may convert to a form other than a corporate form so long as (x) no Change of Control shall result therefrom and (y) such successor (i) shall have executed and delivered, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders, to each holder of any Notes its assumption of the due and punctual performance and observance of each covenant and condition of this Agreement and the Notes, and (ii) shall have caused to be delivered to each holder of any Notes an opinion of nationally recognized independent counsel, or other independent counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders, to the effect that all agreements or instruments effecting such assumption are enforceable in accordance with their terms and comply with the terms of this Section 9.5. Subject to Section 10.2, the Company will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect the corporate existence of each of its Subsidiaries (unless merged into the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary) and all rights and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries unless, in the good faith judgment of the Company, the termination of or failure to preserve and keep in full force and effect such corporate existence, right or franchise could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.6. Books and Records .

The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain proper books of record and account in conformity with GAAP and all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having legal or regulatory jurisdiction over the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

-22-


9.7. Ranking of Obligations .

The Company will ensure that its payment obligations under this Agreement and the Notes will at times rank at least pari passu , without preference or priority, with all other unsecured unsubordinated Debt of the Company.

9.8. Subsidiary Guaranty; Release of Guaranties .

(a) Subsidiary Guarantors . The Company will cause each Subsidiary that, on or after the date of the Closing, is or becomes a borrower or guarantor of Indebtedness in respect of the Bank Credit Agreement, on the date of Closing or within 10 Business Days of its thereafter becoming a co-obligor, borrower or a guarantor of Indebtedness in respect of the Bank Credit Agreement to execute and deliver or become a party to a guaranty agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders (the “ Subsidiary Guaranty ”), and shall deliver to each holder of Notes:

(i) an executed counterpart of the Subsidiary Guaranty, or, if a Subsidiary Guaranty has been previously executed and delivered, an executed counterpart of a joinder thereto;

(ii) copies of such directors’ or other authorizing resolutions, charter, bylaws and other constitutive documents of such Subsidiary as the Required Holders may reasonably request; and

(iii) an opinion of independent counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders and an opinion of in-house counsel to the Company, in each case consistent with the opinions provided to the Purchasers at the time of Closing covering the authorization, execution, delivery, compliance with law, no conflict with other documents, no consents and enforceability against such Subsidiary.

(b) Release of Subsidiary Guarantor . Each holder of a Note will release and discharge from the Subsidiary Guaranty a Subsidiary Guarantor, immediately and without any further act, upon (i) the Disposition of such Subsidiary Guarantor by the Company in compliance with Section 10.6 or the dissolution of such Subsidiary Guarantor and the assumption of its liabilities under its Subsidiary Guaranty by the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor or (ii) such Subsidiary Guarantor being released and discharged as a co-obligor, borrower or guarantor under and in respect of the Bank Credit Agreement; provided that in the case of clause (ii) if any fee or other consideration is paid or given to any holder of Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Agreement in connection with such release, other than the repayment of all or a portion of such Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Agreement, each holder of a Note receives equivalent consideration on a pro rata basis; provided, however, that in the event the Bank Credit Agreement is amended or replaced or refinanced, and upfront fees or similar fees are paid to the lenders and/or agents or arrangers thereunder in consideration of their commitments to extend credit and/or in consideration of their agreement to provide services, such fees shall not be subject to the provisions of this subparagraph (b); and provided, further in the case of both clause (i) and (ii): (x) no Default or Event of Default

 

-23-


exists or will exist immediately following such release and discharge; and (y) at the time of such release and discharge, the Company delivers to each holder of Notes a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying (A) that a Disposition of such Subsidiary Guarantor has occurred in compliance with Section 10.6 or that such Subsidiary Guarantor has been or is being released and discharged as a co-obligor, borrower or guarantor under and in respect of the Bank Credit Agreement and (B) as to the matters set forth in clauses (x) and (y).

(c) Confirmation of Release . Upon written request of the Company following release of a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 9.7(b), each Holder of a Note agrees to provide written confirmation of such release.

10. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

The Company covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:

10.1. Transactions with Affiliates .

The Company will not and will not permit any Subsidiary to enter into directly or indirectly any Material transaction or Material group of related transactions (including without limitation the purchase, lease, sale or exchange of properties of any kind or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate (other than the Company or another Subsidiary), except upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than would be obtainable in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate.

10.2. Merger, Consolidation, Etc .

The Company will not consolidate with or merge with any other Person or convey, transfer, sell or lease all or substantially all of its assets in a single transaction or series of transactions to any Person except that the Company may consolidate or merge with any other Person or convey, transfer, sell or lease all or substantially all of its assets in a single transaction or series of transactions to any Person, provided that:

(a) the successor formed by such consolidation or the survivor of such merger or the Person that acquires by conveyance, transfer, sale or lease all or substantially all of the assets of the Company as an entirety, as the case may be, is a solvent corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof (including the District of Columbia), and, if the Company is not such successor or survivor, such entity (i) shall have executed and delivered, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders, to each holder of any Notes its assumption of the due and punctual performance and observance of each covenant and condition of this Agreement and the Notes and (ii) shall have caused to be delivered to each holder of any Notes an opinion of nationally recognized independent counsel, or other independent counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders, to the effect that all agreements or instruments effecting such assumption are enforceable in accordance with their terms and comply with the terms of this Section 10.2(a); and

 

-24-


(b) after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall exist.

No such conveyance, transfer, sale or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company shall have the effect of releasing the Company or any successor that shall theretofore have become such in the manner prescribed in this Section 10.2 from its liability under this Agreement.

10.3. Line of Business .

The Company will not and will not permit any Subsidiary to engage in any business if, as a result, the general nature of the business in which the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, would then be engaged would be substantially changed from the general nature of the business in which the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are engaged on the date of this Agreement as described in the Memorandum.

10.4. Terrorism Sanctions Regulations .

The Company will not and will not permit any Subsidiary to (a) become a Person described or designated in the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List of the Office of Foreign Assets Control or in Section 1 of the Anti-Terrorism Order or (b) engage in any dealings or transactions with any such Person.

10.5. Liens .

The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, directly or indirectly, any Lien on its properties or assets, including capital stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

(a) Liens on property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary if, at the time such Liens are created, the Notes are equally and ratably secured by a Lien on the same property and assets pursuant to an agreement or agreements (including an inter-creditor agreement) reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders;

(b) Permitted Encumbrances;

(c) Liens existing on property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary as of the date of this Agreement that are described in Schedule 10.5;

(d) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Company or any Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date of this Agreement prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (ii) such Lien does not apply to any other property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary and (iii) such Lien secures only those obligations that it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be, and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

 

-25-


(e) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved by the Company or any Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Liens and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within 270 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement, (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets, and (iii) such Liens do not apply to any other property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary;

(f) Liens securing surety or other bonds required in the normal course of business;

(g) Liens on cash deposits securing obligations under Swap Agreements;

(h) any Lien renewing, extending or replacing any Lien permitted by paragraphs (c), (d) or (e) of this Section 10.5, provided that (x) the principal amount Indebtedness so secured and then outstanding is not increased, (y) the Lien is not extended to other property of the Company or such Subsidiary and (z) the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted hereunder;

(i) Liens securing Intercompany Indebtedness;

(j) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money that individually or in the aggregate do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 11(i);

(k) Liens on the Petroleum Properties securing performance obligations under Advance Payment Contracts, provided that the aggregate outstanding amount of such obligations does not at any time exceed $10,000,000; and

(l) Liens securing Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by paragraphs (a) through (k) of this Section 10.5, provided that the outstanding principal amount of Priority Debt does not at any time exceed 10% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter.

10.6. Sale of Assets .

Except as permitted by Section 10.2, the Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, including by way of merger (collectively a “ Disposition ”), any assets, in one or a series of transactions, to any Person, other than:

(a) Dispositions of surplus equipment for fair and adequate consideration;

(b) Dispositions of worthless or obsolete equipment;

 

-26-


(c) Dispositions of equipment that is replaced by equipment of substantially equal suitability and value;

(d) Dispositions of inventory (including Hydrocarbons and seismic data) that is sold in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Dispositions not otherwise permitted by paragraphs (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 10.6 provided that:

(i) in the good faith opinion of the Company, the Disposition is in exchange for consideration having a fair market value at least equal to that of the property subject to such Disposition and is in the best interest of the Company or such Subsidiary;

(ii) after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall exist; and

(iii) immediately after giving effect to the Disposition, the aggregate net book value of all assets that were the subject of any Disposition pursuant to this Section 10.6(e) occurring in the then current fiscal year would not exceed 25% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal year.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, or may permit a Subsidiary to, make a Disposition and the assets subject to such Disposition shall not be subject to or included in the foregoing limitation and computation contained in paragraph (e)(iii) of the preceding sentence if, within 365 days of such Disposition, an amount equal to the net proceeds from such Disposition is:

(A) reinvested in productive assets to be used in the existing business of the Company or a Subsidiary (including exploration and development capital expenditures); or

(B) the net proceeds from such Disposition are applied to a Debt Prepayment Application. Solely for the purposes of the foregoing clause (B), whether or not such offers are accepted by the holders, the entire principal amount of the Notes subject to a Debt Prepayment Application shall be deemed to have been prepaid.

10.7. Priority Debt .

The Company will not at any time permit the outstanding principal amount of Priority Debt to exceed 10% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter, provided, however, that no Lien created pursuant to Section 10.5(l) shall secure Indebtedness owing under the Bank Credit Agreement unless the Notes are equally and ratably secured by all property subject to such Lien and no Subsidiary shall guaranty or otherwise become obligated in respect of such Indebtedness unless such Subsidiary guaranties, or becomes similarly obligated in respect of, the Notes pursuant to Section 9.8, in each case pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders.

 

-27-


10.8. Asset Coverage Ratio .

(a) The ratio of (i) Present Value of Proved Reserves plus Adjusted Cash to (ii) Indebtedness and Other Liabilities shall at all times be not less than 1.5:1;

(b) The Present Value of Proved Reserves will be determined and adjusted periodically as follows:

(i) The calculation of Present Value of Proved Reserves will be determined from the most recent Reserve Report.

(ii) Upon any sale by the Company or any Subsidiary of any Petroleum Property including but not limited to a sale of a lesser interest such as a royalty or a net profit interest to the extent the sale of such lesser interest is not considered to create a Lien (other than the sale of hydrocarbons after severance occurring in the ordinary course of the Company’s business), the calculation of Present Value of Proved Reserves shall be reduced, effective on the date of consummation of such sale, by an amount equal to the Present Value of Proved Reserves attributable to Proved Reserves included in such sale.

(iii) Immediately upon acquisition or development by the Company or any Subsidiary of any Petroleum Property owned directly by the Company or any Subsidiary and not reflected in the most recent Reserve Report, the calculation of Present Value of Proved Reserves shall be increased in an amount equal to the Present Value of Proved Reserves attributable to such Petroleum Property.

10.9. Annual Coverage Ratio .

The Company will not permit as of the last day of any fiscal quarter the Annual Coverage Ratio to be less than 2.8:1. For this purpose:

(a) “Annual Coverage Ratio” means at any date the ratio of Consolidated Cash Flow to Consolidated Interest Expense for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on such date.

(b) “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, for any period, the net cash from operating activities of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, as the same is, or would in accordance with GAAP be set forth in a statement of cash flows for such period, plus to the extent deducted in determining such net cash from operating activities, the sum of (x) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period and (y) income tax expense.

(c) “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the interest expense of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries determined for such period in accordance with GAAP.

(d) “Consolidated Subsidiaries” means at any date any Subsidiary or other entity the accounts of which would in accordance with GAAP be consolidated with those of the Company in its consolidated financial statements if such statements were prepared as of such date.

 

-28-


11. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

An “Event of Default” shall exist if any of the following conditions or events shall occur and be continuing:

(a) the Company defaults in the payment of any principal or Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration or otherwise; or

(b) the Company defaults in the payment of any interest on any Note for more than five Business Days after the same becomes due and payable; or

(c) the Company defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in Section 7.1(d) or Sections 10.1 through 10.9; or

(d) the Company defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein (other than those referred to in Sections 11(a), (b) and (c)) and such default is not remedied within 30 days after the earlier of (i) a Responsible Officer obtaining actual knowledge of such default and (ii) the Company receiving written notice of such default from any holder of a Note (any such written notice to be identified as a “notice of default” and to refer specifically to this Section 11(d)); or

(e) any representation or warranty made in writing by or on behalf of the Company or by any officer of the Company in this Agreement or in any writing furnished in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby proves to have been false or incorrect in any material respect on the date as of which made and if capable of being cured is not cured within 30 days; or

(f) (i) the Company or any Material Subsidiary is in default (as principal or as guarantor or other surety) in the payment of any principal of or premium or make-whole amount or interest on any Indebtedness that is outstanding in an aggregate principal amount of at least $30,000,000 beyond any period of grace provided with respect thereto, or (ii) the Company or any Material Subsidiary is in default in the performance of or compliance with any term of any evidence of any Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of at least $30,000,000 or of any mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating thereto or any other condition exists, and as a consequence of such default or condition such Indebtedness has become, or has been declared (or one or more Persons are entitled to declare such Indebtedness to be), due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment, or (iii) as a consequence of the occurrence or continuation of any event or condition (other than the passage of time or the right of the holder of Indebtedness to convert such Indebtedness into equity interests), (x) the Company or any Material Subsidiary has become obligated to purchase or repay Indebtedness before its regular maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of at least $30,000,000, or (y) one or more Persons have the right to require the Company or any

 

-29-


Subsidiary so to purchase or repay such Indebtedness; provided, that clause (iii) shall not apply to Indebtedness that becomes due (without the occurrence of any default or event of default thereunder) as a result of a disposition of assets pursuant to a due on sale or equivalent provision, issuance of equity or incurrence of other debt, provided that such Indebtedness is purchased or paid when due or within the grace period provided; or

(g) the Company or any Material Subsidiary (i) is generally not paying, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, (ii) files, or consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy, for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of any jurisdiction, (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, (v) is adjudicated as insolvent or to be liquidated, or (vi) takes corporate action for the purpose of any of the foregoing; or

(h) a court or Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction enters an order appointing, without consent by the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries, a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, or constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, or ordering the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries, or any such petition shall be filed against the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries and such petition shall not be dismissed within 60 days; or

(i) a final judgment or judgments for the payment of money aggregating in excess of $30,000,000 are rendered against one or more of the Company and its Material Subsidiaries and which judgments are not, within 60 days after entry thereof, bonded, discharged or stayed pending appeal, or are not discharged within 60 days after the expiration of such stay;

(j) any Subsidiary Guaranty ceases to be in full force and effect (unless released in accordance with Section 9.8) or is declared to be null and void in whole or in material part by a court or other governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction or the validity or enforceability thereof shall be contested by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any of them renounces any of the same or denies that it has any or further liability thereunder; or

(k) if an ERISA Event has resulted in liability of the Company or any Subsidiary under Title IV of ERISA to a Plan, a Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of $30,000,000 and such amount has not been paid when due.

 

-30-


12. REMEDIES ON DEFAULT, ETC.

12.1. Acceleration .

(a) If an Event of Default with respect to the Company described in Section 11(g) or (h) (other than an Event of Default described in clause (i) of Section 11(g) or described in clause (vi) of Section 11(g) by virtue of the fact that such clause encompasses clause (i) of Section 11(g)) has occurred, all the Notes then outstanding shall automatically become immediately due and payable.

(b) If any other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Required Holders may at any time at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes then outstanding to be immediately due and payable.

(c) If any Event of Default described in Section 11(a) or (b) has occurred and is continuing, any holder or holders of Notes at the time outstanding affected by such Event of Default may at any time, at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes held by it or them to be immediately due and payable.

Upon any Notes becoming due and payable under this Section 12.1, whether automatically or by declaration, such Notes will forthwith mature and the entire unpaid principal amount of such Notes, plus (x) all accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including, but not limited to, interest accrued thereon at the Default Rate) and (y) the Make-Whole Amount determined in respect of such principal amount (to the full extent permitted by applicable law), shall all be immediately due and payable, in each and every case without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are hereby waived. The Company acknowledges, and the parties hereto agree, that each holder of a Note has the right to maintain its investment in the Notes free from repayment by the Company (except as herein specifically provided for) and that the provision for payment of a Make-Whole Amount by the Company in the event that the Notes are prepaid or are accelerated as a result of an Event of Default, is intended to provide compensation for the deprivation of such right under such circumstances.

12.2. Other Remedies .

If any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and irrespective of whether any Notes have become or have been declared immediately due and payable under Section 12.1, the holder of any Note at the time outstanding may proceed to protect and enforce the rights of such holder by an action at law, suit in equity or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any agreement contained herein or in any Note, or for an injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof or thereof, or in aid of the exercise of any power granted hereby or thereby or by law or otherwise.

12.3. Rescission .

At any time after any Notes have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 12(b) or (c), the Required Holders, by written notice to the Company, may rescind and annul any such declaration and its consequences if (a) the Company has paid all overdue interest on the Notes, all principal of and Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Notes that are due and

 

-31-


payable and are unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and Make-Whole Amount, if any, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any overdue interest in respect of the Notes, at the Default Rate, (b) neither the Company nor any other Person shall have paid any amounts which have become due solely by reason of such declaration, (c) all Events of Default and Defaults, other than non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived pursuant to Section 17, and (d) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any monies due pursuant hereto or to the Notes. No rescission and annulment under this Section 12.3 will extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

12.4. No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc .

No course of dealing and no delay on the part of any holder of any Note in exercising any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice such holder’s rights, powers or remedies. No right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement or by any Note upon any holder thereof shall be exclusive of any other right, power or remedy referred to herein or therein or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. Without limiting the obligations of the Company under Section 15, the Company will pay to the holder of each Note on demand such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover all costs and expenses of such holder incurred in any enforcement or collection under this Section 12, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and disbursements.

13. REGISTRATION; EXCHANGE; SUBSTITUTION OF NOTES.

13.1. Registration of Notes .

The Company shall keep at its principal executive office a register for the registration and registration of transfers of Notes. The name and address of each holder of one or more Notes, each transfer thereof and the name and address of each transferee of one or more Notes shall be registered in such register. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Person in whose name any Note shall be registered shall be deemed and treated as the owner and holder thereof for all purposes hereof, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary. The Company shall give to any holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor promptly upon request therefor, a complete and correct copy of the names and addresses of all registered holders of Notes.

13.2. Transfer and Exchange of Notes .

Upon surrender of any Note to the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18(iii)), for registration of transfer or exchange (and in the case of a surrender for registration of transfer accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder of such Note or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing and accompanied by the relevant name, address and other information for notices of each transferee of such Note or part thereof), within ten Business Days thereafter, the Company shall execute and deliver, at the Company’s expense (except as provided below), one or more new Notes (as requested by the holder thereof) in exchange therefor, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the surrendered Note. Each such new

 

-32-


Note shall be payable to such Person as such holder may request and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1. Each such new Note shall be dated and bear interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on the surrendered Note or dated the date of the surrendered Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp tax or governmental charge imposed in respect of any such transfer of Notes. Notes shall not be transferred in denominations of less than $100,000, provided that if necessary to enable the registration of transfer by a holder of its entire holding of Notes, one Note may be in a denomination of less than $100,000. Any transferee, by its acceptance of a Note registered in its name (or the name of its nominee), shall be deemed to have made the representations set forth in Section 6.2.

13.3. Replacement of Notes .

Upon receipt by the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18(iii)) of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note (which evidence shall be, in the case of an Institutional Investor, notice from such Institutional Investor of such ownership and such loss, theft, destruction or mutilation), and

(a) in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it (provided that if the holder of such Note is, or is a nominee for, an original Purchaser or another holder of a Note with a minimum net worth of at least $50,000,000 or a Qualified Institutional Buyer, such Person’s own unsecured agreement of indemnity shall be deemed to be satisfactory), or

(b) in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation thereof,

within ten Business Days thereafter, the Company at its own expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Note, dated and bearing interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note or dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon.

14. PAYMENTS ON NOTES.

14.1. Place of Payment .

Subject to Section 14.2, payments of principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest becoming due and payable on the Notes shall be made in Dallas, Texas at the principal office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in such jurisdiction. The Company may at any time, by notice to each holder of a Note, change the place of payment of the Notes so long as such place of payment shall be either the principal office of the Company in such jurisdiction or the principal office of a bank or trust company in such jurisdiction.

14.2. Home Office Payment .

So long as any Purchaser or its nominee shall be the holder of any Note, and notwithstanding anything contained in Section 14.1 or in such Note to the contrary, the Company will pay all sums becoming due on such Note for principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and

 

-33-


interest by the method and at the address specified for such purpose below such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A, or by such other method or at such other address as such Purchaser shall have from time to time specified to the Company in writing for such purpose, without the presentation or surrender of such Note or the making of any notation thereon, except that upon written request of the Company made concurrently with or reasonably promptly after payment or prepayment in full of any Note, such Purchaser shall surrender such Note for cancellation, reasonably promptly after any such request, to the Company at its principal executive office or at the place of payment most recently designated by the Company pursuant to Section 14.1. Prior to any sale or other disposition of any Note held by a Purchaser or its nominee, such Purchaser will, at its election, either endorse thereon the amount of principal paid thereon and the last date to which interest has been paid thereon or surrender such Note to the Company in exchange for a new Note or Notes pursuant to Section 13.2. The Company will afford the benefits of this Section 14.2 to any Institutional Investor that is the direct or indirect transferee of any Note purchased by a Purchaser under this Agreement and that has made the same agreement relating to such Note as the Purchasers have made in this Section 14.2.

15. EXPENSES, ETC.

15.1. Transaction Expenses .

Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Company will pay all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees of a special counsel and, if reasonably required by the Required Holders, local or other counsel) incurred by the Purchasers and each other holder of a Note in connection with such transactions and in connection with any amendments, waivers or consents under or in respect of this Agreement, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guaranty (whether or not such amendment, waiver or consent becomes effective), including, without limitation: (a) the costs and expenses incurred in enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) any rights under this Agreement, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guaranty or in responding to any subpoena or other legal process or informal investigative demand issued in connection with this Agreement, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guaranty, or by reason of being a holder of any Note, (b) the costs and expenses, including financial advisors’ fees, incurred in connection with the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or any Subsidiary or in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby, by the Notes and any Subsidiary Guaranty and (c) the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the initial filing of this Agreement and all related documents and financial information with the SVO provided, that such costs and expenses under this clause (c) shall not exceed $3,000. The Company will pay, and will save each Purchaser and each other holder of a Note harmless from, all claims in respect of any fees, costs or expenses, if any, of brokers and finders (other than those, if any, retained by a Purchaser or other holder in connection with its purchase of the Notes).

15.2. Survival .

The obligations of the Company under this Section 15 will survive the payment or transfer of any Note, the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Notes, and the termination of this Agreement.

 

-34-


16. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes, the purchase or transfer by any Purchaser of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein and the payment of any Note, and may be relied upon by any subsequent holder of a Note, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of such Purchaser or any other holder of a Note. All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed representations and warranties of the Company under this Agreement. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement and the Notes embody the entire agreement and understanding between each Purchaser and the Company and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

17. AMENDMENT AND WAIVER.

17.1. Requirements .

This Agreement, the Notes and any Subsidiary Guaranty may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof or thereof may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), with (and only with) the written consent of the Company and the Required Holders, except that (a) no amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of Section 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 21 hereof, or any defined term (as it is used therein), will be effective as to any Purchaser unless consented to by such Purchaser in writing, and (b) no such amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of the holder of each Note at the time outstanding affected thereby, (i) subject to the provisions of Section 12 relating to acceleration or rescission, change the amount or time of any prepayment or payment of principal of, or reduce the rate or change the time of payment or method of computation of interest or of the Make-Whole Amount on, the Notes, (ii) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment or waiver, or (iii) amend any of Sections 8, 11(a), 11(b), 12, 17 or 20.

17.2. Solicitation of Holders of Notes .

(a) Solicitation . The Company will provide each holder of the Notes (irrespective of the amount of Notes then owned by it) with sufficient information, sufficiently far in advance of the date a decision is required, to enable such holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof or of the Notes. The Company will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to the provisions of this Section 17 to each holder of outstanding Notes promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite holders of Notes.

(b) Payment . The Company will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security or provide other credit support, to any holder of Notes as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by any holder of Notes of any

 

-35-


waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted or other credit support concurrently provided, on the same terms, ratably to each holder of Notes then outstanding even if such holder did not consent to such waiver or amendment.

17.3. Binding Effect, etc .

Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 17 applies equally to all holders of Notes and is binding upon them and upon each future holder of any Note and upon the Company without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver. No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing between the Company and the holder of any Note nor any delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any holder of such Note. As used herein, the term “this Agreement” and references thereto shall mean this Agreement as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented.

17.4. Notes Held by Company, etc .

Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Agreement or the Notes, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein or in the Notes to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates shall be deemed not to be outstanding.

18. NOTICES.

All notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by telecopy if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), or (b) by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested (postage prepaid), or (c) by a recognized overnight delivery service (with charges prepaid). Any such notice must be sent:

(i) if to any Purchaser or its nominee, to such Purchaser or nominee at the address specified for such communications in Schedule A, or at such other address as such Purchaser or nominee shall have specified to the Company in writing,

(ii) if to any other holder of any Note, to such holder at such address as such other holder shall have specified to the Company in writing, or

(iii) if to the Company, to the Company at its address set forth at the beginning hereof to the attention of Scott C. Schroeder, Vice President, or at such other address as the Company shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing.

 

-36-


Notices under this Section 18 will be deemed given only when actually received.

19. REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS.

This Agreement and all documents relating thereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by any Purchaser at the Closing (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to any Purchaser, may be reproduced by such Purchaser by any photographic, photostatic, electronic, digital, or other similar process and such Purchaser may destroy any original document so reproduced. The Company agrees and stipulates that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by such Purchaser in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence. This Section 19 shall not prohibit the Company or any other holder of Notes from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.

20. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

For the purposes of this Section 20, “Confidential Information” means information delivered to any Purchaser by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement that is proprietary in nature and that was clearly marked or labeled or otherwise adequately identified when received by such Purchaser as being confidential information of the Company or such Subsidiary, provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known or otherwise known to such Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Purchaser or any person acting on such Purchaser’s behalf, (c) otherwise becomes known to such Purchaser other than through disclosure by the Company or any Subsidiary or (d) constitutes financial statements delivered to such Purchaser under Section 7.1 that are otherwise publicly available. Each Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information in accordance with procedures adopted by such Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Purchaser, provided that such Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, trustees and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by its Notes), (ii) its financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with the terms of this Section 20, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which it sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 20), (v) any Person from which it offers to purchase any security of the Company (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 20), (vi) any federal, state or provincial regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser, (vii) the NAIC or the SVO or, in each case, any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information

 

-37-


about such Purchaser’s investment portfolio, or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate (w) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Purchaser, (x) in response to any subpoena or other legal process, (y) in connection with any litigation to which such Purchaser is a party or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under such Purchaser’s Notes and this Agreement. Each holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 20 as though it were a party to this Agreement. On reasonable request by the Company in connection with the delivery to any holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to such holder under this Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a holder that is a party to this Agreement or its nominee), such holder will enter into an agreement with the Company embodying the provisions of this Section 20.

21. SUBSTITUTION OF PURCHASER.

Each Purchaser shall have the right to substitute any one of its Affiliates as the purchaser of the Notes that it has agreed to purchase hereunder, by written notice to the Company, which notice shall be signed by both such Purchaser and such Affiliate, shall contain such Affiliate’s agreement to be bound by this Agreement and shall contain a confirmation by such Affiliate of the accuracy with respect to it of the representations set forth in Section 6. Upon receipt of such notice, any reference to such Purchaser in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21), shall be deemed to refer to such Affiliate in lieu of such original Purchaser. In the event that such Affiliate is so substituted as a Purchaser hereunder and such Affiliate thereafter transfers to such original Purchaser all of the Notes then held by such Affiliate, upon receipt by the Company of notice of such transfer, any reference to such Affiliate as a “Purchaser” in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21), shall no longer be deemed to refer to such Affiliate, but shall refer to such original Purchaser, and such original Purchaser shall again have all the rights of an original holder of the Notes under this Agreement.

22. MISCELLANEOUS.

22.1. Successors and Assigns .

All covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not.

22.2. Payments Due on Non-Business Days .

Anything in this Agreement or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding (but without limiting the requirement in Section 8.6 that the notice of any optional prepayment specify a Business Day as the date fixed for such prepayment), any payment of principal of or Make-Whole Amount or interest on any Note that is due on a date other than a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day without including the additional days elapsed in the computation of the interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day; provided that if the maturity date of any Note is a date other than a Business Day, the payment otherwise due on

 

-38-


such maturity date shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and shall include the additional days elapsed in the computation of interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day.

22.3. Accounting Terms .

All accounting terms used herein which are not expressly defined in this Agreement have the meanings respectively given to them in accordance with GAAP. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, (i) all computations made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) all financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP.

22.4. Severability .

Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

22.5. Construction, etc .

Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant. Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

For the avoidance of doubt, all Schedules and Exhibits attached to this Agreement shall be deemed to be a part hereof.

22.6. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.

22.7. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

-39-


22.8. Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial .

(a) The Company irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guaranty. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(b) The Company consents to process being served by or on behalf of any holder of Notes in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 22.8(a) by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to it at its address specified in Section 18 or at such other address of which such holder shall then have been notified pursuant to said Section. The Company agrees that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it. Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.

(c) Nothing in this Section 22.8 shall affect the right of any holder of a Note to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit any right that the holders of any of the Notes may have to bring proceedings against the Company in the courts of any appropriate jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.

(d) The parties hereto hereby waive trial by jury in any action brought on or with respect to this Agreement, the Notes or any other document executed in connection herewith or therewith.

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank. Next page is signature page.]

 

-40-


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on a counterpart of this Agreement and return it to the Company, whereupon this Agreement shall become a binding agreement between you and the Company.

 

Very truly yours,
CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION
By  

/s/ Scott C. Schroeder

Name:   Scott C. Schroeder
Title:   Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

This Agreement is hereby

accepted and agreed to as

of the date thereof.

[A DD P URCHASER S IGNATURE B LOCKS ]

 

[Signature Page to Note Purchase Agreement]


Schedule A

I NFORMATION R ELATING TO P URCHASERS

 

Purchaser Name    JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Name in Which to Register Note(s)    JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Senior Note Registration Number(s); Principal Amount(s)   

RG-1; $17,000,000

RG-2; $ 9,000,000

Payment on account of Note   

Method

   Federal Funds Wire Transfer

Account information

   Bank Name:    Federal Reserve Bank of Boston
   ABA Number:    011001234
   Account Name:    F008 US PP Collector
   DDA Number:    048771
   Account Number:    JPPF1001002
   On Order of:    (See “Accompanying information” below)
Accompanying information    Name of Issuer:    CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION
  

Description of

Security:

   9.78% Series G Senior Notes due December 1, 2018
   PPN:    127097 C#8
   Due date and application (as among principal, premium and interest) of the payment being made.

Address / Fax # for notices related to

payments

  

John Hancock Financial Services

200 Berkley Street

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Investment Accounting, B-3

Fax: (617) 572-0628

   and
  

John Hancock Financial Services

197 Clarendon St.

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Investment Administration, C-2

Fax: (617) 572-5495

 

Schedule A-1


Purchaser Name    JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Address / Fax # for all other notices   

John Hancock Financial Services

197 Clarendon St.

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Investment Law, C-3

Fax: (617) 572-9269

   and (Including copies of notices regarding compliance reporting, financial statements and related certifications):
  

John Hancock Financial Services

197 Clarendon St.

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Oil & Gas Group C-2-10

Fax: (617) 572-9604

Instructions re Delivery of Notes   

John Hancock Life Insurance Company

197 Clarendon St., C-3

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Pam Memishian, Esq.

Signature Block    JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
   By:                                                                                  
   Name:
   Title:
Tax identification number    04-1414660

 

Schedule A-2


Purchaser Name    JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Name in Which to Register Note(s)    JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Senior Note Registration Number(s); Principal Amount(s)    RG-3; $250,000
Payment on account of Note   

Method

   Federal Funds Wire Transfer

Account information

   Bank Name:    State Street Bank & Trust Company
   ABA Number:    011000028
   Beneficiary Account:    00335943
   Beneficiary Name:    JHL SA 1Z - Private Placement Fund, Fund I4BI
   On Order of:    (See “Accompanying information” below)
Accompanying information    Name of Issuer:    CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION
  

Description of

Security:

   9.78% Series G Senior Notes due December 1, 2018
   PPN:    127097 C#8
   Due date and application (as among principal, premium and interest) of the payment being made.

Address / Fax # for notices related to

payments

  

State Street Bank & Trust Company

200 Clarendon Street, Mail Code CPH0452

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: JHML Group

Fax: (617) 351-4210

   and
  

John Hancock Financial Services

197 Clarendon St.

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Investment Administration, C-2

Fax: (617) 572-5495

Address / Fax # for all other notices   

John Hancock Financial Services

197 Clarendon St.

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Investment Law, C-3

Fax: (617) 572-9269

   and (Including copies of notices regarding compliance reporting, financial statements and related certifications):
  

John Hancock Financial Services

197 Clarendon St.

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Oil & Gas Group C-2-10

Fax: (617) 572-9604

 

Schedule A-3


Purchaser Name    JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Instructions re Delivery of Notes   

John Hancock Life Insurance Company

197 Clarendon St., C-3

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Pam Memishian, Esq.

Signature Block    JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
   By:                                                                                  
   Name:
   Title:
Tax identification number    04-1414660

 

Schedule A-4


Purchaser Name    JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)
Name in Which to Register Note(s)    JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)
Senior Note Registration Number(s);    RG-4; $11,750,000
Principal Amount(s)   
Payment on account of Note   

Method

   Federal Funds Wire Transfer

Account information

   Bank Name:    Federal Reserve Bank of Boston
   ABA Number:    011001234
   Account Name:    F008 US PP Collector
   DDA Number:    048771
   Account Number:    JPPF1001002
   On Order of: (See “Accompanying information” below)
Accompanying information    Name of Issuer:    CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION
  

Description of

Security:

   9.78% Series G Senior Notes due December 1, 2018
   PPN:    127097 C#8
   Due date and application (as among principal, premium and interest) of the payment being made.
Address /Fax # for notices related to payments   

John Hancock Financial Services

200 Berkley Street

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Investment Accounting, B-3

Fax: (617) 572-0628

   and
  

John Hancock Financial Services

197 Clarendon St.

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Investment Administration, C-2

Fax: (617) 572-5495

Address / Fax # for all other notices   

John Hancock Financial Services

197 Clarendon St.

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Investment Law, C-3

Fax: (617) 572-9269

   and (Including copies of notices regarding compliance reporting, financial statements and related certifications):
  

John Hancock Financial Services

197 Clarendon St.

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Oil & Gas Group C-2-10

Fax: (617) 572-9604

Instructions re Delivery of Notes   

John Hancock Life Insurance Company

197 Clarendon St., C-3

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Pam Memishian, Esq.

 

Schedule A-5


Purchaser Name    JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)
Signature Block    JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)
   By:                                                                                  
   Name:
   Title:
Tax identification number    01-0233346

 

Schedule A-6


Purchaser Name    JOHN HANCOCK VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Name in Which to Register Note(s)    JOHN HANCOCK VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Senior Note Registration Number(s); Principal Amount(s)    RG-5; $12,000,000
Payment on account of Note   

Method

   Federal Funds Wire Transfer

Account information

   Bank Name:    Federal Reserve Bank of Boston
   ABA Number:    011001234
   Account Name:    F008 US PP Collector
   DDA Number:    048771
   Account Number:    JPPF1001002
   On Order of: (See “Accompanying information” below)
Accompanying information    Name of Issuer:    CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION
  

Description of

Security:

   9.78% Series G Senior Notes due December 1, 2018
   PPN:    127097 C#8
   Due date and application (as among principal, premium and interest) of the payment being made.
Address / Fax # for notices related to payments   

John Hancock Financial Services

200 Berkley Street

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Investment Accounting, B-3

Fax: (617) 572-0628

   and
  

John Hancock Financial Services

197 Clarendon St.

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Investment Administration, C-2

Fax: (617) 572-5495

Address / Fax # for all other notices   

John Hancock Financial Services

197 Clarendon St.

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Investment Law, C-3

Fax: (617) 572-9269

   and (Including copies of notices regarding compliance reporting, financial statements and related certifications):
  

John Hancock Financial Services

197 Clarendon St.

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Oil & Gas Group C-2-10

Fax: (617) 572-9604

 

Schedule A-7


Purchaser Name    JOHN HANCOCK VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Instructions re Delivery of Notes   

John Hancock Life Insurance Company

197 Clarendon St., C-3

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Pam Memishian, Esq.

Signature Block    JOHN HANCOCK VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
   By:                                                                                  
   Name:
   Title:
Tax identification number    04-2664016

 

Schedule A-8


Purchaser Name    UNUM LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
Name in Which to Register Note(s)    CUDD & CO.
Senior Note Registration Number(s);    RG-6; $7,000,000
Principal Amount(s)   
Payment on account of Note   
Method    Federal Funds Wire Transfer
Account information   

CUDD & CO.

c/o JP Morgan Chase Bank

New York, NY

ABA No. 021 000 021

SSG Private Income Processing

A/C #900-9-000200

Custodial Account No. G08287

Re: (See “Accompanying information” below)

Accompanying information    Name of Issuer:   CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION
  

Description of

Security:

  9.78% Series G Senior Notes due December 1, 2018
   PPN:   127097 C#8
   Due date and application (as among principal, premium and interest) of the payment being made.
Address /Fax # for notices related to payments   

Provident Investment Management, LLC

Private Placements

One Fountain Square

Chattanooga, Tennessee 37402

   Telephone:   (423) 294-1172
   Fax:   (423) 294-3351
Address / Fax # for all other notices   

Provident Investment Management, LLC

Private Placements

One Fountain Square

Chattanooga, Tennessee 37402

   Telephone:   (423) 294-1172
   Fax:   (423) 294-3351
Instructions re Delivery of Notes   

JP Morgan Chase Bank

4 New York Plaza

Ground Floor Window

New York, NY 10004

Attn: John Bouquet / G08287 (Tel: 212-623-2840)

Ref: Account No.: G08287 (Unum Life Insurance Company of America)

Signature Block    UNUM LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
   By:   Provident Investment Management, LLC
   Its:   Agent
     By:                                                                                  
     Name:
     Title:
Tax identification number    13-6022143 (CUDD & CO.)

 

Schedule A-9


Purchaser Name    KNIGHTS OF COLUMBUS
Name in Which to Register Note(s)    KNIGHTS OF COLUMBUS
Senior Note Registration Number(s); Principal Amount(s)    RG-7; $7,000,000
Payment on account of Note(s)   

Method

   Federal Funds Wire Transfer

Account information

  

Bank of New York

ABA #021000018

CREDIT A/C: GLA111566

ATTN: P&I Dept

A/C Name: Knights of Columbus Life Account

Account#: 200700

P & I Breakdown:                                                                                  

Ref “Accompanying Information below”

Accompanying information    Name of Issuer:   CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION
   Description of Security:   9.78% Series G Senior Notes due December 1, 2018
   PPN:   127097 C#8
   Due date and application (as among principal, premium and interest) of the payment being made.
Address / Fax # for notices related to payments   

Knights of Columbus

Life Account # 200700

Attn: Investment Accounting Dept., 14th Floor

One Columbus Plaza

New Haven, CT 06510-3326

Address / Fax # for all other notices   

Knights of Columbus

Attn: Investment Department, 19 th Floor

One Columbus Plaza

New Haven, CT 06510-3326

Instructions re Delivery of Note(s)   

The Bank of New York Mellon

One Wall Street, 3 rd Floor, Window “A”

New York, NY 10286

Attn: Physical Delivery, Mary Wong (Tel. 212-635-1003)

KNIGHTS OF COLUMBUS LIFE ACCOUNT # 200700

Signature Block    KNIGHTS OF COLUMBUS
   By:                                                                                  
   Name:
   Title:
Tax identification number    06-0416470

 

Schedule A-10


Purchaser Name    SOUTHERN FARM BUREAU LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Name in Which to Register Note(s)    SOUTHERN FARM BUREAU LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Senior Note Registration Number(s);    RG-8; $3,000,000
Principal Amount(s)   
Payment on account of Note   

Method

   Federal Funds Wire Transfer

Account information

   State Street Bank and Trust Company

Boston, MA 02101

ABA #: 011000028

For further credit to: Southern Farm Bureau Life Insurance

Company, DDA #: 59848127, Account #: EQ83

Ref: See “Accompanying Information” below

Accompanying information    Name of Issuer:    CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION
   Description of
Security:
   9.78% Series G Senior Notes due December 1, 2018
   PPN:    127097 C#8
   Due date and application (as among principal, premium and interest) of the payment being made.

Address / Fax # for notices related to

payments

   Southern Farm Bureau Life Insurance Company

P.O. Box 78

Jackson, MS 39205

Attn: Investment Department - Carol Robertson, CFA

Phone: (601) 981-5332 ext. 1506

Fax: (601) 981-3605

   by overnight mail:
   1401 Livingston Lane

Jackson, MS 39213

Address / Fax # for all other notices    Southern Farm Bureau Life Insurance Company

P.O. Box 78

Jackson, MS 39205

Attn: Investment Department - Carol Robertson, CFA

Phone: (601) 981-5332 ext. 1506

Fax: (601) 981-3605

   by overnight mail:
   1401 Livingston Lane

Jackson, MS 39213

Instructions re Delivery of Notes    Southern Farm Bureau Life Insurance Co.

1401 Livingston Lane

Jackson, MS 39213

Attn: Carol Robertson, Investment Department

 

Schedule A-11


Purchaser Name    SOUTHERN FARM BUREAU LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Signature Block    SOUTHERN FARM BUREAU LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
   By:                                                                                  
   Name:
   Title:
Tax identification number    64-0283583

 

Schedule A-12


Schedule B

D EFINED T ERMS

As used herein, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below or set forth in the Section hereof following such term:

Adjusted Cash ” means, as of any date, the lesser of (a) the amount by which cash and short-term investments of the Company and its Subsidiaries exceed $5,000,000 and (b) the amount, if any, by which (i) current assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries exceed (ii) current liabilities of such Persons (excluding the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness included in such current liabilities), in each case determined on a consolidated basis as of such date. If such current liabilities exceed such current assets, Adjusted Cash shall be zero.

Advance Payment Contract ” means (a) any production payment (whether volumetric or dollar denominated) granted or sold by any Person payable from a specified share of proceeds received from production from specified Petroleum Properties, together with all undertakings and obligations in connection therewith or (b) any contract whereby any Person receives or becomes entitled to receive (either directly or indirectly) any payment (an “ Advance Payment ”) as consideration for (i) Hydrocarbons produced or to be produced from Petroleum Properties owned by such Person or its Affiliates in advance of the delivery of such Hydrocarbons (and regardless of whether such Hydrocarbons are actually produced or actual delivery is required) to or for the account of the purchaser thereof or (ii) a right or option to receive such Hydrocarbons (or a cash payment in lieu of such Hydrocarbons); provided that inclusion of customary and standard “take or pay” provisions in any gas sales or purchase contract or any other similar contract shall not, in and of itself, cause such gas sales or purchase contract to constitute an Advance Payment Contract for the purposes of this definition.

Affiliate ” means each Person who controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company. For purposes of this definition, the term “control” means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Anti-Terrorism Order ” means Executive Order No. 13,224 of September 23, 2001, Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit or Support Terrorism, 66 U.S. Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001), as amended.

Bank Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement dated as of October 28, 2002 among the Company, the various commercial banking institutions from time to time parties thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank, as amended by a First Amendment to Credit Agreement, a Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, a Third Amendment to Credit Agreement and as such agreement hereafter may be further amended, restated, supplemented, modified, refinanced, extended or replaced.

Business Day ” means (a) for the purposes of Section 8.8 only, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are required or authorized to be closed, and (b) for the purposes of any other provision of this Agreement, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York, New York or Houston, Texas are required or authorized to be closed.

 

Schedule B-1


Capital Lease ” means, at any time, a lease with respect to which the lessee is required concurrently to recognize the acquisition of an asset and the incurrence of a liability in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Lease Obligations ” means with respect to a specified Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as Capital Leases, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Change of Control ” means any of the following events or circumstances (a) any Person or related Persons constituting a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act shall have acquired “beneficial ownership” of a majority of the Voting Stock of the Company, or (b) during any period of 24 consecutive months, individuals who were directors of the Company at the beginning of the period and Qualifying Directors, in the aggregate, shall cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred:

(1) if, immediately following the event that would otherwise constitute a Change of Control, the Company (or the acquiring Person if it has acquired substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the resulting or surviving Person if it has merged or consolidated with the Company and the Company is not the surviving entity) has a rating of BBB- or higher by Standard & Poor’s, a Division of McGraw Hill Companies or Baa3 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or an equivalent rating by another rating agency of recognized national standing if it has only a single rating or, if it has two or more ratings, at least two of the ratings are BBB- or higher by Standard & Poor’s, a Division of McGraw Hill Companies or Baa3 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or an equivalent rating by another rating agency of recognized national standing (in each case, with no negative outlook) (as used in this paragraph “rating” of a Person means a rating of long-term unsecured debt of such Person);

(2) if the event that would otherwise constitute a Change of Control occurs in connection with a transaction in which (i) 100% of the Voting Stock of the Company becomes and remains at all times owned by another entity (a “Permitted Holding Company”), (ii) a majority of the Voting Stock of the Permitted Holding Company is owned by persons who were the holders of a majority of the Voting Stock of the Company prior to such transaction, and (iii) individuals who were directors of the Company at the beginning of the period described in clause (b) of this definition and Qualifying Directors, in the aggregate, constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Permitted Holding Company ( provided that, after such transaction, the Permitted Holding Company shall be substituted for the Company for purposes of this definition of Change of Control); or

(3) upon a conversion of the Company into a limited liability company, limited partnership or other form of entity or an exchange of all of the outstanding equity interests of the Company for equity interests in another form of entity into which the Company has been converted, so long as following such conversion or exchange the persons who were the holders of the capital

 

Schedule B-2


stock of, or other equity interests in, the Company immediately prior to such transactions own in the aggregate the majority of the equity interests of such entity into which the Company has been converted sufficient to elect a majority of its Board of Directors or persons performing a similar function.

Closing ” is defined in Section 3.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Company ” means Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation, a Delaware corporation or any successor that becomes such in the manner prescribed in Section 10.2.

Confidential Information ” is defined in Section 20.

Consolidated Total Assets ” means, as of any date, the assets and properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that Consolidated Total Assets shall be determined without giving effect to non-cash charges associated with successful efforts impairment test accounting or other similar tests resulting in non-cash charges.

Control Event ” means the execution of any written agreement which, when fully performed by the parties thereto, would result in a Change in Control.

Crude Oil ” means all crude oil and condensate.

Debt Prepayment Application ” means, with respect to any Disposition under Section 10.6(e) of any assets, the application by the Company or any Subsidiary, as the case may be, of cash in an amount equal to the net proceeds with respect to such Disposition to pay Senior Indebtedness (other than (a) Senior Indebtedness owing to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Affiliate and (b) Senior Indebtedness in respect of any revolving credit or similar facilities providing the Company or any Subsidiary with the right to obtain loans or other extensions of credit from time to time, unless in connection with such payment of Senior Indebtedness the availability of credit under such credit facility is permanently reduced by an amount not less than the amount of such prepayment), provided that in the course of making such application the Company shall offer to prepay each outstanding Note, in accordance with Section 8.4, in a principal amount which equals the Ratable Portion of such Note in respect of such Disposition.

Debt Prepayment Transfer ” is defined in Section 8.4(a).

Default ” means an event or condition the occurrence or existence of which would, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both, become an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” means, with respect to any Note, that rate of interest that is equal to the greater of (a) 2% per annum above the rate of interest stated in clause (a) of the first paragraph of the Notes or (b) 2% over the rate of interest publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. from time to time at its principal office in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate.

 

Schedule B-3


Disposition ” is defined in Section 10.6

Electronic Delivery ” is defined in Section 7.1(a).

Environmental Laws ” means any and all federal, state, local and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or other governmental restrictions relating to the environment or to emissions, discharges or releases of pollutants, contaminants, petroleum or petroleum products (including natural gas), chemicals or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or wastes into the environment including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, ground water, or land, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of pollutants, contaminants, petroleum or petroleum products (including natural gas), chemicals or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or wastes or the clean-up or other remediation thereof.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is treated as a single employer together with the Company under section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event ” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Company or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of withdrawal liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 11.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute. For purposes of the definitions of “Change of Control” and “Qualifying Director,” unless otherwise defined in such Sections, the terms enclosed in quotation marks as used therein have the meanings ascribed to such terms under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.

Form 10-K ” is defined in Section 7.1(b).

 

Schedule B-4


Form 10-Q ” is defined in Section 7.1(a).

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States of America.

Governmental Authority ” means

(a) the government of

(i) the United States of America or any State or other political subdivision thereof, or

(ii) any other jurisdiction in which the Company or any Subsidiary conducts all or any part of its business, or which asserts jurisdiction over any properties of the Company or any Subsidiary, or

(b) any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, any such government.

Guaranty ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation (except the endorsement in the ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection) of such Person guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any indebtedness, dividend or other obligation of any other Person in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including (without limitation) obligations incurred through an agreement, contingent or otherwise, by such Person:

(a) to purchase such indebtedness or obligation or any property constituting security therefor;

(b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of such indebtedness or obligation, or (ii) to maintain any working capital or other balance sheet condition or any income statement condition of any other Person or otherwise to advance or make available funds for the purchase or payment of such indebtedness or obligation;

(c) to lease properties or to purchase properties or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of such indebtedness or obligation of the ability of any other Person to make payment of the indebtedness or obligation; or

(d) otherwise to assure the owner of such indebtedness or obligation against loss in respect thereof.

In any computation of the indebtedness or other liabilities of the obligor under any Guaranty, the indebtedness or other obligations that are the subject of such Guaranty shall be assumed to be direct obligations of such obligor.

holder ” means, with respect to any Note the Person in whose name such Note is registered in the register maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 13.1.

 

Schedule B-5


Hydrocarbon ” means all Crude Oil and Natural Gas produced from or attributable to the Petroleum Properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid (excluding current accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding current accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (g) all Guaranties by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (h) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (j) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances and (k) all obligations of such Person with respect to Advance Payment Contracts to which such Person is a party. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

Indebtedness and Other Liabilities ” means, at any date, the sum of, without duplication, (a) Indebtedness (under clauses (a) through and including (h) of such definition) of the Company and its Subsidiaries at such date, plus (b) the amount, if any, by which Negative Adjusted Working Capital at such date exceeds 6% of the Present Value of Proved Reserves, minus (c) Non-Recourse Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries at such date.

Institutional Investor ” means (a) any Purchaser of a Note, (b) any holder of a Note holding (together with one or more of its affiliates) more than 5% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, (c) any bank, trust company, savings and loan association or other financial institution, any pension plan, any investment company, any insurance company, any broker or dealer, or any other similar financial institution or entity, regardless of legal form, and (d) any Related Fund of any holder of any Note.

Intercompany Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries owing to the Company.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, Capital Lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities (other than customary director, officer and employee stock option plans and “poison pill” plans).

 

Schedule B-6


Make-Whole Amount ” is defined in Section 8.8.

Material ” means material in relation to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets, properties, or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Material Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company representing more than 5% of Consolidated Total Assets or 5% of total revenue (for the immediately preceding four fiscal quarters) of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (b) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Notes, or (c) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the Notes.

Memorandum ” is defined in Section 5.3.

Multiemployer Plan ” means any Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” (as such term is defined in section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA).

NAIC ” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any successor thereto.

Natural Gas ” means all natural gas, distillate or sulphur, natural gas liquids and all products recovered in the processing of natural gas (other than condensate) including, without limitation, natural gasoline, coalbed methane gas, casinghead gas, iso-butane, normal butane, propane and ethane (including such methane allowable in commercial ethane).

Negative Adjusted Working Capital ” means, at any date, the amount, if any, by which current liabilities other than Indebtedness (under clauses (a) through and including (h) of such definition) of the Company and its Subsidiaries exceeds current assets of such Persons, determined on a consolidated basis as of such date.

Non-Recourse Debt ” of any Person means Indebtedness of such Person in respect of which (a) the recourse of the holder of such Indebtedness, whether direct or indirect and whether contingent or otherwise, is effectively limited to the assets directly securing such Indebtedness; (b) such holder may not collect by levy of execution against assets of such Person generally (other than the assets directly securing such Indebtedness) if such Person fails to pay such Indebtedness when due and the holder obtains a judgment with respect thereto; and (c) such holder has waived, to the extent such holder may effectively do so, such holder’s right to elect recourse treatment under 11 U.S.C. (S) 1111(b).

Notes ” is defined in Section 1.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer or of any other officer of the Company whose responsibilities extend to the subject matter of such certificate.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA or any successor thereto.

 

Schedule B-7


Pension Funding Rules ” means the rules of the Code and ERISA regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Plans and set forth in, with respect to plan years ending prior to the effective date as to any such Plan of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, Sections 401(a)(29) and 412 of the Code and Part 3, Subtitle I, of Title I of ERISA each as in effect prior to the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and, thereafter, Sections 412 and 430 through 436 of the Code and Part 3, Subtitle I, of Title I of ERISA each as in effect from time to time.

Permitted Encumbrances ” means:

(a) Liens for taxes, assessments, or similar charges, incurred in the ordinary course of business that are not yet due and payable;

(b) Liens of mechanics, materialmen, warehousemen, carriers, landlords or other like liens (including, without limitation, liens arising in favor of sellers of hydrocarbons), securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business that are not yet due and payable;

(c) Pledges or deposits in connection with or to secure workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance, pensions or other employee benefits;

(d) Encumbrances consisting of covenants, zoning restrictions, rights, easements, liens, governmental environmental permitting and operation restrictions, operating restrictions under leases, the exercise by governmental bodies or third parties of eminent domain or condemnation rights, or any other restrictions on the use of real property, none of which materially impairs the use of such property by the Company or its Subsidiaries in the operation of its business, and none of which is violated in any material respect by existing or proposed operations;

(e) Liens of operators and/or co-working interest owners under joint operating agreements or similar contractual arrangements with respect to the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of the expense of exploration, development and operation of oil, gas and mineral leasehold or fee interests owned jointly with others, to the extent that same relate to sums not yet overdue, or if they relate to sums that are overdue, then to the extent that the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves are set aside on its books;

(f) Liens arising in the ordinary course of business under farm-out agreements, gas sales contracts, operating agreements, unitization and pooling agreements, and such other documents as are customarily found in connection with comparable drilling and producing operations;

(g) letters of credit, pledges or deposits, including bonds, required in the ordinary course of business to secure public or statutory obligations or to secure performance in connection with bids or contracts relating to the exploration or development of Petroleum Properties, to the extent that payment of the underlying obligations is not yet due or is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings by or on behalf of the Company or a Subsidiary and with respect to which appropriate reserves have been established;

 

Schedule B-8


(h) Liens representing gas imbalances, take or pay or other prepayments in the ordinary course of business with respect to any Petroleum Properties which would require the Company or any Subsidiary to deliver hydrocarbons produced from any Petroleum Properties at some future time without then or thereafter receiving full payment therefore;

(i) The following, if the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate and lawful proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves are set aside on its books, and so long as they do not, in the aggregate, materially detract from the value of the property of the Company, or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its business:

(1) Claims or liens for taxes, assessments, or charges due and payable and subject to interest or penalty;

(2) Claims, liens, and encumbrances upon, and defects of title to, real or personal property, including any attachment of personal or real property or other legal process prior to adjudication of a dispute on the merits;

(3) Claims or liens of mechanics, materialmen, warehousemen, carriers, or other like liens (including, without limitation, liens arising in form of sellers of hydrocarbons); and

(4) Adverse judgments on appeal; and

(i) Inchoate liens in respect of royalty owners;

provided that the term “Permitted Encumbrances” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness except as provided in clause (h) to the extent consisting of any Advance Payment Contracts.

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization, business entity or Governmental Authority.

Petroleum Property ” means any interest of the Company or any Subsidiary in oil and gas reserves and assets consisting primarily of gas gathering, processing and storage facilities and transmission pipelines.

Plan ” means an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title I of ERISA that is or, within the preceding five years, has been established or maintained, or to which contributions are or, within the preceding five years, have been made or required to be made, by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate may have any liability.

 

Schedule B-9


Preferred Stock ” means any class of capital stock of a Person that is preferred over any other class of capital stock (or similar equity interests) of such Person as to the payment of dividends or the payment of any amount upon liquidation or dissolution of such Person.

Present Value of Proved Reserves ” means at any time the standardized measure of discounted after-tax future net cash flows, calculated in accordance with the methods prescribed at such time by Item 302(b) of Regulation S-K or any successor provision promulgated by the SEC (or if no such methods shall then be prescribed, then on a basis consistent with those most recently so prescribed), of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ Proved Reserves, excluding reserves subject to any Non-Recourse Debt. In calculating the Present Value of Proved Reserves, Proved Undeveloped Reserves shall not be taken into account to the extent that more than 35% of the Present Value of Proved Reserves is attributable to Proved Undeveloped Reserves.

Priority Debt ” means, as of any date, the sum (without duplication) of (a) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries secured by Liens not otherwise permitted by Sections 10.5(a) through (k) and (b) Indebtedness of Subsidiaries other than (i) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary outstanding on date hereof and set forth in Schedule 5.15, and any extension, renewal, refinancing or refunding, provided that the principal amount of such Indebtedness is not increased; (ii) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary owed to the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor; (iii) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor owed to a Subsidiary; (iv) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary outstanding at the time it becomes a Subsidiary and extensions, renewals and refundings thereof, provided that (x) such Indebtedness shall not have been incurred in contemplation of such Subsidiary becoming a Subsidiary, (y) immediately after such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary, no Default or Event of Default shall exist (z) such Indebtedness is not outstanding for more than one year from the date such entity becomes a Subsidiary; and (v) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor.

property ” or “properties” means, unless otherwise specifically limited, real or personal property of any kind, tangible or intangible, choate or inchoate.

Proposed Prepayment Date ” is defined in Section 8.3(b).

Proved Developed Non-Producing Reserves ” has the meaning assigned to that term by the Society of Petroleum Engineers, as it may be amended from time to time, but generally shall mean the subcategory of “Proved Developed Reserves” (as defined by the Society of Petroleum Engineers) which will become “Proved Developed Producing Reserves” upon minor capital expenditures being made with respect to existing wells which will cause formerly non-producing completions or intervals to become open and producing to market.

Proved Developed Producing Reserves ” has the meaning assigned to that term by the Society of Petroleum Engineers, as it may be amended from time to time, but generally shall mean the subcategory of “Proved Developed Reserves” (as defined by the Society of Petroleum Engineers) which are recoverable by natural reservoir energies (including pumping) from the completion intervals currently open and producing to market. Additional oil and gas expected to be obtained through the application of fluid injection or other improved recovery techniques for supplementing the natural forces and mechanisms of primary recovery will be included as

 

Schedule B-10


“Proved Developed Producing Reserves” only after testing by a pilot project or after the operation of an installed program has confirmed through production response through existing completions producing to market that increased recovery will be achieved. Proved Developed Producing Reserves shall not include any Proved Developed Non-Producing Reserves.

Proved Reserves ” means and includes Proved Developed Producing Reserves, Proved Developed Non-Producing Reserves and Proved Undeveloped Reserves.

Proved Undeveloped Reserves ” has the meaning assigned to that term by the Society of Petroleum Engineers, as it may be amended from time to time, but generally shall mean those reserves that are expected to be recovered from new wells on undrilled acreage, or from existing wells where a relatively major expenditure is required for recompletion. Proved Undeveloped Reserves on undrilled acreage shall be limited to those drilling units offsetting productive units that are reasonably certain of production when drilled. Proved Undeveloped Reserves for other undrilled units can be claimed only where it can be demonstrated with certainty that there is continuity of production from the existing productive formation. Under no circumstances should estimates for Proved Undeveloped Reserves be attributable to any acreage for which an application of fluid injection or other improved recovery technique is contemplated, unless such techniques have been proved effective by actual tests in the area and in the same reservoir.

PTE ” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

Purchaser ” is defined in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

Qualified Institutional Buyer ” means any Person who is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of such term as set forth in Rule 144A(a)(1) under the Securities Act.

Qualifying Directors ” means any director who (a) is elected by a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Company who were directors immediately prior to the event that caused the change in directorships and (b) is not a “person” or member of a “group” of persons, or an “affiliate” or “associate” of any “person” or “group” member, or an “associate” of an “affiliate” of any such “person” or “group” member, which “person” or “group” of persons, together with all of their respective “affiliates” and “associates” and all “associates” of their respective “affiliates” (other than a “person” or “group” of persons or an “affiliate” or “associate” of such “person” or “group” of persons or an “associate” of such “affiliate” in each case which is affiliated with the Company or any Subsidiary) comprise a majority of the board of directors of the Company.

Ratable Portion ” means, in respect of any holder of any Note upon any Disposition under Section 10.6(e), an amount equal to the product of

(a) the net proceeds arising from such Disposition being offered to be applied to the payment of Senior Indebtedness pursuant to Section 10.6(iii)(B), multiplied by

(b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of such holder’s Note, and the denominator of which is the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Senior Indebtedness at the time of such Disposition determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Schedule B-11


Related Fund ” means, with respect to any holder of any Note, any fund or entity that (i) invests in Securities or bank loans, and (ii) is advised or managed by such holder, the same investment advisor as such holder or by an affiliate of such holder or such investment advisor.

Required Holders ” means, at any time, the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding (exclusive of Notes then owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates).

Reserve Report ” means the reserve report delivered to the Purchasers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 and, subsequently, a report delivered by the Company pursuant to Section 7.1(g).

Responsible Officer ” means any Senior Financial Officer and any other officer of the Company with responsibility for the administration of the relevant portion of this Agreement.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States, or any successor thereto.

Securities ” or “ Security ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2(1) of the Securities Act.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

Senior Indebtedness ” means the Notes and any Indebtedness of the Company or its Subsidiaries that by its terms is not in any manner subordinated in right of payment to any other unsecured Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary.

Senior Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or comptroller of the Company.

Subsidiary ” means, as to any Person, any other Person in which such first Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries or such first Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries owns sufficient equity or voting interests to enable it or them (as a group) ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, to elect a majority of the directors (or Persons performing similar functions) of such second Person, and any partnership or joint venture if more than a 50% interest in the profits or capital thereof is owned by such first Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries or such first Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries (unless such partnership or joint venture can and does ordinarily take major business actions without the prior approval of such Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries). Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to a “Subsidiary” is a reference to a Subsidiary of the Company.

Subsidiary Guaranty ” is defined in Section 9.8 and includes any guaranty executed and delivered after the date of Closing by a Material Subsidiary pursuant to Section 9.8.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that hereafter executes and delivers a guaranty to each holder of Notes pursuant to Section 9.8.

 

Schedule B-12


SVO ” means the Securities Valuation Office of the NAIC or any successor to such Office.

Swap Agreement ” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Company or the Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement.

Transfer Prepayment Date ” is defined in Section 8.4(a).

Transfer Prepayment Offer ” is defined in Section 8.4(a).

USA Patriot Act ” means United States Public Law 107-56, Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT ACT) Act of 2001, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any class of shares of stock or other equity interests of such Person having general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect the board of directors or other managing entities, as appropriate, of such Person (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any other class or classes or other equity interests of such Person shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any Subsidiary one hundred percent of all of the equity interests (except directors’ qualifying shares) and voting interests of which are owned by any one or more of the Company and the Company’s other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries at such time.

 

Schedule B-13


Exhibit 1

Form of Series G Note

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION

9.78% S ERIES G S ENIOR N OTE D UE D ECEMBER  1, 2018

 

No. RG-[                    ]

   [Date]

$[                    ]

   PPN: 127097 C#8

For Value Received, the undersigned, CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION (herein called the “ Company ”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby promises to pay to [            ] , or registered assigns, the principal sum of [            ] DOLLARS (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on December 1, 2018, with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance hereof at the rate of 9.78% per annum from the date hereof, payable semiannually, on the 1st day of December and June in each year, commencing with the December or June next succeeding the date hereof, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, on any overdue payment of interest and, during the continuance of an Event of Default, on such unpaid balance and on any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount, at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the greater of (i) 11.78% or (ii) 2% over the rate of interest publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. from time to time in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate, payable semiannually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand).

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in Dallas, Texas or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

This Note is one of the Series G Senior Notes (herein called the “ Notes ”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2008 (as from time to time amended, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representation set forth in Section 6.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

Exhibit 1-1


This Note is also subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Company and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

Very truly yours,

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION

By  

/s/ Scott C. Schroeder

Name:   Scott C. Schroeder
Title:   Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

Exhibit 1-2


Exhibit 4.4(a)

F ORM OF O PINION OF M ANAGING C OUNSEL FOR THE C OMPANY

See attached


Exhibit 4.4(b)

F ORM OF O PINION OF S PECIAL C OUNSEL FOR THE C OMPANY

See attached


Exhibit 4.4(c)

F ORM OF O PINION OF S PECIAL C OUNSEL TO THE P URCHASERS

See attached

Exhibit 10.1

CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the 17 th day of December, 2008 and effective as of December 31, 2008 by and between CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION, with its principal office at 1200 Enclave Parkway, Houston, Texas 77077 (together with its successors and assigns permitted under this Agreement, the “Company”), and              (the “Executive”),

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, on November 3, 1995, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company authorized and adopted a Change in Control Program to provide for certain benefits to certain of the officers of the Company in the event of certain terminations of employment, and determined that such program would be in the best interests of the Company; and

WHEREAS, on July 17, 2001, upon the recommendation of its Compensation Committee, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized and adopted certain modifications to the Change in Control Program; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive entered into an agreement effective as of              (the “2001 Agreement”), setting forth the rights and responsibilities of the parties pursuant to the Company’s modified Change in Control Program; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive now desire to adopt changes, including changes necessary to cause the 2001 Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the related regulations and guidance thereunder (collectively, “Section 409A”), such amendment to be evidenced by entering into this agreement (the “Agreement”), which supersedes and replaces the 2001 Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is mutually acknowledged, the Company and the Executive (each, individually, a “Party” and, collectively, the “Parties”) agree as follows:

1. Definitions :

(a) “ Annual Compensation ” shall mean the sum of (I) the Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or, if greater, immediately prior to the Executive’s termination and (II) the greater of (1) 100% of the Executive’s target Bonus with respect to the fiscal year during which the Change in Control occurred or, if greater, the fiscal year during which the Executive’s termination occurred and (2) the Executive’s actual Bonus paid (including any amount deferred at the election of the Executive) with respect to any of the three fiscal years immediately preceding the Change in Control or, if termination of employment occurs prior to a Change in Control, termination of employment.

 

-1-


(b) “ Base Salary ” shall mean the Executive’s annualized base rate of pay with the Company.

(c) “ Beneficiary ” shall mean the person or persons named by the Executive pursuant to Section 10 hereof or, in the event no such person is named or survives the Executive, his estate.

(d) “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “ Bonus ” shall mean the cash amount, excluding any amount relating to the vesting of options or granting of performance shares or vesting of restricted stock or any other long-term incentive award, in excess of the Executive’s Base Salary, awarded to the Executive in any year.

(f) “ Cause ” shall mean:

(I) dishonesty by the Executive which results in significant loss to the Company and significant personal enrichment to the Executive;

(II) a material failure of the Executive to perform his obligations under this Agreement (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness); or

(III) the willful and continued failure of the Executive to perform substantially the Executive’s duties with the Company or one of its affiliates (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company which specifically identifies the manner in which the Board or Chief Executive Officer believes that the Executive has not substantially performed the Executive’s duties.

(g) “ Change in Control ” shall mean:

(I) The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 35% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (I), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company or (iv) any acquisition by any entity pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (1), (2) and (3) of subsection (III) of this definition; or

 

-2-


(II) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however , that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(III) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (1) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity that as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (2) no Person (excluding any entity resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such entity resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 35% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common equity of the entity resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such entity except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (3) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation, or the similar managing body of a non-corporate entity, resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or

(IV) Approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company, other than a liquidation or dissolution in connection with a transaction to which subsection (III) applies.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the events described in subsections (I) through (IV) above shall constitute a Change in Control unless such event also meets the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code and the related regulations and guidance.

 

-3-


(h) “ Confidential Information ” shall mean information about the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective businesses, products and practices, disclosed to or known or obtained by the Executive as a direct or indirect consequence of or through the Executive’s employment with the Company, which information is not generally known in the business in which the Company or such Subsidiaries are or may be engaged. However, Confidential Information shall not include under any circumstances any information with respect to the foregoing matters which is (I) available to the public from a source other than the Executive, (II) released in writing by the Company to the public or to persons who are not under a similar obligation of confidentiality to the Company and who are not parties to this Agreement, (III) obtained by the Executive from a third party not under a similar obligation of confidentiality to the Company, (IV) required to be disclosed by any court process or any government or agency or department of any government, or (V) the subject of a written waiver executed by the Company for the benefit of the Executive.

(i) “ Constructive Termination Without Cause ” shall mean a termination of the Executive’s employment at his initiative as provided in Section 2 within 30 days following the occurrence, without the Executive’s prior written consent, of one or more of the following events:

(I) any loss of the Executive’s titles or positions in effect at the time of a Change in Control or any adverse change in the position to which the Executive reports or the principal departmental functions that report to the Executive at the time of a Change in Control (reporting relationships) that in any case results in a diminution of the Executive’s responsibility or the Executive’s access to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

(II) the assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent in any respect with the Executive’s position (including status, offices, titles and reporting relationships), authority, duties or responsibilities as in effect on the date of a Change in Control, or any other action by the Company which results in a diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding action not taken in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;

(III) any reduction in total aggregate compensation, including, but not limited to, the aggregate benefits of all fringe benefits, Bonus opportunity, long-term incentive opportunity or perquisites applicable to the Executive immediately prior to a Change in Control, or any reduction in Base Salary, Bonus opportunity or long-term incentive opportunity from that immediately preceding a Change in Control;

(IV) the relocation of the Executive’s office location as assigned to him by the Company to a location more than 35 miles from his office location at the time of a Change in Control;

(V) any failure by the Company to comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement, other than a failure not occurring in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;

 

-4-


(VI) any purported termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment otherwise than as expressly permitted by this Agreement for Cause; or

(VII) any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy Section 5 of this Agreement, provided that the successor contemplated by Section 5 has received, at least 10 days prior to the giving of notice of constructive termination by the Executive, written notice from the Company or the Executive of the requirements of Section 5 of the Agreement.

(j) “ Disability ” shall mean that the Executive has met one of the following requirements:

(i) As a result of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, the Executive is (A) unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity or (B) receiving income replacement benefits or a period of not less than six months under the Cabot Group Health and Welfare Plan; or

(ii) The Executive has been determined to be disabled in accordance with the terms of the Cabot Group Health and Welfare Plan, provided, however, that the terms of such plan define disability in a manner consistent with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(4).

(k) “ Initial Term ” shall mean the period commencing on                 and ending                 .

(l) “ Potential Change in Control Period ” shall mean the period beginning on the date a Potential Change in Control occurs and ending on the earlier to occur of (I) the expiration of 12 months thereafter or (II) the Board determining in good faith that there is no longer a risk of a Change in Control occurring.

(m) “ Potential Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred, if:

(I) the Company enters into an agreement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control;

(II) any person (including the Company) publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions which if consummated would constitute a Change in Control;

(III) any Person, who is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 9.5% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, increases his beneficial ownership of such securities by 5% or more over the percentage so owned by such Person on the date hereof; or

 

-5-


(IV) the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of this Agreement, a potential Change in Control has occurred.

(n) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation in which the Company either (I) controls more than 50% of the voting power of all securities of such corporation or (II) owns more than 50% of the total value of all equity securities of such corporation.

(o) “ Term ” shall mean the term of this Agreement, which shall consist of the Initial Term and any extensions thereof.

(p) “ Termination Benefits ” shall mean:

(I) an amount of cash equal to the product of (A) Annual Compensation times (B) three; and

(II) immediate vesting of and lapse of restrictions with respect to all of the Executive’s equity-based incentive awards that remain outstanding at the time of the Executive’s termination without Cause or Constructive Termination Without Cause, whether or not such would be the result under the provisions of any applicable award Agreements; provided that (i) the application of this Section 1(p)(II) to performance-based awards shall remain subject to the terms of the applicable award agreement for purposes of calculating the amount of and the timing of payment of benefits thereunder and (ii), to the extent applicable, each of the Executive’s unexercised options or stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) shall immediately become and shall remain exercisable (without regard to any provision with respect to expiration upon termination of employment) until the earlier to occur of exercise of the option or SAR or the expiration of the option or SAR at the end of its full term; and

(III) at the Executive’s election, and subject to the Executive’s payment of the applicable premiums set forth on Schedule A, continued medical, dental and life insurance coverage (or reimbursement for the premiums for such coverage or reimbursement for covered expenses, at the Company’s election) in each case for three years following the date of the Executive’s termination without Cause or Constructive Termination Without Cause as though the Executive’s employment were continued in effect during such time and without regard to any benefit reductions implemented after the date of such termination; provided that the Executive may elect to receive one or more of such coverages and not the others; provided, further, that COBRA coverage shall commence only as of the end of such three-year period; and

(IV) immediate crediting of an additional three years of service under the Company’s non-qualified retirement plans in which the Executive is participating at the time of the Change in Control and payments under a non-qualified plan equal to the sum of (1) the amount of any additional benefits that would be attributable to a crediting of an additional three years of service in the Company’s qualified plans in which the Executive is participating at the time of the Change in Control and (2) an amount equal to the unvested portion of the Executive’s benefits under any non-qualified or qualified Company employee pension benefit plans; and

 

-6-


(V) reimbursement of expenses for outplacement assistance; provided however, that (1) the total amount of such reimbursement shall not exceed 15% of the Executive’s Base Salary in effect on the date of a Change in Control or, if termination of employment occurs prior to a Change in Control, termination of employment; (2) subject to the policies established by the Company for timely submission of such expenses for reimbursement in accordance with this Agreement, any expenses reimbursable in accordance with this clause (V) must be incurred on or before the last day of the two-year period commencing on the last day of the calendar year in which the Executive’s termination occurs (the “Reimbursement Period”) and (3) any reimbursement of such expenses shall take place within one year of the expiration of the Reimbursement Period; and

(VI) the sum of (1) any unpaid salary earned by the Executive for periods prior to employment termination plus (2) the Executive’s target Bonus for the fiscal year of termination prorated for the actual elapsed days of such fiscal year prior to such termination.

2. Certain Executive Employment Obligations; Events Triggering Termination Benefits :

(a) The Executive agrees not to terminate his employment for reasons other than death, Disability or Constructive Termination Without Cause (I) during the 90-day period following a Change in Control or (II) during a Potential Change in Control Period.

(b) In the event, within two years following a Change in Control occurring during the Term, the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than by death or Disability) or there is a Constructive Termination Without Cause, then the Executive shall be entitled to receive the Termination Benefits. The Termination Benefits provided in clauses (II), (III) and (V) of the definition of Termination Benefits shall be provided at the times specified in such clauses. The Termination Benefits provided in clause (VI)(1) of the definition of Termination Benefits shall be paid on the customary payment date for salary payments. The Termination Benefits described in clauses (I), (IV), and (VI)(2) of the definition of Termination Benefits shall be paid in a cash lump sum on the 15th business day following the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code at the time of his termination, any such payment under clauses (I), (IV) and (VI)(2) shall be made on the fifteenth business day following the earlier of (i) the expiration of six months from the date of the termination of the Executive’s employment or (ii) the date of the Executive’s death. Except as otherwise provided in the definition of Constructive Termination Without Cause, the failure of the Executive to effect a Constructive Termination Without Cause as to any one event described in such definition shall not affect his entitlement to effect a Constructive Termination Without Cause as to any other such event.

 

-7-


(c) In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated prior to a Change in Control by the Company Without Cause (other than by death or Disability) or there is a Constructive Termination Without Cause and either (I) the Executive reasonably demonstrates that such termination was at the request of a third party or as a result of actions by the third party who has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change in Control or (II) the termination occurs during a Potential Change in Control Period, then the Executive’s employment shall be deemed to have terminated following a Change in Control and the Executive shall be entitled to receive the Termination Benefits as provided in Section 2(b). Prior to a Change in Control, the determination of what events constitute grounds for a Constructive Termination Without Cause and the amount of Termination Benefits payable on a termination shall be made as if a Change in Control occurred immediately prior to the event or termination, as applicable.

(d) If (I) the Executive’s employment is terminated for Cause, (II) the Executive voluntarily terminates his employment and such does not constitute a Constructive Termination Without Cause, or (III) the Executive’s employment is terminated by death or Disability, then the Executive shall not be entitled to receive the Termination Benefits.

3. Tax Protection : Notwithstanding, any provision of this Agreement to the contrary in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution to or for the benefit of the Executive (determined without regard to (a) whether such payment or distribution has occurred, (b) whether the Executive’s employment has terminated and (c) the effect of any Gross-up Payment required under this paragraph) (a “Payment”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such Excise Tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), then the Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “Gross-up Payment”) in an amount such that after payment by the Executive of all income, excise and other taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto), the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the sum of (i) the excise tax imposed upon the Payment or the Gross-up Payment and (ii) without duplication, an amount equal to the product of (1) any deductions disallowed for federal, state or local income tax purposes because of the inclusion of the Gross-Up Payment in the Executive’s adjusted gross income, and (2) the highest applicable marginal rate of federal, state or local income taxation, respectively, for the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is made or is to be made. Any payment made to or on behalf of Employee which relates to taxes imposed on Employee shall be made not later than the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which such taxes are remitted by or on behalf of Employee. Any payment made to or on behalf of Employee which relates to reimbursement of expenses incurred due to a tax audit or litigation addressing the existence or amount of a tax liability shall be made by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the taxes that are the subject of the audit or litigation are remitted to the taxing authority, or where as a result of such audit or litigation no taxes are remitted, the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the audit is completed or there is a final and non-appealable settlement or other resolution of the litigation.

4. No Mitigation; No Offset : In the event of a termination of employment under Section 2 of this Agreement, the Executive shall be under no obligation to seek other

 

-8-


employment, and there shall be no offset against the Termination Benefits due the Executive under this Agreement on account of any remuneration attributable to any subsequent employment that he may obtain.

5. Effect of Agreement on Other Benefits and Rights of the Executive : Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive’s continuing or future participation in any plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company or any of its affiliated companies and for which the Executive may qualify, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as the Executive may have under any contract or agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated companies. Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any contract or agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated companies at or subsequent to any termination pursuant to Section 2 shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

6. Assignability; Binding Nature : This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors, heirs (in the case of the Executive) and assigns. No obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by the Company except that such obligations shall be assigned or transferred (as described below) pursuant to a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the continuing entity, or the sale or liquidation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, provided that the assignee or transferee is the surviving entity or successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and such assignee or transferee assumes the liabilities, obligations and duties of the Company, as contained in this Agreement, either contractually or as a matter of law. The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

7. Representation : The Company represents and warrants that it is fully authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement and that the performance of its obligations under this Agreement will not violate any agreement between the Company and any other person or entity.

8. Entire Agreement : Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, this Agreement contains the entire understanding and agreement between the Parties concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreement.

9. Amendment or Waiver : No provision in this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is agreed to in writing and signed by both the Executive and an authorized officer of the Company. No waiver by either Party of any breach by the other Party of any condition or provision contained in this Agreement to be performed by such other Party shall be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar condition or provision at the same or any prior or subsequent time. Any waiver must be in writing and signed by the Executive or an authorized representative of the Company, as the case may be. The Company will advise the Compensation Committee of the Board of any waivers under, or amendments to, this Agreement.

 

-9-


10. Severability : In the event that any provision or portion of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.

11. Beneficiaries/References : The Executive shall be entitled to select (and change, to the extent permitted under any applicable law) a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any compensation or benefit payable hereunder following the Executive’s death by giving the Company written notice thereof. In the event of the Executive’s death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in this Agreement to the Executive shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to his beneficiary, estate or other legal representative.

12. Governing Law/Jurisdiction : This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of Texas without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

13. Disputes :

(a) In the event of any dispute concerning this Agreement, either the Executive or the Company may compel the resolution of such dispute by binding arbitration pursuant to the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association. The location of such arbitration shall be the city in which the Executive’s principal office with the Company is located. Upon receipt of a written demand for arbitration, a hearing shall be scheduled to be held within 60 days of receiving such demand. All costs, fees and expenses, including attorney fees of both the Executive and the Company, of any arbitration in connection with this Agreement which results in any decision or settlement requiring the Company to make a payment or provide any form of compensation to the Executive in excess of any amount agreed to be paid by the Company shall be borne by, and be the obligation of, the Company. In the event the arbitration does not result in such a decision or settlement, each party shall bear its own expenses and 50% of the costs and expenses of the arbitration. The obligation of the Company under this Section 12 shall survive the termination for any reason of this Agreement (whether such termination is by the Company, by the Executive, upon the expiration of this Agreement or otherwise).

(b) In the event that any person asserts that any of the payments or benefits provided to or in respect of the Executive pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, by or on behalf of the Company, are subject to excise taxes under Section 4999 of the Code, the Company shall assume, and pay the costs of, the dispute with such person but may settle such dispute in its discretion.

(c) Pending the outcome or resolution of any arbitration, the Company shall continue payment of all amounts due the Executive without regard to any dispute but only if the Executive agrees in writing that if and to the extent that the Company prevails he will promptly repay to the Company (or, regardless of the existence of such agreement, the Company may set off against any amounts due to the Executive) appropriate amounts plus interest at the applicable Federal Rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code from the date any amount was paid by the Company to the Executive.

 

-10-


14. Notices : Any notice given to either Party shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, duly addressed to the Party concerned at the address indicated below or to such changed address as such Party may subsequently give such notice of:

If to the Company or the Board:

Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation

1200 Enclave Parkway

Houston, Texas 77077

Attention: Secretary

If to the Executive:

 

 

 

 
 

 

 
 

 

 

15. Confidential Information :

(a) Non-Disclosure : During the Term or at any time thereafter, irrespective of the time, manner or cause of the expiration of the Term, the Executive will not directly or indirectly reveal, divulge, disclose or communicate to any person or entity, other than authorized officers, directors and employees of the Company, in any manner whatsoever, any Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Board.

(b) Return of Property : Upon the Executive’s termination of employment, the Executive will surrender to the Company all Confidential Information, including without limitation, all lists, charts, schedules, reports, financial statements, books and records of the Company or any Subsidiary, and all copies thereof, and all other property belonging to the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Executive shall be accorded reasonable access to such Confidential Information subsequent to the Executive’s termination of employment for any proper purpose as determined in the reasonable judgment of the Company.

16. Headings : The headings of the sections contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

17. Counterparts : This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts.

18. Term of Agreement : This Agreement shall remain in effect for the Initial Term, for any extensions of the Term as set forth herein and thereafter to the extent necessary to maintain this Agreement in effect for a period of 24 months following any Change in Control during the Term. On                     and on each succeeding anniversary of such date thereafter, the Term shall be automatically extended by one year from the date upon which it would otherwise expire, unless prior to such anniversary the Company shall have given written notice to the Executive that the Term shall not be so extended. In addition, the respective rights and obligations of the Parties hereunder shall survive any termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary to the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

 

-11-


19. Section 409A Compliance : The following provisions shall apply to this Agreement, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary:

(a) This Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and ambiguous provisions, if any, shall be construed in a manner that is compliant with or exempt from the application of Section 409A.

(b) This Agreement shall not be amended in a manner that would cause the Agreement or any amounts payable under the Agreement to fail to comply with the requirements of Section 409A, to the extent applicable, and, further, the provisions of any purported amendment that may reasonably be expected to result in such non-compliance shall be of no force or effect with respect to the Agreement.

(c) The Company shall neither cause nor permit any payment, benefit or consideration to be substituted for a benefit that is payable under this Agreement if such action would result in the failure of any amount that is subject to Section 409A to comply with the applicable requirements of Section 409A.

(d) The Company shall neither cause nor permit any adjustments to any equity interest to be made in a manner that would result in the equity interest’s becoming subject to Section 409A unless, after such adjustment, the equity interest is in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent applicable.

(e) For purposes of Section 409A, each payment under this Agreement shall be deemed to be a separate payment.

(f) Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, if the Executive is treated by the Company as a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code as of the date of the termination of the Executive’s employment, then any amounts or benefits which

(I) are payable under this Agreement upon the upon the Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A,

(II) are subject to the provisions of Section 409A,

(III) are not otherwise excluded under Section 409A, and

(IV) would otherwise be payable during the first six-month period following such separation from service

shall be paid on the fifteenth business day next following the earlier of (i) the expiration of six months from the date of the termination of the Executive’s employment or (ii) the date of the Executive’s death.

 

-12-


(g) All reimbursements pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) such that the reimbursements will be deemed payable at a specified time or on a fixed schedule relative to a permissible payment event. The amounts reimbursed during the Executive’s taxable year may not affect the amounts reimbursed in any other taxable year (except that total reimbursements may be limited by a lifetime maximum under a group health plan), the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made on or before the last day of the Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred, and the right to reimbursement is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of January 1, 2009.

 

  CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION  
Date: December 17, 2008   By  

/s/ Dan O. Dinges

 
   

 

 
   

 

 
  EXECUTIVE  
Date: December 17, 2008    

 

 
   

 

 

 

-13-


Attached to and made a part of

that certain Agreement, effective as of December 31, 2008

between

Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation

and

 

 

Schedule A

In the event the Executive so elects in accordance with Section 1(n)(IV) of the Agreement and subject to the Company’s election rights provided in the same Section, the premiums payable by the Executive for continued medical, dental and life insurance coverage shall be such premiums as are in effect at the Company immediately prior to the Change in Control.

 

-14-

Exhibit 10.2

December 10, 2008

 

*

Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation

1200 Enclave Parkway

Houston, TX 77077

Dear *:

The purpose of this letter agreement (“Agreement”) is to set forth the terms and conditions applicable to certain supplemental pension benefits that Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation (the “Company”) has agreed to pay to you and/or your spouse.

Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) imposes limitations on the amount of retirement benefits which may be payable with respect to any participating employee under the Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation Pension Plan (the “Pension Plan”). Moreover, Code Section 401(a)(17) imposes limitations on the amount of compensation that may be considered in determining such retirement benefits. As these limitations may curtail the retirement benefits which would otherwise be payable to you under the Pension Plan, the Board of Directors of the Company has authorized the Company’s direct payment to you of certain amounts which are designed to recoup any such losses to you.

No later than the 15th business day following the date of your termination of service with the Company for any reason other than your death, the Company will credit your account in the Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) with an amount equal to the difference, as of the date of your termination of employment, between:

 

  (1) the actuarial equivalent value of the pension benefits that would have been payable to you under the Pension Plan, determined

 

  (i) without regard to the limitations imposed by reason of Sections 401(a)(17) or 415 of the Code and

 

  (ii) as if the amount of your compensation were equal to your SERP Compensation (as defined below); and

 

  (2) the actuarial equivalent value of the actual pension benefits payable under the Pension Plan.

Your “SERP Compensation” is the sum of (a) any amounts contributed by you to the Deferred Compensation Plan (your “DC Plan Contribution”) and (b) any amounts included in the definition of compensation under the terms of the Pension Plan; provided, however, that your SERP Compensation does not include the amount of any in-service distributions that you might receive from the Deferred Compensation Plan. For purposes of this formula, the amount of your


DC Plan Contribution for each year is the amount that you choose to contribute to the Deferred Compensation Plan during that year, as set forth in the irrevocable Deferred Compensation Plan Deferral Election submitted by you in advance of that plan year or, if applicable, within the time period permitted with respect to a Deferral Election made when you first become eligible to participate in the Plan.

The subsequent distribution of any benefit to which you are entitled under the terms of this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plan, including, but not limited to, the provisions of the Deferred Compensation Plan pertaining to the payment of benefits to individuals who are treated by the Company as specified employees within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

Upon your death while in the service of the Company, the Company shall pay to your surviving spouse, if any, a supplemental spousal death benefit in the form of a lump sum in an amount equal to the difference, as of the date of your termination of employment, between:

(1) the actuarial equivalent value of the spousal death benefit that would have been payable to your surviving spouse under the Pension Plan determined (i) without regard to the limitations imposed by reason of Sections 401(a)(17) or 415 of the Code and (ii) as if the amount of your compensation were equal to your SERP Compensation; and

(2) the actuarial equivalent value of the spousal death benefit actually payable under the Pension Plan.

Such payment shall be made on the fifteenth business day following the date of your death.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Agreement, on the fifteenth business day following the effective date of a Change in Control of the Company prior to your termination of employment for any reason, you will receive a lump sum payment payable from the general corporate assets of the Company in the amount that would have been transferred to the Deferred Compensation Plan on your behalf according to the terms of the preceding paragraph if your employment had terminated as of the day before the effective date of the Change in Control of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall conclusively be deemed to have occurred if, and only if, the Company experiences a change in control event that meets the requirements of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Code Section 409A.

It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement satisfy the requirements of Code Section 409A and that the Agreement be operated in a manner consistent with such requirements to the extent applicable. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if you are treated by the Company as a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and you continue in that status on the date of your termination of employment for any reason other than death, any payment otherwise authorized by this Agreement, other than upon a Change in Control, shall be delayed in satisfaction of the requirements of Section 409A, in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Deferred Compensation Plan.


The right to receive benefits under this Agreement may not be assigned, transferred, pledged or encumbered in any way.

This Agreement supersedes any prior agreement between you and the Company with respect to payment restrictions imposed under the Pension Plan by reasons of Sections 401(a)(17) or 415 of the Code.

If you find that this Agreement accurately describes the agreement between you and the Company concerning your supplemental pension benefits described herein, please sign two copies of this letter and return one to the Company, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation and you.

This Agreement shall be effective as of December 31, 2008.

 

Very truly yours,
CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Dan O. Dinges

  Dan O. Dinges
  Chairman, President and CEO

 

Accepted and Agreed to this 17 th day of December, 2008

 

 
*  

Exhibit 10.7

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2009)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
ARTICLE I TITLE AND DEFINITIONS   1
1.1    Title   1
1.2    Definitions   1

ARTICLE II PARTICIPATION

  6

ARTICLE III DEFERRAL ELECTIONS

  7
3.1    Amount of Deferrals   7
3.2    Procedure for Elections   7
3.3    Investment Elections   8
3.4    Forms and Procedures   9

ARTICLE IV DEFERRAL ACCOUNTS AND TRUST FUNDING

  10
4.1    Deferral Accounts   10
4.2    Company Discretionary Contribution Account   10
4.3    Trust Funding   11

ARTICLE V VESTING

  12

ARTICLE VI DISTRIBUTIONS

  13
6.1    Distribution of Deferred Compensation and Discretionary Company Contributions   13
6.2    Unforeseeable Emergency Distribution   14
6.3    Forfeiture of Unvested Amounts   15
6.4    Inability to Locate Participant   15
6.5    Installment Payments Deemed to be Separate Payments   15
6.6    Earnings   15

ARTICLE VII ADMINISTRATION

  16
7.1    Committee   16
7.2    Committee Action   16
7.3    Powers and Duties of the Committee   16
7.4    Construction and Interpretation   17
7.5    Information   17
7.6    Compensation, Expenses and Indemnity   17
7.7    Quarterly Statements   17
7.8    Claims and Review Procedures   18

ARTICLE VIII MISCELLANEOUS

  20
8.1    Unsecured General Creditor   20
8.2    Restriction Against Assignment   20
8.3    Withholding   20
8.4    Amendment, Modification, Suspension or Termination   20
8.5    Governing Law   21
8.6    Receipt or Release   21
8.7    Payments on Behalf of Persons Under Incapacity   21

 

i


8.8      Limitation of Rights and Employment Relationship   21
8.9      Headings   21
8.10    Section 409A   21

 

ii


CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

WHEREAS, effective as of June 1, 1998, Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation (the “Company”) established the Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) to provide supplemental retirement income benefits for a select group of management and highly compensated employees of the Company and certain of its subsidiary or related companies through deferrals of salary, bonus, performance share awards, Company contributions of certain amounts which cannot be made to the Company 401 (k) Plan due to Internal Revenue Code limitations, amounts payable under any Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) Agreements to which a participant in this Plan is a party and certain Company discretionary contributions; and

WHEREAS, the Company subsequently amended certain provisions of the Plan, as set forth in the First and Second Amendments to the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to allow participants to defer the receipt of certain benefits in order to provide a regular stream of income during retirement in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and to make certain other changes deemed necessary or appropriate, including prohibiting the deferral of performance shares from and after January 1, 2009;

NOW, THEREFORE, effective as of January 1, 2009, the Plan is hereby amended and restated, as follows:

ARTICLE I

TITLE AND DEFINITIONS

1.1 Title .

This Plan shall be known as Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan.

1.2 Definitions .

Whenever the following words and phrases are used in this Plan, with the first letter capitalized, they shall have the meanings specified below.

(a) “Account” or “Accounts” shall mean a Participant’s Deferral Account and Company Contribution Account.

(b) “Base Salary” shall mean a Participant’s annual base salary, excluding bonus, incentive and all other remuneration for services rendered to the Company and prior to reduction for any salary contributions to a plan established pursuant to Section 125 of the Code or qualified pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Code.


(c) “Beneficiary” or “Beneficiaries” shall mean the person or persons, including a trustee, personal representative or other fiduciary, last designated in writing by a Participant in accordance with procedures established by the Committee to receive the benefits specified hereunder in the event of the Participant’s death. No beneficiary designation shall become effective until it is filed with the Committee. Any designation shall be revocable at any time through a written instrument filed by the Participant with the Committee with or without the consent of the previous Beneficiary. If there is no such designation or if there is no surviving designated Beneficiary, then the Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s surviving spouse, if any, or, if there is no surviving spouse, the Participant’s estate. Payment by the Company to the Beneficiary identified pursuant to the terms of this Section 1.2(c) if no such designation exists, of all benefits owed hereunder shall terminate any and all liability of the Company.

(d) “Board of Directors” or “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation.

(e) “Bonus” shall mean the bonus earned as of the last day of the Plan Year, provided a Participant is in the employ of the Company on the date on which such bonus is paid.

(f) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(g) “Committee” shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Article VII.

(h) “Company” shall mean Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation and any successor corporations. “Company” shall include each corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code) of which Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation is a component member, if the Board provides that such corporation shall participate in the Plan.

(i) “Company Contribution Account” shall mean the bookkeeping account maintained by the Company for each Participant that, pursuant to Section 4.2, is credited with an amount equal to the applicable of the following: the Company Discretionary Contribution Amount, Matching Contributions, the Company DB SERP Contribution Amount, and earnings and losses.

(j) “Company Discretionary Contribution Amount” shall mean, if contributed by the Company for each Participant for a Plan Year, an additional discretionary amount allocated to a Participant under this Plan as determined by the Company. Such amount may differ from Participant to Participant both in amount, including no contribution, and as a percentage of Compensation.

(k) “Company DB SERP Contribution Amount” shall mean the amount of the benefit provided to the Participant under the terms of the supplemental employee retirement plan (“DB SERP”) agreement between the Company and the Participant; provided, however, that in no event shall a spousal death benefit payable under the terms of such DB SERP agreement be deemed to be a Company DB SERP Contribution Amount for purposes of this Plan.

 

2


(l) “Compensation” shall mean the amount of the Base Salary and Bonus that the Participant is entitled to receive for services rendered to the Company.

(m) “Deferral Account” shall mean the bookkeeping account maintained by the Committee for each Participant that, pursuant to Section 4.1, is credited with amounts equal to (i) the portion of Compensation that the Participant has elected to defer, (ii) the portion of any Performance Share Award that was credited to the Deferral Account prior to January 1, 2009 and (iii) earnings and losses.

(n) “Deferral Election” shall mean a written, electronic or other form of election permitted by the Committee pursuant to which a Participant may elect to defer a portion of his Compensation under the Plan.

(o) “Distributable Amount” shall mean the vested balance in the Participant’s Deferral Account and Company Contribution Account.

(p) “Effective Date” shall mean January 1, 2009.

(q) “Eligible Employee” shall mean members of the Company’s executive management group who are designated by the Company as eligible to participate in this Plan.

(r) “401 (k) Plan” shall mean the retirement plan maintained by the Company on the Effective Date that is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code and any successor or replacement plan.

(s) “Fund” or “Funds” shall mean one or more of the investment funds selected by the Committee pursuant to Section 3.3(b).

(t) “Future Date Withdrawal” shall mean the distribution date elected by the Participant for the withdrawal of all amounts of Compensation, vested Matching Contributions and vested Company Discretionary Contribution Amounts deferred in a given Plan Year, and earnings and losses attributable thereto, as set forth on the election form for such Plan Year.

(u) “Interest” shall mean, for each Fund, an amount equal to the net rate of gain or loss on the assets of such Fund, as calculated on a daily basis.

(v) “Investment Fund Subaccount” means one of the separate subaccounts into which a Participant’s Deferral Account is divided pursuant to a Participant’s election under Section 3.3(a).

(w) “Matching Contribution” means, for a given Plan Year, 6% of Compensation minus the actual amount of matching contributions made to the Company’s 401(k) Plan by the Company provided, however, that in no event shall the Matching Contribution exceed the excess of the dollar limit imposed by Code Section 402(g) over the actual amount of matching contribution made to the 401 (k) Plan by the Company.

(x) “Participant” shall mean any Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant in this Plan in accordance with Article II.

 

3


(y) “Payment Date” shall mean

(i) except as provided in Section 1.2(y)(ii), the 15th business day following the earlier of (A) the date of Participant’s termination of employment or (B) the Participant’s death; and

(ii) in the case of a Participant who is a Specified Employee on the Payment Date otherwise applicable in Section 1.2(y)(i), the 15th business day following the earlier of (A) the expiration of six months following the date such Specified Employee separates from service or (B) the date of the Specified Employee’s death.

(z) “Performance Share Award” shall mean the amount payable to a Participant pursuant to the Performance Share Award Agreement between the Company and such Participant. Effective as of January 1, 2009, Performance Share Awards may not be deferred under the terms of this Plan.

(aa) “Plan” shall mean Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan set forth herein, now in effect, or as amended from time to time.

(bb) “Plan Year” shall mean the period of twelve consecutive months beginning on each January 1 and ending on December 31.

(cc) “Retirement” shall mean the termination of employment by the Participant on or after

(i) with respect to an individual who is an Eligible Employee or Participant as of the Effective Date, the date of his attainment of age 55 with 10 years of active service with the Company; and

(ii) with respect to all other individuals, the date designated by the Committee at the time he is notified of his status as an Eligible Employee, which shall be either (A) the date of his attainment of age 55 with 10 years of active service with the Company or (B) the date of his attainment of age 65 with 5 years of active service with the Company.

(dd) “Section 409A” shall mean Section 409A of the Code and all related regulations and notices in effect thereunder.

(ee) “Specified Employee” shall mean a Participant who, on the date of his termination of employment with the Company, is treated as a Specified Employee by the Company in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A.

(ff) “Trust” shall mean Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan Trust.

 

4


(gg) “Unforeseeable Emergency” shall mean a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from:

(i) a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or of his spouse, beneficiary or dependent (as defined in Section 152 of the Code without regard to Section 152(b)(1), Section 152(b)(2) and Section 152(d)(1)(B));

(ii) loss of a Participant’s property due to casualty and not otherwise covered by insurance; or

(iii) such other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the Participant’s control.

Except as otherwise provided herein, “Unforeseeable Emergency” shall not include the purchase of a home or the payment of college tuition.

The Committee shall have the sole authority and discretion to determine whether a Participant has experienced an Unforeseeable Emergency and may require the Participant to submit such documentary evidence as the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary to establish the existence or non-existence of an Unforeseeable Emergency and/or the amount of such distribution. The Committee shall have the sole discretion and authority to establish the time period within which Participant must provide any such documentary evidence.

 

5


ARTICLE II

PARTICIPATION

An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant when designated as such by the Committee.

 

6


ARTICLE III

DEFERRAL ELECTIONS

3.1 Amount of Deferrals .

The amount specified by any Deferral Election applicable to a Participant’s Base Salary and/or Bonus shall be stated as a percentage that shall not exceed 100% of the sum of Base Salary and Bonus of the Participant. The Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may limit the total amount deferred by a Participant in order to satisfy Social Security tax (including Medicare), income tax and employee benefit plan withholding requirements. The minimum contribution that may be made in any Plan Year by an Eligible Employee is $2,500, provided that such minimum contribution can be satisfied from Base Salary and/or Bonus.

3.2 Procedure for Elections .

Subject to any modifications, additions or exceptions that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or appropriate, the following terms shall apply to any Deferral Election:

(a) Timing of Election .

(i) Initial Deferral Election.

(A) Base Salary . An Eligible Employee who wishes to defer the receipt of all or a portion of his Base Salary must submit a Deferral Election to the Committee before December 15 of the Plan Year immediately preceding the Plan Year to which the Deferral Election applies. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, an Eligible Employee may elect to defer the receipt of all or a portion of his Base Salary by submitting a Deferral Election to the Committee within 30 days of the date on which he first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan. Each Deferral Election shall only be effective with respect to Compensation earned after the date of its submission to the Committee. If an Eligible Employee fails to submit a Deferral Election in a timely manner, he shall be deemed by the Committee to have elected not to defer any portion of his Base Salary under the Plan for the applicable Plan Year.

(B) Bonus . An Eligible Employee who wishes to defer the receipt of any portion of a Bonus that is contingent upon his attainment of written performance criteria applicable to a performance period of at least 12 consecutive months must submit a Deferral Election to the Committee on a date established by the Committee that occurs no less than six months before the close of the performance period applicable to such Bonus; provided, however, that (1) on the date of such Deferral Election, the Eligible Employee is employed by the Company and has been continuously employed by the Company since the later of (x) the beginning of such performance period or (y) the date that the performance criteria applicable to such Bonus are established in writing (which shall occur within 90 days of the beginning of such performance period), and (2) in no event shall any such Deferral Election be made after the time when the Eligible Employee’s entitlement to the Bonus is readily ascertainable.

 

7


(C) Matching Contribution . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, in its discretion, direct that Matching Contributions shall be credited to Participant’s Account without regard to the status of his Deferral Election.

(ii) Subsequent Deferral Election . An Eligible Employee who had not elected to participate in the Plan at the time when he was initially eligible to do so may make a subsequent Deferral Election with respect to his Compensation for a subsequent Plan Year. Such Deferral Election must be made on or before December 15 of the Plan Year immediately preceding the Plan Year for which he desires to participate and shall apply only to Compensation in respect of services performed in the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Deferral Election is made.

(b) Term . Each Participant’s Deferral Election shall remain in effect for Compensation paid during the current and all future Plan Years until the earliest of (i) the date the Participant separates from service, (ii) the first day of the next succeeding Plan Year following the date the Participant revokes such Deferral Election or makes a subsequent Deferral Election but only with respect to Compensation for services performed in the future Plan Years or (iii) the first day of the next succeeding Plan Year after which the Committee determines that such Participant’s Deferral Contributions shall cease. The deferral of a DB SERP amount shall be separate from and independent of any other Deferral Election under this Plan as to time and form of payment.

(c) DB SERP Deferral . An Eligible Employee who becomes entitled to a Company DB SERP Contribution Amount shall be deemed to have deferred 100% of such amount under the terms of this Plan.

(d) Cessation and Recommencement of Deferral Elections . A Participant who has previously terminated a Deferral Election may only elect to recommence the deferral of his Compensation under this Plan, by filing a new Deferral Election with respect to the deferral of Compensation during the next Plan Year. Such Deferral Election must be made on a form provided by the Committee and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of Section 3.1.

3.3 Investment Elections .

(a) At the time a Participant makes a Deferral Election, the Participant shall designate the types of Funds the Participant’s Account will be deemed to be invested in for purposes of determining the amount of Interest to be credited to that Account. In making the designation pursuant to this Section 3.3, the Participant may specify that all or any multiple of his Account in whole percentage increments (equal to or greater than 1%) be deemed to be invested in one or more of the types of Funds provided under the Plan as communicated from time to time by the Committee. A Participant may change the designation made under this Section 3.3 effective as of the next following business day, by following the procedures set forth by the Committee; provided, however, that the portion of Participant’s Account that is subject to such change shall be at least $250. If a Participant fails to designate a type of fund under this Section 3.3, his Account shall be invested in a fund designated by the Committee.

 

8


(b) Although the Participant may designate the type of investments, the Committee shall not be bound by such designation. The Committee, from time to time, in its sole discretion, may designate commercially available investments of each of the types communicated by the Committee to the Participant pursuant to Section 3.3(a) above to be the Funds. The interest rate of each such commercially available Fund shall be used to determine the amount of earnings or losses to be credited to Participant’s Account under Article IV.

3.4 Forms and Procedures .

The Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the forms and procedures regulating all Deferral Elections.

 

9


ARTICLE IV

DEFERRAL ACCOUNTS AND TRUST FUNDING

4.1 Deferral Accounts .

The Committee shall establish and maintain a Deferral Account for each Participant under the Plan. Each Participant’s Deferral Account shall be further divided into separate Investment Fund Subaccounts, each of which corresponds to a Fund elected by the Participant pursuant to Section 3.3(a). A Participant’s Deferral Account shall be credited as follows:

(a) As of each payroll date during each Plan Year, the Committee shall credit the Investment Fund Subaccounts of the Participant’s Deferral Account with an amount equal to the Compensation deferred by the Participant during such pay period in accordance with the Participant’s designation under Section 3.3(a); that is, the portion of the Participant’s deferred Compensation that the Participant has elected to be deemed to be invested in a certain type of Fund shall be credited to the Investment Fund Subaccount corresponding to that Fund;

(b) As of each payroll date during each Plan Year, each Investment Fund Subaccount of a Participant’s Deferral Account shall be credited with Interest in an amount equal to that determined by multiplying the balance credited to such Investment Fund Subaccount immediately following the preceding payroll date by the Interest Rate for the corresponding Fund selected by the Company pursuant to Section 3.3(b); and

(c) In the event that a Participant elects for a given Plan Year’s deferral of Compensation to have a Future Date Withdrawal, all amounts attributed to the deferral of Compensation for such Plan Year shall be accounted for in a manner which allows separate accounting for the deferral of Compensation and investment gains and loses associated with such Plan Year’s deferral of Compensation.

4.2 Company Discretionary Contribution Account .

The Committee shall establish and maintain a Company Contribution Account for each Participant under the Plan. Each Participant’s Company Contribution Account shall be further divided into separate Investment Fund Subaccounts corresponding to the Fund elected by the Participant pursuant to Section 3.3(a). A Participant’s Company Contribution Account shall be credited as follows:

(a) As of each payroll date during each Plan Year, the Committee shall credit the Investment Fund Subaccounts of the Participant’s Company Contribution Account with an amount equal to the Matching Contribution Amount, if any, applicable to that Participant in accordance with the designation made by such Participant pursuant to Section 3.3(a);

(b) As of each payroll date during which a Company Discretionary Contribution Amount, if any, is made, the Committee shall credit the Investment Fund Subaccounts of the Participant’s Company Contribution Account with an amount equal to the Company Discretionary Contribution Amount applicable to that Participant in accordance with the designation made by such Participant pursuant to Section 3.3(a);

 

10


(c) As soon as practicable following the date of the termination of a Participant’s employment for any reason other than death, the Committee shall credit the Investment Fund Subaccounts of the Participant’s Company Contribution Account with the Company DB SERP Contribution Amount, if any, applicable to that Participant in accordance with the designation made by such Participant pursuant to Section 3.3(a); and

(d) Each Investment Fund Subaccount of a Participant’s Company Contribution Account shall be credited on a daily basis with Interest in an amount equal to that determined by multiplying the balance credited to such Investment Fund Subaccount as of the last day of the preceding month plus contributions during the current month commencing on the date such contributions are credited to the Investment Fund Subaccount by the interest rate for the Corresponding Fund selected by the Company pursuant to Section 3.3(b).

4.3 Trust Funding .

The Company has created a Trust with respect to which Fidelity Management Trust Company serves as Trustee. The Company may contribute to the Trust an amount equal to the amount deferred by each Participant for the Plan Year. The Company may also contribute such additional amounts as it shall deem necessary or appropriate.

Although the principal of the Trust and any earnings thereon shall be held separate and apart from other funds of Company and, except as provided below, shall be used exclusively for the uses and purposes of Plan Participants and Beneficiaries as set forth therein, neither the Participants nor their Beneficiaries shall have any preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership in, any assets of the Trust prior to the time such assets are paid to the Participants or Beneficiaries as benefits and all rights created under this Plan shall be unsecured contractual rights of Plan Participants and Beneficiaries against the Company. Any assets held in the Trust will be subject to the claims of Company’s general creditors under federal and state law in the event of insolvency defined in the Trust.

Except as provided above, assets of the Plan and Trust shall never inure to the benefit of the Company and the same shall be held for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries and deferring reasonable expenses of administering the Plan and Trust.

 

11


ARTICLE V

VESTING

A Participant’s Deferral Account and the Company DB SERP Contribution allocated to a Participant’s Company Contribution Account shall be 100% vested at all times. The Matching Contributions allocated to a Participant’s Company Contribution Account shall be vested in accordance with the vesting schedule contained in the Company’s 401(k) Plan without regard to prior service credits. The Company shall determine the vesting schedule for Company Discretionary Contribution Amounts at the time each such contribution is made by the Company.

 

12


ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTIONS

6.1 Distribution of Deferred Compensation and Discretionary Company Contributions .

(a) Distribution Without Future Date Withdrawal .

(i) Except as provided in Section 6.1(a)(iv) below, if a Participant terminates employment with the Company due to Retirement, the Distributable Amount (other than amounts attributable to Company DB SERP Contributions) shall be paid to the Participant in the form of benefit elected by the Participant at the time of his initial Deferral Election, in accordance with procedures established by Company, from among the following:

(A) A lump sum distribution on the Participant’s Payment Date.

(B) Substantially equal quarterly installments over five years beginning on the Participant’s Payment Date.

(C) Substantially equal quarterly installments over ten years beginning on the Participant’s Payment Date.

(D) Substantially equal quarterly installments over 20 years beginning on the Participant’s Payment Date.

The amount of each installment payment shall be calculated by multiplying the Account Balance on the date of such installment by a fraction, the numerator of which is 1 and the denominator of which is the number of the remaining installments including the current installment.

A Participant may modify the form of benefit that he or she has previously elected, pursuant to this Section 6.1(a)(i); provided, however, that (A) such modification occurs at least one year before the date the amount would otherwise be distributable, (B) the modification may not accelerate the time of payment, and (C) the delayed distributions shall not be made until at least five years following the date on which the distribution would have been made absent the modification.

(ii) Except as provided in Section 6.1(a)(iv) below, the portion of such Distributable Amount that is attributable to Company DB SERP Contributions (“the DB SERP Distributable Amount”) shall be distributed in 20 substantially equal quarterly installments, beginning on the Participant’s Payment Date. The amount of each installment payment shall be calculated by multiplying the Account Balance on the date of such installment by a fraction, the numerator of which is 1 and the denominator of which is the number of the remaining installments including the current installment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the DB SERP Distributable Amount of a Participant who terminates employment for any reason other than Retirement shall be paid to him (or, in the case of his death, to his Beneficiary) in a lump sum on his Payment Date.

 

13


(iii) In the case of a Participant who terminates employment for any reason other than Retirement, the Distributable Amount (other than amounts attributable to Company DB SERP Contributions) shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum on the Participant’s Payment Date.

(iv) In the case of a Participant who terminates employment with the Company for any reason and has an Account balance of $50,000 or less, the Distributable Amount (including amounts attributable to Company DB SERP Contributions) shall be paid in a lump sum distribution on the Participant’s Payment Date.

(b) Distribution With Future Date Withdrawal . If a Participant elects a Future Date Withdrawal for a given Plan Year’s contributions and the Future Date Withdrawal could occur while the Participant is still in the employ of the Company, such Participant shall receive his Distributable Amount in accordance with such election; provided, however, that, the Distributable Amount shall consist solely of the deferrals of Compensation, vested Matching Contributions and vested Company Discretionary Contributions and related earnings that were designated by the Participant (in accordance with Section 1.2(t)) as the subject of such Future Date Withdrawal. A Participant’s Future Date Withdrawal with respect to amounts of Compensation, Matching Contributions and Company Discretionary Contribution Amounts deferred in a given Plan Year shall be no earlier than two years from the last day of such Plan Year. A Participant may extend the Future Date Withdrawal for contributions in any Plan Year, provided such extension occurs at least one year before the then-applicable Future Date Withdrawal for such contributions and is for a period of not less than five years from such date. The Participant shall have the right to twice modify any Future Date Withdrawal. In the event that a Participant terminates employment with the Company prior to a scheduled Future Date Withdrawal for any reason other than death, the portion of the Participant’s Account associated with such Future Date Withdrawal which has not occurred prior to such termination shall be distributed in a lump sum on his Payment Date.

(c) Death Prior to Benefit Commencement . If a Participant dies while he is employed by the Company and prior to the commencement of any distributions under this Plan, his Beneficiary shall receive a lump-sum payment equal to the amount of the Participant’s vested Account Balance. Such lump-sum payment shall be made on the Participant’s Payment Date.

(d) Death After Benefit Commencement . If a Participant dies after his termination of employment with the Company and, as of the date of his death, the Participant’s vested Account Balance has not been fully distributed, the remaining amount of Participant’s vested Account Balance shall continue to be distributed to the Participant’s Beneficiary, in accordance with the applicable of the provisions of Section 6.1(a)(i)(B), (C) or (D).

6.2 Unforeseeable Emergency Distribution .

A Participant may apply to the Committee for the distribution of some or all of his Account due to the occurrence of an Unforeseeable Emergency. The Committee shall have the

 

14


sole authority and discretion to determine the amount of any distribution that is made on account of such Unforeseeable Emergency. The amount of any such distribution shall not exceed the amount reasonably necessary to satisfy the Participant’s needs as a result of the Unforeseeable Emergency; provided, however, that the amount of such distribution

(a) may include amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, local or foreign income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution;

(b) must exclude any amounts that may otherwise be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship) or by cessation of deferrals under this Plan; and

(c) may exclude any additional but unpaid compensation to which Participant may be entitled under the terms of another nonqualified deferred compensation plan as a result of the Unforeseeable Emergency.

The Committee shall cancel Participant’s Deferral Election prior to the distribution of any portion of Participant’s account payable under this Schedule 6.2. The payment of any Unforeseeable Emergency Distribution shall occur on the 15th business day following the Committee’s approval of such distribution and shall take the form of a single lump-sum payment.

6.3 Forfeiture of Unvested Amounts .

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, upon the termination of Participant’s employment for any reason, the unvested portion of the Matching Contribution Amount that has been credited to his Account shall be forfeited and, to the extent that such Amounts have been funded through contributions to the Trust Fund, shall be credited and restored to the Company.

6.4 Inability to Locate Participant .

In the event that the Committee is unable to locate a Participant or Beneficiary within two years following the required Payment Date, the amount allocated to the Participant’s Deferral Account shall be forfeited and, to the extent that such Amounts have been funded through contributions to the Trust Fund, shall be credited and restored to the Company.

6.5 Installment Payments Deemed to be Separate Payments .

Each installment payment in a series of installments shall be deemed to be a separate and independent distribution for purposes of this Agreement.

6.6 Earnings .

Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.4, the Participant’s Account shall continue to be credited with earnings pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Plan until all amounts credited to Account under the Plan have been distributed.

 

15


ARTICLE VII

ADMINISTRATION

7.1 Committee .

A Committee shall be appointed by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board of Directors. The number of members comprising the Committee shall be determined by the Board which may from time to time vary the number of members. A member of the Committee may resign by delivering a written notice of resignation to the Board. The Board may remove any member by delivering a certified copy of its resolution of removal to such member. Vacancies in the membership of the Committee shall be filled promptly by the Board.

7.2 Committee Action .

The Committee shall act at meetings by affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the Committee. Any action permitted to be taken at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a written consent to the action is signed by all members of the Committee and such written consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Committee. A member of the Committee shall not vote or act upon any matter which relates solely to himself as a Participant. The Chairman or any other member or members of the Committee designated by the Chairman may execute any certificate or other written direction on behalf of the Committee.

7.3 Powers and Duties of the Committee .

(a) The Committee, on behalf of the Participants and their Beneficiaries, shall enforce the Plan in accordance with its terms, shall be charged with the general administration of the Plan, and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish its purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the following:

(i) To select the Funds in accordance with Section 3.3(b) hereof;

(ii) To construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan;

(iii) To compute and certify to the amount and kind of benefits payable to Participants and their Beneficiaries;

(iv) To maintain all records that may be necessary for the administration of the Plan;

(v) To provide for the disclosure of all information and the filing or provision of all reports and statements to Participants, Beneficiaries or governmental agencies as shall be required by law;

(vi) To make and publish such rules for the regulation of the Plan and procedures for the administration of the Plan as are not inconsistent with the terms hereof;

 

16


(vii) To appoint a plan administrator or any other agent, and to delegate to them such powers and duties in connection with the administration of the Plan as the Committee may from time to time prescribe; and

(viii) To take all actions necessary for the administration of the Plan, including determining whether to hold or discontinue the Policies.

7.4 Construction and Interpretation .

The Committee shall have full discretion to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan, which interpretations or construction shall be final and binding on all parties, including, but not limited to, the Company and any Participant or Beneficiary. The Committee shall administer such terms and provisions in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner and in full accordance with any and all laws applicable to the Plan.

7.5 Information .

To enable the Committee to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Committee on all matters relating to the Compensation of all Participants, their death or other events which cause termination of their participation in this Plan, and such other pertinent facts as the Committee may require.

7.6 Compensation, Expenses and Indemnity .

(a) The members of the Committee shall serve without compensation for their services hereunder.

(b) The Committee is authorized, at the expense of the Company, to employ such legal counsel as it may deem advisable to assist in the performance of its duties hereunder. Expenses and fees in connection with the administration shall be paid by the Company.

(c) To the extent permitted by applicable state law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Committee and each member thereof, the Board of Directors and any delegate of the Committee who is an employee of the Company against any and all expenses, liabilities and claims, including legal fees to defend against such liabilities and claims arising out of their discharge in good faith of responsibilities under or incident to the Plan, other than expenses and liabilities arising out of willful misconduct. This indemnity shall not preclude such further indemnities as may be available under insurance purchased by the Company or provided by the Company under any bylaw, agreement or otherwise, as such indemnities are permitted under state law.

7.7 Quarterly Statements .

Under procedures established by the Committee, a Participant shall receive a statement with respect to such Participant’s Accounts on a quarterly basis as of each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31.

 

17


7.8 Claims and Review Procedures .

(a) Claims Procedure . If any person believes he is entitled to any rights or benefits under the Plan, such person may file a claim in writing with the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (“CEO”). If any such claim is wholly or partially denied, the CEO will notify such person of his decision in writing. Such notification will contain (i) specific reasons for the denial, (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions, (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for such person to perfect such claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iv) information as to the steps to be taken if the person wishes to submit a request for review, the time limits applicable to such procedures, and a statement of the person’s rights following an adverse benefit determination on review, including a statement of his right to file a lawsuit under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) if the claim is denied on appeal. Such notification will be given within 90 days after the claim is received by the CEO (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to such person within the initial 90-day period).

(b) Claim Review Procedure . Within 60 days after the date on which a person receives a notice of denial, such person or his duly authorized representative (“Applicant”) may (i) file a written request with the CEO for a review of his denied claim; (ii) review pertinent documents; and (iii) submit issues and comments in writing. The Applicant may submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim for benefits under this Plan. The Applicant may request a formal hearing before the CEO, which the CEO may grant in his discretion. The CEO shall notify the Applicant of his decision with regard to Applicant’s claim not later than 60 days of the receipt of Applicant’s request; provided, however, that CEO may determine that an extension of up to 60 days from the termination date of the initial 60-day review period is required and shall advise the Applicant in writing of the special circumstances requiring any such extension and the date by which the expects to render a decision. Such special circumstances that require an extension of time for rendering a decision include, but are not limited to, the need to hold a hearing. The decision on review shall be in written or electronic notice of the final determination. If the claim is denied in whole or part, such notice, which shall be in a manner calculated to be understood by the person receiving such notice, shall include (A) the specific reasons for the decision, (B) the specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based, (C) that the Applicant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits, and (D) a statement of the Applicant’s right to file a lawsuit under ERISA.

Benefits under this Plan will only be paid if the CEO decides, in his discretion, that an Applicant is entitled to them. The decision of the CEO on review of the claim denial shall be binding on all parties when the Participant has exhausted the claims procedure under this Section 7.8. Moreover, no action at law or in equity shall be brought to recover benefits under this Plan prior to the date the Applicant has exhausted the administrative remedies under this Section 7.8.

 

18


(c) In the event that the CEO makes a claim on his own behalf, the Board shall perform the functions otherwise performed by the CEO pursuant to Sections 7.8(a) and 7.8(b).

 

19


ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Unsecured General Creditor .

Participants and their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors, and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, claims, or interest in any specific property or assets of the Company. No assets of the Company shall be held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations of the Company under this Plan. Any and all of the Company’s assets shall be, and remain, the general unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company. The Company’s obligation under the Plan shall be merely unfunded and unsecured promise of the Company to pay money in the future, and the rights of the Participants and Beneficiaries shall be no greater than those of unsecured general creditors. It is the intention of the Company that this Plan be unfunded for purposes of the Code and for purposes of Title 1 of ERISA.

8.2 Restriction Against Assignment .

The Company shall pay all amounts payable hereunder only to the person or persons designated by the Plan and not to any other person or corporation. No part of a Participant’s Accounts shall be liable for the debts, contracts, or engagements of any Participant, his Beneficiary, or successors in interest, nor shall a Participant’s Accounts be subject to execution by levy, attachment, or garnishment or by any other legal or equitable proceeding, nor shall any such person have any right to alienate, anticipate, sell, transfer, commute, pledge, encumber, or assign any benefits or payments hereunder in any manner whatsoever. If any Participant, Beneficiary or successor in interest is adjudicated bankrupt or purports to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, commute, assign, pledge, encumber or charge any distribution or payment from the Plan, voluntarily or involuntarily, the Committee, in its discretion, may cancel such distribution or payment (or any part thereof) to or for the benefit of such Participant, Beneficiary or successor in interest in such manner as the Committee shall direct.

8.3 Withholding .

There shall be deducted from each payment made under the Plan or any other Compensation payable to the Participant (or Beneficiary) all taxes which are required to be withheld by the Company in respect to such payment or this Plan. The Company shall have the right to reduce any payment (or compensation) by the amount of cash sufficient to provide the amount of said taxes.

8.4 Amendment, Modification, Suspension or Termination .

The Committee may amend, modify, suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part, except that no amendment, modification, suspension or termination shall have any retroactive effect to reduce any amounts allocated to a Participant’s Accounts. In the event that this Plan is terminated, the amounts allocated to a Participant’s Accounts shall be distributed to the Participant or, in the event of his death, his Beneficiary in a lump sum on the fifteenth business day following the date of termination.

 

20


8.5 Governing Law .

This Plan shall be construed, governed and administered in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

8.6 Receipt or Release .

Any payment to a Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims under the Plan against the Committee and the Company. The Committee may require such Participant or Beneficiary, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release to such effect; provided, however, that the terms and conditions applicable to such release shall not cause this Plan or the payment of any amounts under this Plan to fail to comply with Section 409A.

8.7 Payments on Behalf of Persons Under Incapacity .

In the event that any amount becomes payable under the Plan to a person who, in the sole judgment of the Committee, is considered by reason of physical or mental condition to be unable to give a valid receipt therefore, the Committee may direct that such payment be made to any person found by the Committee, in its sole judgment, to have assumed the care of such person. Any payment made pursuant to such determination shall constitute a full release and discharge of the Committee and the Company.

8.8 Limitation of Rights and Employment Relationship .

Neither the establishment of the Plan and Trust nor any modification thereof, nor the creating of any fund or account, nor the payment of any benefits shall be construed as giving to any Participant or other person any legal or equitable right against the Company or the trustee of the Trust except as provided in the Plan and Trust; and in no event shall the terms of employment of any Employee or Participant be modified or in any way be affected by the provisions of the Plan and Trust.

8.9 Headings .

Headings and subheadings in this Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in the construction of the provisions hereof.

8.10 Section 409A .

The following provisions shall apply to this Plan, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary:

(a) This Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and ambiguous provisions, if any, shall be construed in a manner that is compliant with or exempt from the application of Section 409A.

(b) This Plan shall not be amended or terminated in a manner that would cause the Plan or any amounts payable under the Plan to fail to comply with the requirements of

 

21


Section 409A, to the extent applicable, and, further, the provisions of any purported amendment that may reasonably be expected to result in such non-compliance shall be of no force or effect with respect to the Agreement.

(c) The Plan shall neither cause nor permit any payment, benefit or consideration to be substituted for a benefit that is payable under this Plan if such action would result in the failure of any amount that is subject to Section 409A to comply with the applicable requirements of Section 409A.

(d) Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, if the Participant is a Specified Employee as of the date of the termination of Participant’s employment, then any amounts or benefits which are payable under this Agreement upon the Participant’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A which are subject to the provisions of Section 409A and are not otherwise excluded under Section 409A and would otherwise be payable during the first six-month period following such separation from service shall be paid on the first business day next following the earlier of (i) the date that is six months and one day following the date of the termination of Participant’s employment or (ii) the date of Participant’s death.

(e) For purposes of Section 409A, each payment under this Plan shall be deemed to be a separate payment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this document to be executed by its duly authorized officer on this 9 th day of December, 2008.

 

By  

/s/ Abraham D. Garza

 

22

Exhibit 10.11(a)

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

AMENDMENT

WHEREAS, by letter dated August 29, 2001, Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation (the “Company”) made an offer of employment to Mr. Dan O. Dinges (“Employee”) to serve as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and, having accepted this offer of employment, Employee endorsed such letter by affixing his signature thereto on September 17, 2001; and

WHEREAS, such letter sets forth the terms of the compensation and benefits arrangement applicable to Employee’s service with the Company and constitutes a binding agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and Employee; and

WHEREAS, the Company and Employee now desire to amend the Agreement to reflect the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the related regulations and guidance thereunder (collectively, “Section 409A”) and to provide for the treatment of certain equity awards in a manner consistent with the Company’s current practices;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Employee hereby amend the Agreement, effective as of December 31, 2008, as follows:

1. The second sentence of the first paragraph of the fifth bullet point in the Agreement is amending by deleting clause (i) thereof and replacing it with a new clause (i), as follows:

“(i) a lump-sum cash payment equal to the sum of (a) two times your base salary and (b) two times your annual target bonus; provided, however, that such payment shall be made on the 15th business day following the date of your termination of employment unless you are treated by the Company as a specified employee within the meaning of Section 409A on the date of your termination, in which case the payment of this amount shall be made on the 15th business day following the earlier of (i) the expiration of six months from the date of your termination of employment or (ii) your death;”.

2. The second sentence of the first paragraph of the fifth bullet point in the Agreement is amended by adding at the end of the sentence the following:

“(v) full vesting of all of your performance shares at 100% payout, to be settled as provided in the applicable award documents and (vi) full vesting of all your stock appreciation right (“SAR”) awards from the Company.”


3. The third sentence of the first paragraph of the fifth bullet point in the Agreement is amended by deleting the sentence and replacing it with the following:

“The stock options and the SARs will continue to be exercisable until the earlier of (a) the third anniversary of the date of your termination or (b) the date on which the stock option or SAR would have expired had you remained an employee.”

4. The third sentence of the sole paragraph of the tenth bullet point in said Agreement is deleted in its entirety and the following new sentences are added at the end of such paragraph, as follows:

“Ownership of any such club membership shall transfer to you, with the Company paying all expenses associated with the transfer, on the 15th business day following the date on which you have completed seven years of employment with the Company, or, if applicable, on the 15th business day following your termination of employment for any reason; provided, however, that if you are treated by the Company as a Specified Employee within the meaning of Section 409A on the date of your termination, such transfer shall be made on the 15th business day following the expiration of six months from the date of your termination of employment.”

5. The second sentence of the eleventh bullet point in said Agreement is deleted and is replaced in its entirety, as follows:

“In the event of a Change in Control of the Company (as such term is defined in the Change in Control Agreement), you shall receive the more generous of the benefits provided to you under the terms of (a) this Agreement or (b) the Change in Control Agreement, as determined on a benefit-by-benefit basis.”

6. Two new bullet points are added after the last bullet point in the Agreement, as follows:

 

   

“All reimbursements pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(1)(v) such that the reimbursements will be deemed payable at a specified time or on a fixed schedule relative to a permissible payment event. Specifically, the amounts reimbursed under this Agreement during the Executive’s taxable year may not affect the amounts reimbursed in any other taxable year (except that total reimbursements may be limited by a lifetime maximum under a group health plan), the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made on or before the last day of the Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred, and the right to reimbursement is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.”

 

   

“It is intended that the terms of your compensation arrangement, as set forth in this letter, shall satisfy the requirements of Code Section 409A and that the Agreement be operated in a manner consistent with such requirements to the extent applicable. This Agreement shall not be amended or terminated in a manner that would cause the Agreement or any amounts payable under the


 

Agreement to fail to comply with the requirements of Section 409A, to the extent applicable, and, further, the provisions of any purported amendment or termination that may reasonably be expected to result in such non-compliance shall be of no further force or effect with respect to the Agreement.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment on this 17 th day of December, but effective as of December 31, 2008.

 

EMPLOYEE     CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION

/s/ Dan O. Dinges

   

/s/ William P. Vititoe

Dan O. Dinges     By:   William P. Vititoe
    Title:   Director and Compensation Committee Chairman

Exhibit 10.12(b)

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION

2004 INCENTIVE PLAN

AMENDMENT

WHEREAS, Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation (the “Company”) established the Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation 2004 Incentive Plan, as approved by the Board of Directors of the Company on February 16, 2004 and by the shareholders of the Company on April 29, 2004 (the “Plan”), in order to attract and retain non-employee directors, employees and consultants and reward them for making contributions to the success of the Company and its subsidiaries; and

WHEREAS, Section 12 of the Plan provides that the Plan may be amended or modified for the purpose of meeting or addressing any changes in legal requirements or for any other purpose permitted by law, provided that (i) no amendment or alteration that would impair the rights of a Participant under a previously granted Award may be made without the Participant’s consent and (ii) no amendment or alteration shall be effective prior to approval by the Company’s stockholders if such approval is required; and

WHEREAS, in particular, Section 12(iii) of the 2005 Form of the Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “RSU Agreement”) provides that the RSU Agreement may be amended or supplemented without the consent of the Grantee to make such other changes as the Company, upon advice of counsel, deems to be necessary or advisable because of the adoption or promulgation of, or change in or of interpretation of, any law or governmental rule or regulation; and

WHEREAS, the Company has determined that it is both necessary and advisable to amend the Plan in view of the enactment of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the promulgation of guidance thereunder;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company hereby amends the Plan, effective as of December 31, 2008, by adding a new Section 22, as follows:

Section 409A . The following provisions shall apply to this Plan, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary:

 

  (a) This Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and ambiguous provisions, if any, shall be construed in a manner that is compliant with or exempt from the application of Section 409A.

 

  (b) This Plan shall not be amended or terminated in a manner that would cause the Plan or any amounts payable under the Plan to fail to comply with the requirements of Section 409A, to the extent applicable, and, further, the provisions of any purported amendment or termination that may reasonably be expected to result in such non-compliance shall be of no force or effect with respect to the Plan.


  (c) The Plan shall neither cause nor permit any payment, benefit or consideration to be substituted for a benefit that is payable under this Plan if such action would result in the failure of any amount that is subject to Section 409A to comply with the applicable requirements of Section 409A.

The Company shall neither cause nor permit any adjustments to any equity interest to be made in a manner that would result in the equity interest’s becoming subject to Section 409A unless, after such adjustment, the equity interest is in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent applicable.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, if the Participant is treated as a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A as of the date of the Participant’s termination, then any amounts or benefits which are payable under this Plan upon the Participant’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A which are subject to the provisions of Section 409A and are not otherwise excluded under Section 409A and would otherwise be payable during the first six-month period following such separation from service shall be paid on the fifteenth business day next following the earlier of (i) the expiration of six months from the date of the Participant’s termination or (ii) the Participant’s death.

 

  (e) For purposes of Section 409A, each payment under this Plan shall be deemed to be a separate payment.”

This Section 22 shall apply to each Award Agreement, including any Award Agreement that remains outstanding on December 31, 2008, to the extent that such Award Agreement provides for compensation that is subject to Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 22 shall be of no force or effect with respect to any portion of an Award Agreement that was vested as of December 31, 2004.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment is executed this 17 th day of December, but shall be effective as of December 31, 2008.

 

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION
BY:  

/s/ Dan O. Dinges

NAME:   Dan O. Dinges
TITLE:   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
DATE:   December 17, 2008

Exhibit 10.22(c)

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION SAVINGS INVESTMENT PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2006)

THIRD AMENDMENT

WHEREAS, effective January 1, 1991, Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation (the “Company”) established the Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation Savings Investment Plan and has amended and restated the Plan on several occasions since that date, most recently as of January 1, 2006 (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, effective as of January 16, 2008, the Company established the Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation Supplemental Employee Incentive Plan (“SEIP I”) in order to facilitate the Company’s ability to attract and retain talented employees and to mitigate possible concerns about the stability of employment relationships in a consolidating industry; and

WHEREAS, the Company amended the Plan, effective as of April 23, 2008, to clarify that the Company does not intend for benefits paid under SEIP I to be included in the calculation of Compensation under the terms of the Plan; and

WHEREAS, effective July 1, 2008, the Company established the Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation Supplemental Employee Incentive Plan II (“SEIP II”); and

WHEREAS, SEIP II expressly states that any benefit payable under SEIP II is and shall be characterized for all purposes as a retention bonus payment; and

WHEREAS, the Company does not intend for benefits paid under SEIP II or any other supplemental employee incentive plan that is substantially similar to SEIP I or SEIP II to be included in the calculation of Compensation under the terms of the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE, having reserved the right to amend the Plan pursuant to Section 10.4 thereof, the Company hereby amends Section 1.11 of the Plan effective July 1,2008, by deleting the first paragraph thereof and replacing it with the following:

The total non-deferred remuneration actually paid to a Member by the Employer for personal services rendered as an Employee, as reported on the Member’s Federal Income Tax Withholding Statement (Form W-2 or its subsequent equivalent) during the applicable Plan Year and any amounts by which a Member’s normal remuneration is reduced pursuant to a voluntary salary reduction plan qualified under Section 125 of the Code, a qualified transportation fringe under Section 132(f) of the Code or a cash-or-deferred plan qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code, including salary, wages, overtime payments, and annual, discretionary and sign-on bonuses, but excluding any amounts contributed by or on behalf of an Employer to this Plan or any other employee benefit


plan sponsored by the Company, non-deductible moving expenses, disability pay (both short-term and long-term), any income arising from the exercise of a stock option or from the receipt of a restricted stock award, reimbursements, expense allowances, severance pay (whether periodic or in a lump sum), taxable fringe benefits, waiver benefits, deductible payments under Section 105(h) of the Code, taxable group-term life insurance benefits, retention and relocation bonuses, and any benefits payable or paid under the Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation Supplemental Employee Incentive Plan [or any substantially similar plan established by the Employer, including but not limited to, the Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation Supplemental Employee Incentive Plan II] . The Compensation of a Member as reflected on the books and records of the Employer shall be conclusive.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, acting by and through its duly authorized officer, has caused this Amendment to be executed as of the 30 th day of December, 2008, to become effective as of                             .

 

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Abraham D. Garza

Title:  

Vice President, Human Resources

 

2

Exhibit 10.22(d)

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION SAVINGS INVESTMENT PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2006)

FOURTH AMENDMENT

WHEREAS, effective January 1, 1991, Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation (the “Company”) established the Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation Savings Investment Plan and has amended and restated the Plan on several occasions since that date, most recently as of January 1, 2006 (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Company now desires to amend the Plan to provide for certain changes made necessary or appropriate as a result of the promulgation of final regulations under Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

NOW, THEREFORE, having reserved the right to amend the Plan pursuant to Section 10.4 thereof, the Company hereby amends Article XII of the Plan by deleting the contents thereof and replacing it with the following:

12.1 Limitations on Contributions .

(a) Maximum Permissible Amount and Incorporation of Code Section 415 by Reference . Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, except as otherwise provided in this Article, total Annual Additions made to the Account of a Participant for a Limitation Year shall not exceed the “Maximum Permissible Amount,” which is the lesser of:

 

  (1) $40,000, as adjusted pursuant to Code Section 415(d) and Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(d)-1(b); or

 

  (2) 100% of the Participant’s Compensation for the Limitation Year.

For purposes of determining whether the Annual Additions under this Plan exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, all defined contribution plans of the Employer are to be treated as one defined contribution plan.

In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(a)-1(d)(3), the Plan incorporates by reference the limitations on contributions under Code Section 415 and as provided under Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-1 et seq . (as may be revised or amended from time to time by the Internal Revenue Service). Unless otherwise provided in this Section, the default rules under Code Section 415 Treasury Regulations shall apply with respect to the limitations under this Section.

For purposes of determining a Participant’s Maximum Permissible Amount for any Limitation Year, in addition to amounts of Compensation included for the Limitation Year in accordance with the timing rules under the provisions in Treasury Regulation Section 1.415-2(e), such Participant’s Compensation for the Limitation Year shall include:

(i) Amounts paid after a Participant’s severance from employment for services during the Participant’s regular working hours or outside the Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments if (A) such Compensation would have been paid to the Participant prior to his severance from employment if he had continued in employment with the Employer and (B) such Compensation is paid by the later of 2  1 / 2 months after the Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer or the end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of such severance from employment;

 

1


(ii) Amounts earned, but not paid, during a Limitation Year solely because of the timing of the pay periods, provided that such amounts are (A) paid during the first few weeks of the next Limitation Year, (B) included on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all similarly situated Employees, and (C) not included in more than one Limitation Year and

(b) Definitions . For purposes of this Section, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(i) Employer : The Company and any other Employer that adopts this Plan; provided, however , that in the case of a group of employers which constitutes a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b), as modified by Code Section 415(h)) or which constitutes trades and businesses (whether or not incorporated) which are under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c) as modified by Code Section 415(h)) or an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)), all such employers shall be considered a single employer for purposes of applying the limitations of this Section for any portion of a Limitation Year during which such employers were so controlled or affiliated.

(ii) Limitation Year : The Plan Year.

(iii) Compensation : For purposes of determining the Maximum Permissible Amount, a Participant’s Compensation:

(A) includes :

(1) Wages, salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with an Employer to the extent that such amounts are includable in gross income (or to the extent amounts that would have been received and includible in gross income but for an election by the Participant under Code Sections 125(a), 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k) or 457(b)), including, but not limited to, commissions paid to salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.62-2(c);

 

2


(3) Amounts described in Code Section 104(a)(3), 105(a), or 105(h), but only to the extent that these amounts are includible in the gross income of the Participant for such year;

(4) Amounts paid or reimbursed by the Employer for moving expenses incurred by a Participant, but only to the extent that at the time of the payment or reimbursement it is reasonable to believe that these amounts are not deductible by the Participant under Code Section 217;

(5) The value of a nonstatutory option (which is an option other than a statutory option as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(b)) granted to a Participant by the Employer, but only to the extent that the value of the option is includible in the gross income of the Participant for the taxable year in which granted;

(6) The amount includible in the gross income of a Participant upon making the election described in Code Section 83(b); and

(7) Amounts that are includible in the gross income of a Participant under the rules of Code Section 409A or Section 457(f)(1)(A) or because the amounts are constructively received by the Participant;

and (B)  excludes :

(1) Contributions (other than elective contributions described in Code Sections 402(e)(3), 408(k)(6), 408(p)(2)(A)(i) or 457(b)) made by the Employer to a plan of deferred compensation (including a simplified employee pension described in Code Section 408(k) or a simple retirement account described in Code Section 408(p), whether or not qualified) to the extent the contributions are not included in the gross income of the Participant for the taxable year in which contributed, and any amounts paid to a Participant from a plan of deferred compensation (whether or not qualified) regardless of whether such amounts are includable in the gross income of the Participant when distributed;

(2) Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonstatutory option (which is an option other than a statutory option as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(b)) or when restricted stock or other property held by a Participant becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture under Code Section 83 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder;

(3) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a statutory stock option (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(b));

(4) Other amounts which receive special tax benefits, such as, for example, premiums for group-term life insurance, to the extent such amounts are not includible in the gross income of the Participant and are not salary reduction amounts under Code Section 125; and

 

3


(5) Other items of remuneration that are similar to the items listed above in clauses (B)(1) through (4) .

The foregoing notwithstanding, for purposes of this Section, Compensation shall not exceed the limitation under Code Section 401(a)(17)(A), as adjusted for cost-of-living increases pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17)(B), but shall not be limited to the earliest payments made to or on behalf of a Participant with respect to a Limitation Year.

(iv) Annual Additions : With respect to each Limitation Year, to the extent allocated to a Participant’s Account in accordance with the timing rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-1(b)(6), the total of the Participant’s Employer Contributions, Pre-Tax Contributions, After-Tax Contributions, Forfeitures, amounts described in Code Sections 415(l) and 419A(d)(2), and amounts allocated to a Participant’s Account under a corrective amendment that complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-11(g); but excluding Catch-Up Contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(C), Rollover Amounts contributed pursuant to Section 4.7, restorative payments described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-1(b)(2)(ii)(C), Excess Deferrals distributed in accordance with Section 4.1 and Treasury Regulation Section 1.402(g)-1(e)(2) or (3), and such other amounts specifically excluded under Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-1(b)(3). Contributions made with respect to Qualified Military Service in accordance with Section 3.12 shall be considered an Annual Addition for the Limitation Year to which the Contribution relates.

(c) Prospective Reduction of Participant Contributions . If during a Limitation Year the Committee determines that the Maximum Permissible Amount will be exceeded for the Limitation Year, the Pre-Tax and/or After-Tax Contribution elections of affected Participants may be (but is not required to be) reduced by the Committee on a temporary and prospective basis in such manner as the Committee will determine.

(d) Excess Amounts and EPCRS . To the extent a Participant’s Annual Additions for a Limitation Year exceed the Participant’s Maximum Permissible Amount, except as otherwise permitted under the Treasury Regulations or other guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service, such result shall be corrected in accordance with procedures available under the Internal Revenue Service’s Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System in effect at the time of the correction.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, acting by and through its duly authorized officer, has caused this Amendment to be executed as of the 30 th day of December, 2008, but effective as of January 1, 2008.

 

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Abraham D. Garza

Title:  

Vice President, Human Resources

 

4

Exhibit 10.23(c)

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION PENSION PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2006)

THIRD AMENDMENT

WHEREAS, effective January 1, 1991, Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation (the “Company”) established the Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation Pension Plan and subsequently amended and restated the Plan, effective January 1, 2006 (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, effective as of January 16, 2008, the Company established the Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation Supplemental Employee Incentive Plan (“SEIP I”) in order to facilitate the Company’s ability to attract and retain talented employees and to mitigate possible concerns about the stability of employment relationships in a consolidating industry; and

WHEREAS, the Company amended the Plan, effective as of April 23, 2008, to clarify that the Company does not intend for benefits paid under SEIP to be included in the calculation of Compensation under the terms of the Plan; and

WHEREAS, effective July 1, 2008, the Company established the Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation Supplemental Employee Incentive Plan II (“SEIP II”); and

WHEREAS, SEIP II expressly states that any benefit payable under SEIP II is and shall be characterized for all purposes as a retention bonus payment; and

WHEREAS, the Company does not intend for benefits paid under SEIP II or any other supplemental employee incentive plan that is substantially similar to SEIP I or SEIP II to be included in the calculation of Compensation under the terms of the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE, having reserved the right to amend the Plan pursuant to Section 10.1 thereof, the Company hereby amends Section 1.12 of the Plan effective July 1, 2008, by deleting the first paragraph thereof and replacing such first paragraph with the following:

The total non-deferred remuneration paid to an Employee by an Employer and, prior to January 1, 1991, by Cabot Corporation, for personal services which are rendered during the period considered as Service, as reported on the Participant’s Federal Income Tax Withholding Statement (Form W-2 or its subsequent equivalent) including salary, wages, overtime payments, annual, discretionary and sign-on bonuses, and any amounts by which an Employee’s normal remuneration is reduced pursuant to a voluntary salary reduction plan under Section 125 or 401(k) of the Code, but excluding any amounts contributed by or on behalf of an Employer to this Plan or any other employee benefit plan sponsored by the Employer, nondeductible moving expenses, disability pay (both short-term and long-term), severance pay (whether periodic or in a


lump sum), any income arising from the exercise of a stock option or from the receipt of a restricted stock award, waiver benefits, taxable group term life insurance benefits, reimbursements, expense allowances, taxable fringe benefit payments, retention and relocation bonuses, any benefits payable or paid under the Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation Supplemental Employee Incentive Plan [or any substantially similar plan established by the Employer, including but not limited to, the Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation Supplemental Employee Incentive Plan II] , and deductible payments under Code Section 105(h). The Compensation of an Employee as reflected on the books and records of the Employer shall be conclusive.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, acting by and through its duly authorized officer, has caused this Amendment to be executed as of the 30 th day of December, 2008, to become effective as of                             .

 

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Abraham D. Garza

Title:  

Vice President, Human Resources

 

2

Exhibit 10.23(d)

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION PENSION PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2006)

FOURTH AMENDMENT

WHEREAS, effective January 1, 1991, Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation (the “Company”) established the Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation Pension Plan and subsequently amended and restated the Plan, effective January 1, 2006 (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Company now desires to amend the Plan to provide for changes made necessary or appropriate pursuant to the promulgation of final regulations under Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

NOW, THEREFORE, having reserved the right to amend the Plan pursuant to Section 10.1 thereof, the Company hereby amends Article XV of the Plan by deleting the contents thereof and replacing the following in their stead:

15.1 Limitations on Benefits .

In accordance with Treasury Regulation § 1.415(a)-1(d)(3), the Plan incorporates by reference the limitations on benefits under Code Section 415 and as provided under Treasury Regulation § 1.415(b)-1 et seq . (as may be revised or amended from time to time by the Internal Revenue Service), including, but not limited to, Treasury Regulation § 1.415(f)-1. Unless otherwise provided in this Section, the default rules under Code Section 415 Treasury Regulations shall apply with respect to the limitations under this Section.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Annual Benefit otherwise accrued by or payable to a Participant under the Plan at any time shall not exceed, and shall be limited to (or the rate of accrual reduced to), the “Maximum Permissible Benefit,” which is the lesser of:

 

  (i) $160,000, as adjusted for cost of living increases pursuant to Code Section 415(d) and Treasury Regulation § 1.415(d)-1(a) (the “Dollar Limit”); or

 

  (ii) 100% of the Participant’s average Compensation for the period of the Participant’s High-3 Years of Service, as adjusted pursuant to Code Section 415(d) (the “Percentage Limit”).

In no event shall an Annual Benefit exceeding the above limits be accrued, distributed, or otherwise payable in any optional form of benefit, including the normal form of benefit, at any time from the Plan (or from an annuity contract that will make distributions to a Participant on behalf of the Plan or from an annuity contract distributed under the Plan).

In the event a Participant’s Annuity Starting Date occurs before he attains age 62 or after he attains age 65, his Maximum Permissible Benefit shall be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation § 1.415(b)-1(d) or (e), respectively, and, if applicable, under Treasury Regulation § 1.415(b)-1(h).

 

1


The Annual Benefit (without regard to the age at which benefits commence) payable with respect to a Participant does not exceed the Dollar Limit if (i) the benefits (other than benefits not taken into account in the computation of the Annual Benefit under the rules of Treasury Regulation § 1.415(b)-1(b) or (c)) payable with respect to a Participant under the Plan and all other defined benefit plans of the Employer do not in the aggregate exceed $10,000 for the Limitation Year or for any prior Limitation Year (as computed in accordance with Treasury Regulation § 1.415(b)-1(f)(2) and subject to adjustment for participation of less than 10 years); and (ii) the Employer (or a predecessor employer) has not at any time maintained a defined contribution plan in which the Participant participated.

If a Participant has less than 10 years of participation in the Plan, the Dollar Limit, Percentage Limit and the $10,000 amount described above shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of years (or part thereof, but not less than one year) of participation in the Plan, and the denominator of which is 10, in accordance with Treasury Regulation § 1.415(b)-1(g).

To the extent a Participant’s Annual Benefit for a Limitation Year exceeds the Participant’s Maximum Permissible Benefit, such result shall be corrected in accordance with procedures available under the Internal Revenue Service’s Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System in effect at the time of the correction.

For purposes of this Section, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) Annual Benefit : The benefit that is payable in the form of a straight life annuity (with no ancillary benefits), as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.415(b)-1(b). In the event that a Participant’s benefit is payable in a form other than a straight life annuity, his Annual Benefit shall be the benefit payable in the form of the straight life annuity payable on the first day of each month that is actuarially equivalent to the benefit payable in such other form, determined under the rules of Treasury Regulation § 1.415(b)-1(c) and, if applicable, under Treasury Regulation § 1.415(b)-1(h). The actuarial equivalent of a straight life annuity (A) for a form of benefit that is not subject to Section 417(e)(3) of the Code shall be computed using the following assumptions, whichever provides the greater equivalent annual benefit (1) a 5% interest rate assumption and the mortality table used for such form of benefit specified in Section 1.1 of the Plan for that Annuity Starting Date and (2) the interest rate and mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in Section 1.1 of the Plan; and (B) for a form of benefit that is subject to Section 417(e)(3) of the Code shall be computed using either (I) the “applicable interest rate” under Section 417(e)(3) of the Code (“Applicable Interest Rate”) and the “applicable mortality table” under Section 417(e)(3) of the Code (“Applicable Mortality Table”) for adjusting benefits in the same form; (II) a 5.5% interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table; or (III) the Applicable Interest Rate and the Applicable Mortality Table, divided by 1.05, whichever provides the greatest annual amount.

 

2


In no event shall a Participant’s Annual Benefit include the benefit attributable to employee contributions or rollover contributions (as described in Code Sections 401(a)(31), 402(c)(1), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3), and 457(e)(16)), determined in accordance with the rules under Treasury Regulation § 1.415(b)-1(b)(1)(2). In the event that the Plan includes benefits transferred to the Plan from another defined benefit plan, the treatment of such transferred benefits shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation § 1.415(b)-1(b)(3).

If a Participant has or will have distributions under the Plan commencing on more than one annuity starting date, the limitations under Code Section 415 must be satisfied as of each of the annuity starting dates, taking into account the benefits that have been or will be provided at all of the annuity starting dates, in accordance with Treasury Regulation § 1.415(b)-1(b)(1)(iii). In the event the Plan is terminated (i) with sufficient assets for the payment of benefit liabilities of all Participants and a Participant has not yet commenced benefits under the Plan, for purposes of satisfying Code Section 415(b) with respect to a Participant, the requirements of Treasury Regulation § 1.415(b)-1(b)(5)(i) must be satisfied; or (ii) without sufficient assets for the payment of benefit liabilities of all Participants, for purposes of satisfying Code Section 415(b) with respect to a Participant, the requirements of Treasury Regulation § 1.415(b)-1(b)(5)(ii) must be satisfied.

(b) Compensation : For purposes of this Section, Compensation shall

(i) include :

 

  (1) Wages, salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that such amounts are includable in gross income (or to the extent amounts that would have been received and includible in gross income but for an election by the Participant under Code Sections 125(a), 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k) or 457(b)), including, but not limited to, commissions paid to salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan as described in Treasury Regulation § 1.62-2(c);

 

  (3) Amounts described in Code Section 104(a)(3), 105(a), or 105(h), but only to the extent that these amounts are includible in the gross income of the Participant;

 

  (4) Amounts paid or reimbursed by the Employer for moving expenses incurred by a Participant, but only to the extent that at the time of the payment it is reasonable to believe that these amounts are not deductible by the Participant under Code Section 217;

 

3


  (5) The value of a nonstatutory option (which is an option other than a statutory option as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.421-1(b)) granted to a Participant by the Employer, but only to the extent that the value of the option is includible in the gross income of the Participant for the taxable year in which granted;

 

  (6) The amount includible in the gross income of a Participant upon making the election described in Code Section 83(b); and

 

  (7) Amounts that are includible in the gross income of a Participant under the rules of Code Section 409A or 457(f)(1)(A) or because the amounts are constructively received by the Participant;

and (ii)  exclude :

 

  (1) Contributions (other than elective contributions described in Code Sections 402(e)(3), 408(k)(6), 408(p)(2)(A)(i) or 457(b)) made by the Employer to a plan of deferred compensation (including a simplified employee pension described in Code Section 408(k) or a simple retirement account described in Code Section 408(p), whether or not qualified) to the extent the contributions are not included in the gross income of the Participant for the taxable year in which contributed, and any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation (whether or not qualified) regardless of whether such amounts are includable in the gross income of the Participant when distributed;

 

  (2) Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonstatutory option (which is an option other than a statutory option as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.421-1(b)) or when restricted stock or other property held by a Participant becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture under Code Section 83 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder;

 

  (3) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a statutory stock option (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.421-1(b));

 

  (4) Other amounts which receive special tax benefits, such as, for example, premiums for group-term life insurance, to the extent such amounts are not includible in the gross income of the Participant and are not salary reduction amounts under Code Section 125; and

 

  (5) Other items of remuneration that are similar to the items listed above in clauses (ii)(1) through (4).

 

4


In addition to the foregoing, Compensation included for the Limitation Year in accordance with the timing rules under the provisions in Treasury Regulation § 1.415(c)-2(e)(1), includes :

 

 

(1)

Amounts paid after a Participant’s severance from employment for services during the Participant’s regular working hours or outside the Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments if (1) such amount would have been paid to the Participant prior to his severance from employment if he had continued in employment with the Employer (that has adopted the Plan) and (2) such amount is paid by the later of 2  1 / 2 months after the Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer or the end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of such severance from employment;

 

  (2) Amounts earned, but not paid, during a Limitation Year solely because of the timing of the pay periods, provided that such amounts are (1) paid during the first few weeks of the next Limitation Year, (2) included on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all similarly situated Employees, and (3) not included in more than one Limitation Year; and

The foregoing notwithstanding, for purposes of this Section, Compensation shall not exceed the limitation under Code Section 401(a)(17)(A), as adjusted for cost-of-living increases pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17)(B).

(c) Employer : The Company and any other Employer that adopts this Plan; provided, however , that in the case of a group of employers which constitutes a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code as modified by Section 415(h)) or which constitutes trades and businesses (whether or not incorporated) which are under common control (as defined in Section 414(c) as modified by Section 415(h)) or an affiliated service group (as defined in Section 414(m)), all such employers shall be considered a single employer for purposes of applying the limitations of this Section for any portion of a Limitation Year during which such employers were so controlled or affiliated.

(d) High-3 Years of Service : The average Compensation for the three consecutive years of Service (or, if the Participant has less than three consecutive years of Service, the Participant’s longest consecutive period of Service, including fractions of years, but not less than one year) with the Employer that produces the highest average. In the case of a Participant who is rehired by the Employer after a severance from employment, the Participant’s High-3 Years of Service shall be calculated by excluding all years for which the Participant performs no services for and receives no Compensation from the Employer (the break period) and by treating the years immediately preceding and following the break period as consecutive.

(e) Limitation Year : A 12-consecutive month period beginning on January 1st.

 

5


This Section shall be effective for Limitation Years commencing on and after January 1, 2008, except as otherwise provided herein. The application of the provisions of this Section shall not cause the Maximum Permissible Benefit for any Participant to be less than the Participant’s accrued benefit under the Plan as of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before July 1, 2007 under provisions of the Plan that were both adopted and in effect before April 5, 2007.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, acting by and through its duly authorized officer, has caused this Amendment to be executed as of the 30 th day of December, 2008 and shall be effective as described herein.

 

CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Abraham D. Garza

Title:  

Vice President, Human Resources

 

6

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF CABOT OIL & GAS CORPORATION

Big Sandy Gas Company

Cabot Oil & Gas Marketing Corporation *

Cody Energy, LLC

Cody Oil & Gas, Inc.

Cody Texas, LP

Cranberry Pipeline Corporation *

Cabot Petroleum Canada Corporation

Cabot Oil & Gas Holdings Company

COG Finance Corporation

Gas Search Drilling Services Corporation

 

* Denotes significant subsidiary.

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (File Nos. 333-68350, 333-83819 and 333-151725) and Form S-8 (File Nos. 333-37632, 33-53723, 33-35476, 33-71134, 333-92264, 333-123166 and 333-135365) of Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation of our report dated February 27, 2009 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Houston, Texas
February 27, 2009

Exhibit 23.2

February 20, 2009

Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation

1200 Enclave Parkway

Houston, TX 77077-1607

 

   Re:    Securities and Exchange Commission
      Form 10-K of Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation

Gentlemen:

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-68350, 333-83819 and 333-151725) and Form S-8 (File Nos. 333-37632, 33-53723, 33-35476, 33-71134, 333-92264, 333-123166 and 333-135365) of Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation of our report dated February 6, 2008, regarding the Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation Proved Reserves and Future Net Revenues as of December 31, 2007, and of references to our firm which report and references are to be included in Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 to be filed by Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Miller and Lents, Ltd. has no financial interest in Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation or in any of its affiliated companies or subsidiaries and is not to receive any such interest as payment for such report. Miller and Lents, Ltd. also has no director, officer, or employee employed or otherwise connected with Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation. We are not employed by Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation on a contingent basis.

 

Very truly yours,
MILLER AND LENTS, LTD.

/s/Carl D. Richard

Carl D. Richard
Senior Vice President

Exhibit 31.1

I, Dan O. Dinges, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal controls over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Date: February 27, 2009

 

/s/ Dan O. Dinges

Dan O. Dinges
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

I, Scott C. Schroeder, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal controls over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Date: February 27, 2009

 

/s/ Scott C. Schroeder

Scott C. Schroeder
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1

Certification Pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

(Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code) (the “Act”), each of the undersigned, Dan O. Dinges, Chief Executive Officer of Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Scott C. Schroeder, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify that, to his knowledge:

(1) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: February 27, 2009  

/s/ Dan O. Dinges

  Dan O. Dinges
  Chief Executive Officer
 

/s/ Scott C. Schroeder

  Scott C. Schroeder
  Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 99.1

LOGO

January 30, 2009

Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation

1200 Enclave Parkway

Houston, TX 77077-1607

 

  Re:    Reserves and Future Net Revenues
     As of December 31, 2008
     SEC Price Case

Gentlemen:

At your request, we reviewed the estimates of proved reserves of oil, natural gas liquids, and gas and the future net revenues associated with these reserves that Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation, hereinafter Cabot, attributes to its net interests in oil and gas properties as of December 31, 2008. Cabot’s estimates, shown below, are in accordance with the definitions contained in Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X, Rule 4-10(a) as shown in the Appendix.

Reserves and Future Net Revenues as of December 31, 2008

 

       Net Reserves    Future Net Revenues
Reserves Category    Liquids,
MBbls.
   Gas,
MMcf
   Undiscounted,
M$
   Discounted
at

10% Per
Year,

M$

Proved Developed

   6,728    1,308,155    5,290,009    2,224,663

Proved Undeveloped

   2,613    577,838    1,387,989    140,544

Total Proved

   9,341    1,885,993    6,677,998    2,365,207

We made independent estimates for all the proved reserves estimated by Cabot. Based on our investigations and subject to the limitations described hereinafter, it is our judgment that (1) Cabot has an effective system for gathering data and documenting information required to estimate its proved reserves and to project its future net revenues, (2) in making its estimates and projections, Cabot used appropriate engineering, geologic, and evaluation principles and techniques that are in accordance with practices generally accepted in the petroleum industry, and (3) the results of those estimates and projections are, in the aggregate, reasonable.

All reserves discussed herein are located within the continental United States and Canada. Gas volumes were estimated at the appropriate pressure base and temperature base that are established for

 

LOGO


LOGO

Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation   January 30, 2009
  Page 2

 

each well or field by the applicable sales contract or regulatory body. Total gas reserves were obtained by summing the reserves for all the individual properties and are therefore stated herein at a mixed pressure base.

Cabot represents that the future net revenues reported herein were computed based on prices for oil, natural gas liquids, and gas as of Cabot’s fiscal year end, December 31, 2008, and are in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission guidelines. The present value of future net revenues was computed by discounting the future net revenues at 10 per cent per annum. Estimates of future net revenues and the present value of future net revenues are not intended and should not be interpreted to represent fair market values for the estimated reserves.

In conducting our investigations, we reviewed the pertinent available engineering, geological, and accounting information for each well or designated property to satisfy ourselves that Cabot’s estimates of reserves and future production forecasts and economic projections are, in the aggregate, reasonable. We independently selected a sampling of properties in each region and reviewed the direct operating expenses and product prices used in the economic projections.

In its estimates of proved reserves and future net revenues associated with its proved reserves, Cabot has considered that a portion of its facilities associated with the movement of its gas in the Appalachian Region to its markets are unusual in that the construction and operation of these facilities are highly dependent on its producing operations. Cabot has deemed the portion of the cost of these facilities associated with its revenue interest gas as costs that are attributable to its oil and gas producing activities, and accordingly, has included these costs in its computation of the future net revenues associated with its proved reserves.

Reserves estimates were based on decline curve extrapolations, material balance calculations, volumetric calculations, analogies, or combinations of these methods for each well, reservoir, or field. Reserves estimates from volumetric calculations and from analogies are often less certain than reserves estimates based on well performance obtained over a period during which a substantial portion of the reserves were produced.

In making its projections, Cabot estimated yearly well abandonment costs except where salvage values were assumed to offset these expenses. Costs for any possible future environmental claims were not included. Cabot’s estimates include no adjustments for production prepayments, exchange agreements, gas balancing, or similar arrangements. We were provided with no information concerning these conditions, and we have made no investigations of these matters as such was beyond the scope of this investigation.

The evaluations presented in this report, with the exceptions of those parameters specified by others, reflect our informed judgments based on accepted standards of professional investigation but are subject to those generally recognized uncertainties associated with interpretation of geological, geophysical, and engineering information. Government policies and market conditions different from those employed in this study may cause the total quantity of oil, natural gas liquids, or gas to be recovered, actual production rates, prices received, or operating and capital costs to vary from those presented in this report.


LOGO

 

Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation   January 30, 2009
  Page 3

 

In conducting these evaluations, we relied upon production histories, accounting and cost data, and other financial, operating, engineering, and geological data supplied by Cabot. To a lesser extent, nonproprietary data existing in the files of Miller and Lents, Ltd., and data obtained from commercial services were used. We also relied, without independent verification, upon Cabot’s representation of its ownership interests, payout balances and reversionary interests, the current prices, and the transportation fees applicable to each property.

Miller and Lents, Ltd. is an independent oil and gas consulting firm. No director, officer, or key employee of Miller and Lents, Ltd. has any financial ownership in Cabot. Our compensation for the required investigations and preparation of this report is not contingent on the results obtained and reported, and we have not performed other work that would affect our objectivity. Production of this report was supervised by an officer of the firm who is a professionally qualified and licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Texas with more than 20 years of relevant experience in the estimation, assessment, and evaluation of oil and gas reserves.

If you have any questions regarding this evaluation, or if we can be of further assistance, please contact us.

 

Very truly yours,
MILLER AND LENTS, LTD.
By  

/s/ James A. Cole

  James A. Cole
  Senior Consultant
By  

/s/ Carl D. Richard

  Carl D. Richard
  Senior Vice President